Los Angeles Police Department (2023-2024 inspection cycle)

December 11, 2024 Jim McDonnell, Chief of Police Los Angeles Police Department 100 West 1st Street Los Angeles, CA 90012 2023-2024 COMPREHENSIVE INSPECTION, PENAL CODE SECTION 6031, WELFARE & INSTITUTIONS CODE SECTION 209, LOS ANGELES POLICE DEPARTMENT DETENTION FACILITIES Dear Chief McDonnell: The 2023-2024 Comprehensive Inspection of the Los Angeles City Police Department has been completed. The following facilities were inspected between September 30, 2024, and October 3, 2024: FACILITY NAME BSCC # FACILITY TYPE LAPD Metropolitan Detention Center 2341 I LAPD Harbor Station Jail 2361 IJ LAPD Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) 2380 I LAPD Hollywood Division 2460 I LAPD 77th Street Division 2501 I LAPD Pacific Division 2560 I These inspections were conducted pursuant to Penal Code Section 6031 to determine compliance with the Minimum Standards for Local Detention Facilities as outlined in Titles 15 and 24, California Code of Regulations. In addition to the inspection(s) by the Board of State and Community Corrections (BSCC), inspections are also required annually by the County Health Officer and biennially by the State Fire Marshal or an authorized representative (Health and Safety Code Sections 101045 and 13146.1). The results of those inspections are considered a part of this report. INSPECTION RESULTS We identified no items of noncompliance with Title 15 or Title 24 Minimum Standards. For detailed information, refer to the attached Procedures Checklist, Physical Plant Evaluation, and Living Area Space Evaluation. An Exit Briefing with your staff was held on Thursday, October 3, 2024; BSCC staff presented an inspection overview and discussed technical assistance and best practice recommendations. * * * Jim McDonnell Chief of Police Page 2 Please email me at michael.bush@bscc.ca.gov or call (916) 956-5968 if you have any questions. Sincerely, MICHAEL J. BUSH Field Representative Facilities Standards and Operations Division Enclosures Cc: Presiding Judge, Los Angeles County Superior Court* Chair, Grand Jury, Los Angeles County* Chair, Board of Supervisors, Los Angeles County* County Administrator, Los Angeles County* Gwendolyn Jackson, Detection Officer, Los Angeles Police Department *Copies of the inspection are available upon request or online at www.bscc.ca.gov. 2341+ Los Angeles Police Department I LTR 23-24 TYPE I FACILITIES Board of State and Community Corrections PROCEDURES1 BSCC Code: 2341 FACILITY NAME: LAPD Metropolitan Detention Center FACILITY TYPE: I PERSON(S) INTERVIEWED: Detention Custody Officer Gwen Jackson FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J. Bush DATE: 09/30/2024 TITLE 15 SECTION P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1020 CORRECTIONS OFFICER CORE COURSE2 The BSCC Standards and Training for Corrections (STC) division found the agency in compliance with applicable (a) In addition to the provisions of California Penal Code Section regulations during the 2023-2024 compliance monitoring 831.5, all custodial personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall cycle. successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Core Course” as described in Section 179 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the Prior to appointment all managements and supervisors date of assignment. have completed the Corrections Officer Core Course. (b) Custodial Personnel who have successfully completed the course of instruction required by Penal Code Section 832.3 shall also Officers interviewed cited a variety of classes provided successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Basic Academy during the past two years. Supplemental Core Course” as described in Section 180 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the date of assignment. 1021 JAIL SUPERVISORY TRAINING Prior to assuming supervisory duties, jail supervisors shall complete the core training requirements pursuant to Section 1020, Corrections Officer Core Course. In addition, supervisory personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall also be required to complete either the STC Supervisory Course (as described in Section 181, Title 15, CCR) or the POST supervisory course within one year from date of assignment. 1023 JAIL MANAGEMENT TRAINING Managerial personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall be required to complete either the STC management course (as described in Section 182, Title 15, CCR) or the POST management course within one year from date of assignment. 1025 CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL TRAINING With the exception of any year that a core training module is successfully completed, all facility/system administrators, managers, supervisors, and custody personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall successfully complete the “annual required training” specified in Section 184 of Title 15, CCR. 1 This document is intended for use as a tool during the inspection process; this worksheet may not contain each Title 15 regulation that is required. Additionally, many regulations on this worksheet are SUMMARIES of the regulation; the text on this worksheet may not contain the entire text of the actual regulation. Please refer to the complete California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Minimum Standards for Local Facilities, Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 4 for the complete list and text of regulations. 2 For STC participating agencies, consistency with training sections 1020, 1021, 1023 & 1025 is annually assessed by the STC Division. Unless otherwise indicated, the regulatory intent is for training to occur within one year from the date of assignment. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 1 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1027 NUMBER OF PERSONNEL All LAPD Detention supervisory staff have attended applicable POST and STC courses. A sufficient number of personnel shall be employed in ☒ each local detention facility to ensure the implementation ☐ ☐ and operation of the programs and activities required by these regulations. Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be at Verified in policies and discussions with least one employee on duty at all times in a local detention officers. detention facility or in the building which houses a local ☒ detention facility who shall be immediately available and ☐ ☐ accessible to incarcerated people in the event of an emergency. Such an employee shall not have any other duties which Prior to appointment as a Manager, these would conflict with the supervision and care of personnel shall have completed the incarcerated people in the event of an emergency. Corrections Officer Core Course. All Jail ☒ ☐ ☐ Supervisors shall attend the POST or STC Supervisory Training within one year of appointment. Whenever one or more females are in custody, there 1/115. Training shall be at least one female employee who shall be immediately available and accessible to such females. ☒ ☐ ☐ Note: Reference PC § 4021. In order to determine if there is a sufficient number of Officers interviewed cited a variety of classes personnel for a specific facility, the facility administrator provided during the past two years. shall prepare and retain a staffing plan indicating the personnel assigned in the facility and their duties. Such a ☒ staffing plan shall be reviewed by the Board staff at the ☐ ☐ time of their biennial inspection. The results of such a review and recommendations shall be reported to the local jurisdiction having fiscal responsibility for the facility. 1027.5 SAFETY CHECKS All LAPD Detention supervisory staff have attended applicable POST and STC courses. The facility administrator shall develop and implement policy and procedures for conducting safety checks that include, but are not limited to, the following: ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) Safety checks will determine the safety and well-being of individuals and shall be conducted at least hourly through direct visual observation of all people held and housed in the facility. (b) There shall be no more than a 60-minute lapse Verified in policies and discussions with ☒ between safety checks. ☐ ☐ detention officers. (c) Safety checks for people in sobering cells, safety cells, 250. Safety Checks and restraints shall occur more frequently as outlined in 265. Sobering Cell ☒ section 1055, section 1056, and section 1058 of these ☐ ☐ 265.30 Sobering Cell Use regulations. Use of restraints are not used in the facility. (d) Safety checks shall occur at random or varied Safety checks occur at random or varied ☒ intervals. ☐ ☐ intervals. (e) There shall be a written plan that includes the The actual time at which each individual documentation of all safety checks. Documentation shall safety check occurred. include: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) the actual time at which each individual safety check occurred; (2) the location where each individual safety check Observation logs are documented and list occurred, such as a cell, module, or dormitory ☒ the location where each safety check ☐ ☐ number; and, occurred. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 2 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (3) Initials or employee identification number of staff Initials and staff identification numbers are ☒ who completed the safety check(s). ☐ ☐ listed on each observation log. (f) A documented process by which safety checks are reviewed at regular defined intervals by a supervisor or facility manager, including methods of mitigating patterns ☒ ☐ ☐ of inconsistent documentation, or untimely completion of, safety checks. 1028 FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY STAFF This training is included in the core and supplemental core courses. Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be at ☒ least one person on duty at all times who meets the ☐ ☐ training standards established by the Board for general fire and life safety. [Penal Code section 6030(c)]. The facility manager shall ensure that there is at least one All staff have gone through the fire and life person on duty who trained in fire and life safety ☒ safety training during their correctional core ☐ ☐ procedures that relate specifically to the facility. training. 1029 POLICY AND PROCEDURES MANUAL3 Unless otherwise indicated, all policy sections noted are contained within the Jail Division Facility administrator(s) shall develop and publish a Operations Manual (JOM). manual of policy and procedures for the facility. The policy and procedures manual shall address all Each jail has facility-specific Standing Plans applicable Title 15 and Title 24 regulations and shall be (SP). comprehensively reviewed and updated at least every ☒ two years. Such a manual shall be made available to all ☐ ☐ Updated 2024. employees. Notes: The policies and procedures required in subsections (a)(6) and (a)(7) may be placed in a separate manual to ensure confidentiality. Subsections (c) and (d) do not apply and have been deleted. (a) The manual for Temporary Holding, Type I, II, and III 010. Custody Services Division (CSD) facilities shall provide for, but not be limited to, the Organization following: ☒ 010.40 Regional Jail Sections and ☐ ☐ (1) Table of organization, including channels of Operations communications. (2) Inspections and operations reviews by the facility 200. Inspections ☒ administrator/manager. ☐ ☐ (3) Policy on the use of force that meets current state 3/792 Adjudication of Categorical Use of and federal legal requirements and includes Force Incidents ☒ prohibition of the use of carotid restraint and choke ☐ ☐ holds. (4) Policy on the use of restraint equipment, including 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated the restraint of pregnant persons as referenced in persons Penal Code Section 3407. 745. Restraint Equipment ☒ ☐ ☐ Department Manual 4/217.40 Use of the Hobble Restraint Device. (5) Procedure and criteria for screening newly 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and ☒ received persons for release. ☐ ☐ Responsibilities 3 Procedures related to security and emergency response may be in a separate manual to ensure confidentiality by limiting general access. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 3 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (6) Security and control including physical counts and 001. Change of Watch Procedures searches of the facility and incarcerated persons, 100. Searches/Body Scanner System contraband control, and key control. 111. Use of the Body Scanner. Each facility administrator shall, at least annually, 310. Custody Transport Unit (CTU) review, evaluate, and make a record of security 245.10 Random Cell Inspections (RCI) in Jail measures. The review and evaluation shall include Facilities internal and external security measures of the facility Department Manual including security measures specific to prevention of 4/620 Searching Arrestees at Booking Office ☒ sexual abuse and sexual harassment. ☐ ☐ 245.10 Random Cell Inspections (RC) Jail Facilities 520. Correspondence 3/536 Department Building and Room Keys Department Order Operations Order No. 2 March 13, 2013 040. Amendment of the Jail Operation Manual. (7) Emergency procedures include: Standing Plan. (A) fire suppression preplan as required by ☒ ☐ ☐ section 1032 of these regulations; (B) escape, disturbances, and the taking of Standing Plan. ☒ hostages; ☐ ☐ (C) mass arrests; ☒ ☐ ☐ (D) natural disasters; ☒ Standing Plan. ☐ ☐ (E) periodic testing of emergency equipment; ☒ and, ☐ ☐ (F) storage, issue, and use of weapons, Standing Plan. ammunition, chemical agents, and related ☒ ☐ ☐ security devices. (8) Suicide Prevention. ☒ 690. Suicide Prevention ☐ ☐ (9) Separation of incarcerated persons. ☒ 350. Inmate Separation ☐ ☐ (10) Zero tolerance in the prevention of sexual abuse Department Manual ☒ and sexual harassment. ☐ ☐ 1/280 Sexual Harassment (11) Policy and procedure to detect, prevent, and 390. Monitoring of Incarcerated persons respond to retaliation against any staff or person after ☒ Who Reported Sexual Abuse or Sexual ☐ ☐ reporting any abuse. Harassment (12) Release policy, including release planning for 630. Inmate Complaint incarcerated persons. 390. Monitoring of Incarcerated persons ☒ ☐ ☐ Who Reported Sexual Abuse or Sexual Harassment (e) The manual for Temporary Holding, Court Holding, 630. Inmate Complaint Type I, II, III, and IV facilities shall provide for, but not be limited to, the following: (1) multiple internal ways for incarcerated people to privately report sexual abuse and sexual ☒ harassment, retaliation by other incarcerated ☐ ☐ persons or staff for reporting sexual abuse and sexual harassment, and staff neglect or violation of responsibilities that may have contributed to such incidents, (2) a method for uninvolved incarcerated persons, 630. Inmate Complaint family, community members, and other interested third parties to report sexual abuse or sexual ☒ ☐ ☐ harassment. The method for reporting shall be publicly posted at the facility. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 4 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1030 SUICIDE PREVENTION PROGRAM 690. Suicide Prevention 360. Mentally Disordered Incarcerated The facility shall have a comprehensive written suicide Persons. prevention program developed by the facility 360.20 Evaluation of Mentally Disordered administrator or designee, in conjunction with the health ☒ Incarcerated Persons ☐ ☐ authority and mental health director, to identify, monitor, These types of prisoners will not be held in and provide treatment to those incarcerated persons who the facility. present a suicide risk. The program shall include the following: (a) Annual suicide prevention training for all custodial 690. Suicide Prevention personnel. All staff who will have direct contact with ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated persons will attend suicide prevention training. (b) Intake screening for suicide risk immediately upon 310.50 Inmate Classification – Defined intake and prior to housing assignment. Upon an inmate entering the facility, he/she ☒ should be assessed by custody staff for the ☐ ☐ ability to answer medical and mental health screening questions. (c) Suicide prevention screening during special 310.50 Inmate Classification – Defined situations, including placement in restrictive housing, following a hearing, and after a transfer or change in ☐ ☐ ☐ classification. (d) Provisions facilitating communication among 310.50 Inmate Classification – Defined arresting/transporting officers, facility staff, court staff, ☒ 50.20 Administrative Separation medical and mental health personnel in relation to suicide ☐ ☐ risk. (e) Housing recommendations for people at risk of suicide 690. Suicide Prevention that balance safety and environment. The least restrictive ☒ ☐ ☐ environment should be considered. (f) Supervision depending on level of suicide risk. ☐ ☒ 690. Suicide Prevention ☐ (g) Suicide attempt and suicide intervention policies and 530.10 Morning Report procedures. 690.20 Custody Services Division Attempted ☒ Suicide Report ☐ ☐ 020. Jail Incident and Administrative Records (h) Provisions for reporting suicides and suicides 690.20 Custody Services Division Attempted ☒ attempts. ☐ ☐ Suicide Report (i) Multi-disciplinary administrative review of suicides and attempted suicides as defined by the facility administrator, including the development of a corrective ☐ ☒ ☐ action plan to address deficiencies identified in the administrative review. (j) Provisions for follow up care as needed. ☒ ☐ ☐ (k) Plan for mental health consultation following return ☒ ☐ from court as determined by the mental health director. ☐ 1032 FIRE SUPPRESSION PREPLANNING Fire Suppression Pre-plans are outlined in the facility’s Standing Plan. Pursuant to Penal Code Section 6031.1(b), the facility administrator shall consult with the local fire department ☒ ☐ ☐ having jurisdiction over the facility, with the State Fire Marshal, or both, in developing a plan for fire suppression which shall include, but not be limited to: 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 5 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (a) a fire suppression pre-plan developed with the local Standing Plan. fire department to be included as part of the policy and ☒ procedures manual (Title 15, California Code of ☐ ☐ Regulations Section 1029); (b) monthly fire prevention inspections by facility staff with 245. Fire/Life Safety Inspection two-year retention of the inspection record; Monthly testing of the generator and emergency lights is completed by the city’s Facilities division and noted on the Monthly ☒ Fire & Life Safety Inspection, completed and ☐ ☐ maintained by the Jail Administrator. BSCC staff reviewed two years of staff- conducted inspections. (c) fire prevention inspections as required by Health and Fire Inspection conducted on 08-22-2024. Safety Code Section 13146.1(a) and (b) which requires ☒ ☐ ☐ inspections at least once every two years; (d) an evacuation plan; and, ☒ Standing Plan. ☐ ☐ (e) a plan for the emergency housing of incarcerated Standing Plan. ☒ people in the case of fire. ☐ ☐ 1040 POPULATION ACCOUNTING 001. Change of Watch Procedures Area jail personnel count the number of Each facility administrator shall maintain a demographics arrestees at the beginning of each shift. ☒ accounting system which reflects the monthly average ☐ ☐ daily population of sentenced and non-sentenced people A midnight count is conducted at each by gender and juvenile status. facility. Facility administrators shall provide the Board with applicable demographic information as described in the ☒ ☐ ☐ Jail Profile Survey. 1041 RECORDS 021. Inmate Records BSCC reviewed a sampling of inmate (a) Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility records and noted that all expected shall develop written policies and procedures for the documents were consistently present. maintenance of individual records for each incarcerated person which shall include, but not be limited to, intake ☒ ☐ ☐ information, personal property receipts, commitment papers, court orders, reports of disciplinary actions taken, medical orders issued by the responsible physician and staff response, and non-medical information regarding disabilities and other limitations. (b) Each facility administrator shall collect accurate, 020. Jail Incident and Administrative Records. uniform data for every allegation of sexual abuse at facilities under its direct control and from other facilities Any incident reported under these guidelines with which it contracts for the confinement of its shall contain information necessary to fulfill incarcerated people. The data collected shall include, at ☒ ☐ ☐ the reporting requirements of 34 U.S.C. a minimum, the data necessary to satisfy the reporting section 30303(a)(1). requirements of 34 U.S.C. section 30303(a)(1). Note: federal survey on sexual violence. 1044 INCIDENT REPORTS An incident report is required of all incidents which result in physical harm, or serious Each facility administrator shall develop written policies threat of physical harm, to an employee or and procedures for the maintenance of written records inmate of a detention facility or other person. ☒ and reporting of all incidents which result in physical ☐ ☐ harm, or serious threat of physical harm, to an employee or incarcerated person of a detention facility or other person. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 6 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Such records shall include the names of the persons The on-duty Jail Supervisor shall ensure that involved, a description of the incident, the actions taken, an investigation is initiated by the jailer who and the date and time of the occurrence. will prepare a written report, which shall ☒ include the date and time of the occurrence, ☐ ☐ the names of the persons involved including witnesses, a description of the incident and action taken. Such a written record shall be prepared by the staff Detention Officers are required to submit assigned to investigate the incident and submitted to the reports by the end of their shift. ☒ facility manager or designee. ☐ ☐ Incident reports from each facility were reviewed. 1045 PUBLIC INFORMATION PLAN 1/118 Public Information Plan A public information binder with appropriate Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility content was reviewed at each facility. shall develop written policies and procedures for the ☒ dissemination of information to the public, to other ☐ ☐ government agencies, and to the news media. The public and incarcerated persons shall have available for review the following material: (a) The Board of State and Community Corrections Verified. Minimum Standards for Local Detention Facilities as ☒ ☐ ☐ found in Title 15 of the California Code of Regulations. (b) Facility rules and procedures affecting incarcerated Inmate rules and regulations are located on people as specified in sections: the reverse of the Prisoner Receipt. An (1) 1045, Public Information Plan interpreter or “language bank” is used in the ☒ event the inmate does not speak English. If ☐ ☐ the inmate cannot read, the Detention Officer is required to read the rules and regulations to the arrestee. (2) 1061, Education Plan ☒ 1/118 Public Information Plan ☐ ☐ (3) 1062, Visiting ☐ ☒ No sentenced incarcerated persons. ☐ (4) 1063, Correspondence ☒ 502 ☐ ☐ (5) 1064, Library Service ☒ No sentenced incarcerated persons. ☐ ☐ (6) 1065, Exercise and Out of Cell Time ☒ ☐ ☐ (7) 1066, Books, Newspapers, Periodicals and 528 ☒ Writings ☐ ☐ (8) 1067, Access to Telephone ☒ 528 ☐ ☐ (9) 1068, Access to Courts and Counsel ☒ 519 ☐ ☐ (10) 1069, Orientation ☒ 520 ☐ ☐ (11) 1070, Individual/Family Service Programs ☒ 1/610 ☐ ☐ (12) 1071, Voting ☒ No sentenced incarcerated persons. ☐ ☐ (13) 1072, Religious Observance ☒ 2/521 ☐ ☐ (14) 1073, Grievance Procedure ☒ 630 – No sentenced incarcerated persons. ☐ ☐ (15) 1080, Rules and Disciplinary Actions ☒ 620 - No sentenced incarcerated persons. ☐ ☐ (16) 1081, Plan for Discipline of Incarcerated 630 – No sentenced incarcerated persons. ☒ Persons ☐ ☐ (17) 1082, Forms of Discipline ☒ No sentenced incarcerated persons. ☐ ☐ (18) 1083, Limitations on Discipline ☒ No sentenced incarcerated persons. ☐ ☐ 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 7 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (19) 1200, Responsibility for Health Care Services ☒ No sentenced incarcerated persons. ☐ ☐ 1046 DEATH IN CUSTODY 540. Death in Custody Review System-wide procedures for death in custody (a) The facility administrator shall develop written policy outline the staff’s responsibilities. and procedures to comply with the in-custody death ☒ The Force Investigation Division handles reporting requirements of Government Code section ☐ ☐ investigations and reviews. 12525. The facility administrator shall submit a copy of the report filed pursuant to section 12525 to the BSCC within 10 days of an in-custody death. (b) The facility administrator, in cooperation with the health administrator, shall develop written policy and procedures to conduct an initial review and complete a written report of every in-custody death within 30 days of the death. The team that conducts the initial review shall ☒ ☐ ☐ include, at a minimum, the facility administrator or designee, the health administrator, the responsible physician and other health care, and supervision staff who are relevant to the incident. Deaths shall be reviewed to determine the appropriateness of clinical care; whether changes to ☒ policies, procedures, or practices are warranted; and to ☐ ☐ identify issues that require further study. (c) The facility administrator shall submit a copy of the The facility captain will submit a copy of the initial review report of every in-custody death to the BSCC initial review of the report of all in-custody within 60 days of the death. The facility administrator shall deaths to BSCC within 60 days. ☒ provide a copy of the initial review report that comports ☐ ☐ with the disclosure requirements of section 832.10 of the Penal Code. The initial review report shall contain the following The in-custody death report shall contain all information: information that is required: (1) Demographic information (A) Full name of the decedent (1) Inmate Information: (B) Date of birth (A) Full name of the decedent (C) Date of death (B) Date of birth (D) Time of death (C) Date of death (E) Gender (D) Time of death (F) Race and ethnicity (E) Gender (G) Relevant medical history (F) Race and ethnicity (2) Facility Information (G) Relevant medical history (A) Name and location of the detention facility (B) Description of the location where the death ☒ (2) Facility Information ☐ ☐ occurred within the facility (A) Name and location of the detention (C) Date and time of the incident facility (D) Detention facility personnel (including names (B) Description of the location where the and roles) involved in the reporting of the death death occurred within the facility or incident (C) Date and time of the incident (3) Any relevant circumstances leading up to death, (D) Detention facility personnel including behavioral health or medical issues. (including names and roles) involved in the reporting of the death or incident (3) Any relevant circumstances leading up to death, including behavioral health or medical issues. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 8 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (d) In any case in which a minor dies while detained in a Minors are not held in the facility. jail, lockup, or court holding facility the BSCC may inspect and evaluate the jail, lockup, or court holding facility pursuant to the provisions of this subchapter within 30 calendar days of the death. Any inquiry made by the Board shall be limited to the standards and requirements set forth in these regulations. 1050 CLASSIFICATION PLAN 310. Classification. 310.20 Housing Assignments. (a) Each administrator of a temporary holding, Type I, II, 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and or III facility shall develop and implement a written Responsibilities. classification plan designed to properly assign All prisoners housed with others shall be incarcerated persons to housing units and activities classified for holding purposes. BSCC staff according to the categories of gender identity, age, reviewed eight months of inmate criminal sophistication, seriousness of crime charged, classification and medical screening forms. physical or mental health needs, assaultive/non- All forms were complete and ensure the assaultive behavior, risk of being sexually abused, or inmate's health and safety. sexually harassed and other criteria which will provide for the safety of the incarcerated people and staff. Such ☒ housing unit assignment shall be accomplished to the ☐ ☐ extent possible within the limits of the available number of distinct housing units or cells in a facility. The written classification plan shall be based on objective criteria and include receiving screening performed at the time of intake by trained personnel, and a record of each person's classification level, housing restrictions, and housing assignments. Note: Subsection (b) does not apply and has been deleted. (c) In deciding housing and programming assignments, Cell locations are noted on the the agency shall consider on a case-by-case basis Divisional/Consolidated Booking Record whether a placement would ensure the health and safety of the incarcerated person, and whether the placement ☒ ☐ ☐ would present management or security problems. A person’s own views with respect to their own safety shall be given serious consideration. 1051 COMMUNICABLE DISEASES 670. Contagious Diseases 670.30. Contaminated Arrestee/Inmate and The facility administrator, in cooperation with the Cells responsible physician, shall develop written policies and ☒ All prisoners housed with others shall be ☐ ☐ procedures specifying those symptoms that require classified for holding purposes. medical isolation of an incarcerated person until a medical evaluation is completed. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 9 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS At the time of intake into the facility, an inquiry shall be 310. Classification made of the person being booked as to whether the 310.20 Housing Assignments person has or has had any communicable diseases, such 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and as tuberculosis or has observable symptoms of Responsibilities. tuberculosis or any other communicable diseases, or ☒ BSCC staff reviewed eight months of inmate other special medical problem identified by the health ☐ ☐ classification and medical screening forms. authority. The response shall be noted on the medical All forms were complete and ensure the screening from. inmate's health and safety. 1052 BEHAVIORAL CRISIS IDENTIFICATION 350.10 Mandated Inmate Separation 360. Mentally Disordered Incarcerated The facility administrator, in cooperation with the Persons responsible physician, shall develop written policies and 360.20 Evaluation of Mentally Disordered procedures to identify and evaluate all incarcerated Incarcerated persons people who may be in behavioral crisis. Evaluation of ☒ The initial screening process is designed to behavioral crisis may include telehealth. ☐ ☐ identify whether mental health conditions exist that require immediate or ongoing intervention for the inmate. The screening shall also be performed prior to the inmate being placed in general housing. If an evaluation from medical or mental health staff is not The Mental Evaluation Unit is contacted prior readily available, an incarcerated person shall be to booking. considered in behavioral crisis for the purpose of this On determination that a prisoner is section if they appear to be a danger to themselves or ☒ developmentally disabled, he/she shall be ☐ ☐ others or appear gravely disabled. placed in a segregated area and a Jail Supervisor and Watch Commander shall be notified. An evaluation from medical or mental health staff shall be Medical staff will evaluate within 24 hours of secured within 24 hours of identification or at the next ☒ identification. ☐ ☐ daily sick call, whichever is earliest. Separation may be used if necessary, to protect the 350.20 Administrative Separation safety of the person in crisis or others. The facility will not house prisoners who demonstrate that they may attempt to escape, assault other prisoners, or demonstrate a propensity towards violence. ☒ An appropriate cell shall be used for this type ☐ ☐ of separation (single cell or holding cell). Any administrative separation of a prisoner must be entered on the Jail log and the Watch Commander shall be advised as soon as possible. 1053 ADMINISTRATIVE SEPARATION Separation prisoners will be allowed the same rights as others. Except for Type IV facilities, facility administrators shall ☒ ☐ ☐ develop and implement policies and procedures for the administrative separation of incarcerated people. Policies and procedures must include: Separated incarcerated persons will not be (a) Administrative separation may consist of separate denied meals, bedding, or sanitation facilities housing but shall not involve any other deprivation of while in separation. If a prisoner is placed in privileges than is necessary to obtain the objective of a holding cell, he/she will be asked every ☒ protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility ☐ ☐ half hour during the Jail check if he/she staff. desires to use the bathroom facilities or needs access to the telephone or drinking water. (b) Administrative separation must not adversely affect ☒ an incarcerated person’s health. ☐ ☐ 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 10 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) Administrative separation may be used for incarcerated people who have: (1) A documented history of activity or behavior, or promoting such activity or behavior, that is criminal in nature, disruptive to facility operations, or affects the safety of the facility, other incarcerated people, and facility staff. (2) Influenced or participated in activity that is criminal in nature, disruptive to facility operations or ☒ affects the safety of the facility, other incarcerated ☐ ☐ people, and facility staff. (3) Committed assault, attempted assault, or participated in a conspiracy to assault or harm other incarcerated persons or facility staff. (4) A history of escape or have recently attempted escape. (5) A demonstrated need for protection from other incarcerated people. (d) Documentation indicating the necessity of administrative separation to obtain the objective of ☒ protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility ☐ ☐ staff. (e) A documented individualized ongoing review and evaluation of the need to continue placement in ☒ ☐ ☐ administrative separation. 1055 USE OF SAFETY CELL 250. Safety Checks 270. Safety Cell The safety cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section 270.30 Safety Cell Use 1231.2.5, shall be used to hold only those people who ☒ ☐ ☐ display behavior which results in the destruction of property or reveals an intent to cause physical harm to self or others. The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and procedures governing safety cell use and may delegate ☒ authority to place an incarcerated person in a safety cell ☐ ☐ to a physician. Policies and procedures shall include, but not be limited to: (a) In no case shall the safety cell be used for punishment 270.30 Safety Cell Use ☒ or as a substitute for treatment. ☐ ☐ (b) A person shall be placed in a safety cell only with the 270.30 Safety Cell Use approval of the facility manager or designee, or ☒ responsible health care staff; continued retention shall be ☐ ☐ reviewed a minimum of every four hours. (c) A medical assessment shall be completed as soon as 270.40 Medical Approval for Safety Cell Use possible, but not more than 12 hours from the time of placement in the safety cell. The person shall be ☒ medically cleared for continued retention, referral to ☐ ☐ advanced treatment, or removal from the safety cell a minimum of every 24 hours thereafter. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 11 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (d) The facility manager, designee or responsible health Confinement in the safety cell shall be care staff shall obtain a mental health limited to a maximum of six hours. If this opinion/consultation with responsible health care staff on limit is reached and the arrestee's mental placement and retention, which shall be secured as soon condition has not improved, an additional as possible, but not more than 12 hours from placement. ☒ effort to transfer the arrestee must be ☐ ☐ attempted. If unsuccessful, the arrestee may be retained in the safety cell. The supervisor must document who was contacted and why the transfer was rejected. (e) Direct visual observation shall be conducted at least BSCC staff reviewed five months of inmate twice every 30 minutes, with no more than a 15-minute placements in the safety cell. All observation ☒ lapse between safety checks. Such observation shall be ☐ ☐ logs were inside the required regulation documented. standard time limit. (f) Procedures shall be established to assure 270.30 Safety Cell Use ☒ administration of necessary nutrition and fluids. ☐ ☐ (g) People placed in the safety cell shall be allowed to 270.45 Safety Cell – Removal of Clothing retain sufficient clothing or be provided with a suitably and Articles designed “safety garment,” to provide for their personal ☒ ☐ ☐ privacy unless specific identifiable risks to the person's safety or to the security of the facility are documented. 1056 USE OF SOBERING CELL 250. Safety Checks 265. Sobering Cell The sobering cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section 265.30 Sobering Cell Use 1231.2.4, shall be used for temporary holding of ☒ Sobering Cells shall be used for the housing incarcerated people who are a threat to their own safety ☐ ☐ of prisoners who need the sheltered or the safety of others due to their state of intoxication. environment of a Sobering Cell until they are sufficiently sober to be booked and released or moved into the general population. A person shall be removed from the sobering cell as soon 265.30 Sobering Cell Use as they are able to continue the admission process or are Jail staff shall remove a prisoner from a no longer a risk to themselves or others. Sobering Cell as soon as reasonable, and in ☒ no case shall a prisoner remain in a ☐ ☐ Sobering Cell longer than six (6) hours without being examined by qualified medical personnel, e.g., a physician. In no case shall a person remain in a sobering cell over 265.30 Sobering Cell Use six hours without an evaluation by medical or custody staff to determine whether the person has an urgent ☒ ☐ ☐ medical problem, pursuant to section 1213 of these regulations. At 12 hours from the time of placement, all persons must 265.30 Sobering Cell Use ☒ receive an evaluation by responsible health care staff. ☐ ☐ Intermittent direct visual observation of people held in the 265.30 Sobering Cell Use sobering cell shall be conducted no less than every half Observation logs are consistent with the hour. Such observation shall be documented. regulatory requirements. Jailers shall observe prisoners housed in the ☒ Sobering Cells at least once every thirty (30) ☐ ☐ minutes, on a random basis. BSCC staff reviewed six months of inmate placements in the sobering cell. All observation logs were inside the required regulation standard time limit. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 12 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1057 DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES 310.50 Inmate Classification - Defined 350.20 Administrative Segregation The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 370 Developmentally Disabled Incarcerated responsible physician, shall develop written policies and Persons procedures for the identification and evaluation, The initial screening process is designed to appropriate classification and housing, protection, and identify whether developmentally disabled nondiscrimination of all incarcerated persons with ☒ ☐ ☐ conditions exist. If so, the incarcerated developmental disabilities. persons will be transported to the county jail. In practice, developmentally disabled incarcerated persons are transported to county jail or a mental health facility. The health authority or designee shall contact the 370 Developmentally Disabled Incarcerated regional center for any incarcerated person suspected or Persons. confirmed to have a developmental disability for the ☒ Developmentally disabled incarcerated ☐ ☐ purposes of diagnosis or treatment within 24 hours of persons are transported to county jail or a such determination, excluding holidays and weekends. mental health facility. 1058 USE OF RESTRAINT DEVICES 745. Restraint Equipment 745.10 Safety Chair The facility administrator, in cooperation with the Compliance is based upon policy review responsible physician, shall develop and implement only. No use of restraint events was written policies and procedures for the use of restraint reported during this cycle. devices. Restraint devices include any devices which immobilize extremities or prevent the incarcerated person ☒ ☐ ☐ from being ambulatory. The provisions of this section do not apply to the use of handcuffs, shackles, or other restraint devices when used to restrain incarcerated people for security reasons. The facility manager may delegate authority to place an incarcerated person in restraints to responsible health care staff. (a) The policy shall address the following areas: 745.10 Safety Chair ☒ (1) acceptable restraint devices; ☐ ☐ (2) signs or symptoms which should result in 745.10 Safety Chair immediate medical/mental health referral; availability ☒ ☐ ☐ of cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment; (3) protective housing of restrained persons; ☒ 745.10 Safety Chair ☐ ☐ (4) provision for hydration and sanitation needs; and, 745.10 Safety Chair ☒ ☐ ☐ The policy requires constant monitoring. (5) exercising of extremities. 745.10 Safety Chair ☒ ☐ ☐ Placement is limited to two hours. (b) Policy shall also include, but not be limited to, the 745.10 Safety Chair following requirements: ☒ (1) In no case shall restraints be used for punishment ☐ ☐ or as a substitute for treatment. (2) Restraint devices shall only be used on 745.10 Safety Chair incarcerated people who display behavior which ☒ results in the destruction of property or reveal an ☐ ☐ intent to cause physical harm to self or others. (3) Restraint devices should be used only when less 745.10 Safety Chair restrictive alternatives, including verbal de-escalation ☒ techniques, have been attempted and are deemed ☐ ☐ ineffective. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 13 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) An incarcerated person shall be placed in restraints only with the approval of the facility manager, the facility watch commander, or ☒ ☐ ☐ responsible health care staff; continued retention shall be reviewed a minimum of every hour. (5) Continuous direct visual observation shall be Placement is limited to two hours. ☒ maintained until a medical opinion can be obtained. ☐ ☐ (6) A medical opinion on placement and retention shall be secured within one hour from the time of ☒ ☐ ☐ placement. (7) A medical assessment shall be completed within 745.10 Safety Chair. four hours of placement. ☒ Observation logs are consistent with the ☐ ☐ regulatory requirements. (8) Continuous direct visual observation shall be 745.10 Safety Chair. conducted at least twice every 30 minutes to ensure BSCC staff reviewed six months of that the restraints are properly employed, and to observation logs. Each log was consistent ensure the safety and well-being of the incarcerated with the regulatory requirements. person. Such observation shall be documented. ☒ ☐ ☐ While in restraint devices all incarcerated persons shall be housed alone or in a specified housing area which makes provisions to protect the person from abuse. (9) If the facility manager, or designee, in consultation with responsible health care staff determines that an incarcerated person cannot be safely removed from ☒ ☐ ☐ restraints after eight hours, the person shall be taken to a medical facility for further evaluation. (10) Where applicable, the facility manager shall use Two hours maximum. the restraint device manufacturer’s recommended ☒ ☐ ☐ maximum time limits for placement. (11) All events and information related to the All incarcerated persons who are placed in placement in restraints shall be documented and the safety chair shall be video and recorded. shall be video recorded unless exigent circumstances prevent staff from doing so. The ☒ documentation shall include: the reason for ☐ ☐ placement; person authorizing placement; names of staff involved in the placement; injuries sustained; and the duration of placement. 1058.5 RESTRAINTS AND PREGNANT PERSONS 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated Persons The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 745. Restraint Equipment responsible physician, shall develop written policies and ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures for the use of restraint devices on pregnant people. In accordance with Penal Code Section 3407, the policy shall include reference to the following: (1) An incarcerated person known to be pregnant or 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated in recovery after delivery or termination of the Persons ☒ pregnancy shall not be restrained by the use of leg or ☐ ☐ waist restraints, or handcuffs behind the body. (2) An incarcerated pregnant person in labor, during 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated delivery, or in recovery after delivery or termination of Persons the pregnancy, shall not be restrained by the wrists, ☒ ankles, or both, unless deemed necessary for the ☐ ☐ safety and security of the incarcerated person, the staff, or the public. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 14 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (3) Restraints shall be removed when a professional 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated who is currently responsible for the medical care of Persons an incarcerated pregnant person during a medical ☒ emergency, labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery ☐ ☐ or termination of the pregnancy determines that the removal of restraints is medically necessary. (4) Upon confirmation of an incarcerated person’s 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated pregnancy, they shall be advised, orally or in writing, Persons ☒ of the standards and policies governing incarcerated ☐ ☐ pregnant people. 1059 DNA COLLECTION, USE OF FORCE 4/630 DNA Samples Collection Protocol at LAPD Jails (a) Pursuant to Penal Code Section 298.1, authorized law If a prisoner refuses to give DNA, they will be enforcement, custodial, or corrections personnel transferred to the County Jail. including peace officers, may employ reasonable force to If a person refuses to cooperate with the collect blood specimens, saliva samples, or thumb or ☒ sample collection process, officers should palm print impressions from individuals who are required ☐ ☐ attempt to identify the reason for refusal and to provide such samples, specimens or impressions seek voluntary compliance without resorting pursuant to Penal Code Section 296 and who refuse to using force. Force will not be used in the following written or oral request. collection of samples except as authorized by court order and only with the approval of a supervisor. (1) For the purpose of this regulation, the “use of reasonable force” shall be defined as the force that an objective, trained and competent correctional ☒ employee, faced with similar facts and ☐ ☐ circumstances, would consider necessary and reasonable to gain compliance with this regulation. (2) The use of reasonable force shall be preceded by efforts to secure voluntary compliance. Efforts to secure voluntary compliance shall be documented ☒ and include an advisement of the legal obligation to ☐ ☐ provide the requisite specimen, sample or impression and the consequences of refusal. (b) The force shall not be used without the prior written authorization of the facility watch commander or designee on duty. The authorization shall include ☒ information that reflects the fact that the offender was ☐ ☐ asked to provide the requisite specimen, sample, or impression and refused. (c) If the use of reasonable force includes a cell extraction, the extraction shall be videotaped, including audio. Video shall be directed at the cell extraction event. The videotape shall be retained by the agency for the ☒ ☐ ☐ length of time required by statute. Notwithstanding the use of the video as evidence in a criminal proceeding, the tape shall be retained administratively. 1062 VISITING 502 Visitations The facility administrator shall develop and implement written policies and procedures, which include the following requirements: ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) A visiting program which shall provide for: (1) As many in-person visits and visitors as facility schedules, space, and number of personnel will allow. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 15 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) A publicly posted schedule of facility visiting 4/659 hours. If practicable, visiting hours should be made ☒ ☐ ☐ available on weekends, evenings, or holidays. (3) For sentenced incarcerated persons in Type I 502 Visitations facilities there shall be allowed no fewer than two Visitation may be denied or terminated by a visits totaling at least one hour per incarcerated supervisor if the visitor poses a danger to the person each week. security of the facility or there is good cause, ☒ ☐ ☐ including, but not limited to, the following: is available to minor children of incarcerated persons when accompanied by a parent or qualified adult guardian. (4) In Type I facilities, the facility administrator shall develop and implement written policies and procedures to allow visiting for non-sentenced detainees. The policies and procedures will include a ☒ ☐ ☐ schedule to assure that non-sentenced detainees will be afforded a visit no later than the calendar day following arrest. (b) Visits may not be cancelled unless a legitimate operational or safety and security concern exists. All cancelled visits must be documented. The facility ☒ ☐ ☐ manager or designee shall regularly review cancelled visits and document such review. (c) The visiting policies developed pursuant to this section shall include provision for visitation by minor children of ☒ ☐ ☐ the incarcerated person. (d) Video visitation may be used to supplement existing visitation programs, but shall not be used to fulfill the ☒ requirements of this section if in-person visitation is ☐ ☐ requested by an incarcerated person. (e) Facilities shall not charge for visitation when visitors are onsite and participating in either in-person or video visitation. For purposes of this subsection, “onsite” is ☒ ☐ ☐ defined as the location where the incarcerated person is housed. (f) Subdivision (d) shall not apply to facilities which (1) exclusively used video visitation prior to January 1, 2017 or (2) had been designed without in-person visitation ☒ ☐ ☐ space and conditionally awarded by the Board prior to June 27, 2017. (g) If a local detention facility offered video visitation only as of January 1, 2017, the first hour of remote video ☒ ☐ ☐ visitation per week shall be offered free of charge. Types and availability of visitation, including: Note: Reference PC § 6031.1(a)(4) (June 2017). Mode of visitation; Non-contact. Visitation hours; 10:00 AM – 3:00 PM. Time incarcerated persons are allowed for visitation; and, 15 minutes per visit. Any restrictions on inmate visitation. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 16 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1063 CORRESPONDENCE 520. Correspondence No sentenced incarcerated persons. If The facility administrator shall develop written policies ☒ housed, incarcerated persons are not held and procedures for correspondence which provide that: ☐ ☐ long enough to receive mail. (a) there is no limitation on the volume of mail that an incarcerated person may send or receive; (b) an incarcerated person’s correspondence may be 520. Correspondence read when there is a valid security reason and the facility ☒ There will be no limit on the volume of mail ☐ ☐ manager or designee approves; an inmate may send or receive. (c) jail staff shall not review an incarcerated person’s 520. Correspondence correspondence to or from state and federal courts, any member of the State Bar or holder of public office, and the State Board of State and Community Corrections; ☒ ☐ ☐ however, jail authorities may open and inspect such mail only to search for contraband, cash, checks, or money orders and in the presence of the incarcerated person; (d) incarcerated persons may correspond, confidentially, 520. Correspondence ☒ with the facility manager or the facility administrator; and, ☐ ☐ (e) those incarcerated persons who are without funds shall be permitted at least four postage paid envelopes and eight sheets of paper each week to permit correspondence with family members and friends but ☒ ☐ ☐ without limitation on the number of postage paid envelopes and sheets of paper to their attorney and to the courts. 1065 EXERCISE AND OUT OF CELL TIME 528. Reading and Recreation. Inmate’s reading and recreational period will (b) The facility administrator of a Type I facility shall make be staggered daily from 1000 hours to 2130 table games, television, or both, available to incarcerated hours. All incarcerated persons are to be people. given reasonable access to reading and recreational material. ☒ ☐ ☐ Incarcerated persons who pose an immediate danger to themselves or who demonstrate an intent to misuse materials may be denied reading and recreational materials with the approval of the Watch Commander. 1066 BOOKS, NEWSPAPERS, PERIODICALS, AND 528. Reading and Recreation WRITINGS Reading and recreational periods will be staggered daily from 1000 hours to 2130 (b) The facility administrator of a Type I facility shall hours. All incarcerated persons are to be develop and implement a written plan to make available given reasonable access to reading and a current newspaper or other like source, including a non- recreational material. English language alternative, to ensure reasonable ☒ Incarcerated persons who pose an immediate access to interested people. ☐ ☐ danger to themselves or who demonstrate an intent to misuse materials may be denied reading and recreational materials with the approval of the Watch Commander. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 17 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1067 ACCESS TO TELEPHONE 519. Telephone Calls and Use by Incarcerated persons The facility administrator shall develop written policies A prisoner's refusal to cooperate in the and procedures which allow access to a telephone or booking process shall not affect his or her communication device beyond those telephone calls right to complete calls. In any event, an adult which are required by Section 851.5 of the Penal Code. arrestee's request to make phone calls shall Individuals who are known to have, or are perceived by be granted within three hours following arrest, others as having hearing or speech impairments shall be ☒ except where physically impossible. ☐ ☐ provided access to the appropriate telecommunication device which will facilitate communication. Such devices may include but are not limited to videophones, teletypewriters, or third-party communications assistance. An individual’s access to telephone communications shall not be withdrawn unless doing so is required to uphold the safety and security of the facility. 1068 ACCESS TO COURTS AND COUNSEL An attorney may interview a prisoner at any time during any stage of arrest or booking. The facility administrator shall develop written policies ☒ and procedures to ensure incarcerated persons have ☐ ☐ access to the court and to legal counsel. Such access shall consist of: (a) unlimited mail as provided in Section 1063 of these 520. Correspondence ☒ regulations, and, ☐ ☐ (b) confidential consultation with attorneys. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1069 ORIENTATION 1/610. Inmate Orientation (b) In Type I facilities, the facility administrator shall ☒ develop written policies and procedures for a program ☐ ☐ reasonably understandable to non-sentenced detainees to orient them at the time of placement in a living area. Such a program shall be published and include, but not be limited to, the following: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) rules and disciplinary procedures; (2) visiting rules; ☒ ☐ ☐ (3) availability of personal care items, opportunities ☒ for personal hygiene; ☐ ☐ (4) availability of reading and recreational materials; ☒ and, ☐ ☐ (5) medical/mental health procedures. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1071 VOTING 2/521. Voting Any request from an inmate to vote in a The facility administrator of a Type I (holding sentenced local, state, or federal election will be incarcerated workers) II, III or IV facility shall develop brought to the attention of the Watch written policies and procedures whereby the county Commander. The Watch Commander will registrar of voters allows qualified voters to vote in local, ☒ ensure that the County Registrar of Voters is ☐ ☐ state, and federal elections, pursuant to election codes. notified of the inmate's request. Any identified representative from the registrar's office must be permitted to visit the inmate for the purpose of completing the voting process. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 18 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1072 RELIGIOUS OBSERVANCES 2/522. Religious Observances Incarcerated persons can practice their The facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility religion. shall develop written policies and procedures to provide ☒ ☐ ☐ opportunities for incarcerated persons to participate in religious services, practices and counseling on a voluntary basis. 1073 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 630. Inmate Complaint Sentenced incarcerated persons are not Note: Applicable to Type I facilities holding sentenced housed at these facilities. workers. (a) Each administrator of a Type II, III, or IV facility and Type I facilities which hold incarcerated workers shall develop written policies and procedures whereby all ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated persons have the opportunity and ability to submit and appeal grievances relating to any conditions of confinement, included but not limited to: medical care; classification actions; disciplinary actions; program participation; telephone, mail, and visiting procedures; and food, clothing, and bedding. Such policies and procedures shall include: (1) a grievance form; ☒ ☐ ☐ (2) instructions for registering and appealing a ☒ grievance, including relevant deadlines; ☐ ☐ (3) a process for submission and handling of ☒ anonymous grievances; ☐ ☐ (4) resolution of the grievance at the lowest ☒ appropriate staff level; ☐ ☐ (5) appeal to the next level of review; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) written reasons for denial of grievance at each ☒ level of review which acts on the grievance; ☐ ☐ (7) provision for a non-automated initial response within a reasonable time limit which shall not exceed ☒ ☐ ☐ a period of 15 calendar days; (8) provision for resolving questions of jurisdiction ☒ within the facility; ☐ ☐ (9) provision for providing a copy of the grievance, appeal, response, and related documents to the ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person; and, (10) The facility manager or designee shall conduct regular review of grievances, responses, and ☒ ☐ ☐ appeals. (b) Grievance System Abuse: The facility may establish written policy and procedure to ☒ control the submission of an excessive number of ☐ ☐ grievances. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 19 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1080 RULES AND DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 620. Inmate Non-Disciplinary Action No disciplinary action is taken against Wherever discipline is administered, each facility incarcerated persons confined in the jail administrator shall establish written rules and disciplinary division. actions to guide the conduct of incarcerated persons. ☒ ☐ ☐ Notes: If discipline IS NOT administered, written policy should indicate as such. If discipline IS administered, Sections 1080, 1081, 1082, 1083 and 1084 apply. Such rules and disciplinary actions shall be stated simply and affirmatively and posted conspicuously in housing ☒ units and the booking area or issued to each person upon ☐ ☐ booking. For those individuals with limited literacy, who are unable to read English, and for persons with disabilities, provision shall be made for the jail staff to instruct them ☒ verbally or provide them with material in an ☐ ☐ understandable form regarding jail rules and disciplinary procedures and actions. 1081 PLAN FOR DISCIPLINE OF INCARCERATED 620. Inmate Non-Disciplinary Action PERSONS No disciplinary action is taken against incarcerated persons confined in the jail Each facility administrator shall develop written policies division. and procedures for discipline of incarcerated persons. The plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following elements: ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) Temporary Loss of Privileges: For minor acts of non- conformance or minor violations of facility rules, staff may impose a temporary loss of privileges, such as access to television, telephones, commissary, or lockdown for less than 24 hours, provided there is written documentation and supervisory approval. (b) Disciplinary Actions: Major violations of facility rules or repetitive minor acts of non-conformance or repetitive minor violations of facility rules shall be reported in writing ☒ by the staff member observing the act and submitted to ☐ ☐ the disciplinary officer. The consequences of such violations may include, but are not limited to: 1. Loss of good time/work time. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2. Placement in disciplinary separation. ☒ ☐ ☐ 3. Loss of privileges mandated by regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ A staff member with investigative and disciplinary authority shall be designated as a disciplinary officer to ☒ ☐ ☐ impose such consequences. Staff shall not participate in disciplinary review if they are ☒ involved in the charges. ☐ ☐ Such charges pending against an incarcerated person shall be acted on with the following provisions and within specified timeframes: ☒ 1. A copy of the report, or a separate written notice of ☐ ☐ the violation(s), shall be provided to the incarcerated person. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 20 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 2. Unless declined by the incarcerated person, a hearing shall be provided no sooner than 24 hours after the report has been submitted to the disciplinary officer and the incarcerated person has been ☒ informed of the charges in writing. The hearing may ☐ ☐ be postponed or continued for a reasonable time through a written waiver by the incarcerated person, or for good cause. 3. The incarcerated person shall be permitted to appear on their own behalf at the time of hearing and present witnesses and documentary evidence. The ☒ incarcerated person shall have access to staff or ☐ ☐ assistance when they have limited literacy, or the issues are complex. 4. A charge(s) shall be acted on no later than 72 hours after an incarcerated person has been ☒ ☐ ☐ informed of the charge(s) in writing. 5. Subsequent to final disposition of disciplinary charges by the disciplinary officer, the charges and ☒ the action taken shall be reviewed by the facility ☐ ☐ manager or designee. 6. The incarcerated person shall be advised in a written statement by the fact-finders about the evidence relied on and the reasons for the ☒ ☐ ☐ disciplinary action. A copy of the record shall be kept pursuant to Penal Code Section 4019.5. 7. There shall be a policy of review and appeal to a ☒ supervisor on all disciplinary action. ☐ ☐ 1082 FORMS OF DISCIPLINE 620. Inmate Non-Disciplinary Action No disciplinary action is taken against The degree of actions taken by the disciplinary officer incarcerated persons confined in the jail shall be directly related to the severity of the rule division. infraction and promotion of desired behavior through a progressive disciplinary process. Acceptable forms of discipline shall consist of, but not be limited to, the following: (a) Loss of privileges. ☒ ☐ ☐ (b) Extra work detail. (c) Short term lockdown for less than 24 hours. (d) Removal from work details. (e) Forfeiture of “good time” credits earned under Penal Code Section 4019. (f) Forfeiture of “work time” credits earned under Penal Code Section 4019. (g) Disciplinary separation. 1083 LIMITATIONS ON DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 620. Inmate Non-Disciplinary Action No disciplinary action is taken against The Penal Code and the State Constitution expressly incarcerated persons confined in the jail prohibit all cruel and unusual punishment. Disciplinary division. actions shall not include corporal punishment, group punishment when feasible, or physical or psychological degradation. ☒ ☐ ☐ Additionally, there shall be the following limitations: (a) Disciplinary separation shall be considered an option of last resort and as a response to the most serious and threatening behavior, for the shortest time possible, and with the least restrictive conditions possible. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 21 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (1) If a person is on disciplinary separation status for 30 consecutive days there shall be a review by the facility manager before the disciplinary separation status is continued. This review shall include a ☒ consultation with health care staff. Such reviews shall ☐ ☐ continue at least every fifteen days thereafter until the disciplinary status has ended. This review shall be documented. (2) The disciplinary separation cells or cell shall have the minimum furnishings and space specified in Title 24, Part 2, 1231.2.6 and 2.7. Occupants shall be issued clothing and bedding as specified in Articles 13 and 14 of these regulations and shall not be deprived of them through any portion of the day ☒ except that those incarcerated persons who engage ☐ ☐ in the destruction of bedding or clothing may be deprived of such articles. The decision to deprive a person of such articles of clothing and bedding shall be reviewed by the facility manager or designee during each 24-hour period. (3) If after placement in separation, mental health or medical staff determine that an individual has serious mental illness or an intellectual disability, they shall ☒ ☐ ☐ be removed from disciplinary separation immediately upon this determination. (b) The delegation of authority to any incarcerated person or group of incarcerated people to exercise the right of punishment over any other incarcerated person or group ☒ of incarcerated people. ☐ ☐ Note: PC § 4019.5. (c) In no case shall a safety cell, as specified in Title 24, Part 2, 1231.2.5, or any restraint device be used for ☒ ☐ ☐ disciplinary purposes. (d) No incarcerated person may be deprived of the implements necessary to maintain an acceptable level of ☒ personal hygiene as specified in Section 1265 of these ☐ ☐ regulations. (e) Food shall not be withheld as a disciplinary measure. ☒ ☐ ☐ (f) Correspondence privileges shall not be withheld except in cases where the incarcerated person has violated correspondence regulations, in which case ☒ correspondence may be suspended for no longer than 72 ☐ ☐ hours, without the review and approval of the facility manager. (g) In no case shall access to courts and legal counsel be ☒ suspended as a disciplinary measure. ☐ ☐ 1084 DISCIPLINARY RECORDS 620. Inmate Non-Disciplinary Action No disciplinary action is taken against Penal Code Section 4019.5 requires that a record is kept incarcerated persons confined in the jail ☒ of all disciplinary actions administered therefore. This ☐ ☐ division. requirement may be satisfied by retaining copies of rule violation reports and report of the disposition of each. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 22 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1206.5 MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNICABLE JOM 1/310 – Classification DISEASES IN A CUSTODY SETTING JOM 1/350.10 – Mandated Inmate Segregation (a) The responsible physician, in conjunction with the JOM 2/670 – Contagious Diseases facility administrator and the county health officer, shall MSD 7.0 – Infection Control – Arrestees develop a written plan to address the identification, MSD 13.0 – HIV/AIDS treatment, control and follow-up management of MSD 20.0 – Treatment of Scabies tuberculosis and other communicable diseases. The plan ☒ ☐ ☐ MSD 22.0 – Tuberculosis (TB) shall cover the intake screening procedures, identification of relevant symptoms, referral for a medical evaluation, treatment responsibilities during incarceration and coordination with public health officials for follow-up treatment in the community. The plan shall reflect the current local incidence of communicable diseases which threaten the health of incarcerated people and staff. (b) Consistent with the above plan, the health authority JOM 2/670 – Contagious Diseases shall, in cooperation with the facility administrator and the county health officer, set forth in writing, policies and procedures in conformance with applicable state and ☒ ☐ ☐ federal law, which include, but are not limited to: (1) The types of communicable diseases to be reported; (2) The persons who shall receive the medical ☒ reports; ☐ ☐ (3) Sharing of medical information with incarcerated Confidential Morbidity Report (CMR) cards persons and custody staff. are completed by medical personnel and ☒ sent to the Department of Public Health, ☐ ☐ Acute Communicable Disease Control (ACDC). (4) Medical procedures required to identify the presence of disease(s) and lessen the risk of ☒ ☐ ☐ exposure to others; (5) Medical confidentiality requirements; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) Housing considerations based up on behavior MSD 3.3 – Arrestee Privacy during Medical medical needs and safety of the affected ☒ Evaluation ☐ ☐ incarcerated persons; (7) Provisions for consent by an incarcerated person JOM 1/310 – Classification that address the limits of confidentiality; and, JOM 1/310.50 – Inmate Classification – ☒ Defined ☐ ☐ JOM 1/350.10 – Inmate Segregation JOM 1/350.20 – Administrative Segregation (8) Reporting and appropriate action upon the LAPD Department Manual Volume 4, 712 – possible exposure of custody staff to a ☒ Employee Exposure to Health Hazards – ☐ ☐ communicable disease. Reporting Procedures 1211 SICK CALL JOM 2/620 – Daily Sick Call JOM 2/620.20 – Daily Sick Call at Area Jails The facility administrator, in cooperation with the health MSD 8.0 – Dispensary Sick Call authority, shall develop written policies and procedures, ☒ Practice consistent with policy. Electronic which provide daily sick call for all incarcerated persons ☐ ☐ sick call log reviewed and confirmed or provision made that any incarcerated person practice. requesting medical/mental health attention be given such attention. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 23 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1260 STANDARD INSTITUTIONAL CLOTHING The standard issue of climatically suitable clothing to incarcerated people held after arraignment in all but Court ☒ ☐ ☐ Holding, Temporary Holding, and Type IV facilities shall include, but not be limited to: (a) Clean socks and footwear; (b) Clean outergarments; and, Arrestees generally retain their garments. ☒ Outer garments are available to provide as ☐ ☐ needed. (c) Clean undergarments; Undergarments are available to provide as ☒ ☐ ☐ needed. (1) For males – shorts and undershirt, and ☒ ☐ ☐ (2) For females – bra and two pairs of panties. ☒ ☐ ☐ The person’s personal undergarments and footwear may be substituted for the institutional undergarments and footwear specified in this regulation. This option ☒ ☐ ☐ notwithstanding, the facility has the primary responsibility to provide the personal undergarments and footwear. All issued and exchanged clothing shall be clean and free of holes or tears, reasonably fitted, durable, easily laundered and repaired. Undergarments shall be clean, free of holes or tears, and substantially free of stains. ☒ ☐ ☐ Individuals shall be able to select the garment type more compatible with their gender identity and gender expression. 1264 CONTROL OF VERMIN IN PERSONAL LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.70 (Treatment of CLOTHING Vermin Infested Incarcerated persons), pages 77-78. There shall be written policies and procedures developed by the facility administrator to control contamination Incarcerated persons who are infested with and/or spread of vermin in all incarcerated people’s ☒ vermin (lice) are treated with lice shampoo at personal clothing. Infested clothing shall be cleaned, ☐ ☐ this facility. After showers and treatment, they disinfected, or stored in a closed container so as to can be housed at the facility. eradicate or stop the spread of vermin. LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.80 (Disposition of Contaminated Clothing and Linen), page 78. 1265 ISSUE OF PERSONAL CARE ITEMS LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.10 (Showering and Personal Hygiene), pages 76- 77. There shall be written policies and procedures developed ☒ ☐ ☐ by the facility administrator for the issue of personal LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.90 (Sanitary hygiene items. Napkins), page 78. Each menstruating person shall be provided with sanitary napkins, panty liners, and tampons as requested with no ☒ ☐ ☐ maximum allowance. Each person to be held over 24 hours who is unable to supply themself with the following personal care items, because of either indigency or the absence of a canteen, ☒ ☐ ☐ shall be issued: (a) Toothbrush, (b) Dentifrice, ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) Soap, ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) Comb, and ☒ ☐ ☐ 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 24 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (e) Shaving implements. ☒ ☐ ☐ Personal care items shall be issued within the first 12 ☒ hours of housing assignment. ☐ ☐ Incarcerated persons shall not be required to share any ☒ personal care items listed in items “a” through “d.” ☐ ☐ Incarcerated people will not share disposable razors. ☒ ☐ ☐ Double edged safety razors, electric razors, and other shaving instruments capable of breaking the skin, when shared among incarcerated people, must be disinfected between individual uses by the method prescribed by the ☒ ☐ ☐ State Board of Barbering and Cosmetology in Sections 979 and 980, Division 9, Title 16, California Code of Regulations. 1266 SHOWERING LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.30 (Showering and Personal Hygiene), page 77. ☒ There shall be written policies and procedures developed ☐ ☐ by the facility administrator for showering/bathing. Incarcerated persons shall be permitted to shower/bathe upon assignment to a housing unit and at least every ☒ ☐ ☐ other day or more often if possible. Absent exigent circumstances, no person shall be prohibited from showering at least every other day following assignment to a housing unit. If showering is ☒ prohibited, it must be approved by the facility manager or ☐ ☐ designee, and the reason(s) for prohibition shall be documented. 1270 STANDARD BEDDING AND LINEN ISSUE LAPD JOM, Section 2/526.20 (Issuing Bedding and Linen), page 75. The standard issue of clean suitable bedding and linens, for each incarcerated person entering a living area who ☒ is expected to remain overnight, shall include, but not be ☐ ☐ limited to: (a) one serviceable mattress which meets the requirements of Section 1272 of these regulations; (b) one mattress cover or one sheet; One fitted mattress cover/sheet and one ☒ ☐ ☐ blanket are provided. (c) one towel; and, LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.10 (Showering ☒ and Personal Hygiene), pages 76- 77. ☐ ☐ Provided at the time of the shower. (d) one blanket or more depending up on climatic ☒ conditions. ☐ ☐ Policy and procedure shall require that items (a), (b), and ☒ (d) above be provided prior to the first night in the facility. ☐ ☐ Two blankets or sleep bag may be issued in place of one mattress cover or one sheet at the request of the ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 25 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1280 FACILITY SANITATION, SAFETY, AND Cleaning service for the detention areas MAINTENANCE provided by GSD custodial services. The facility administrator shall develop written policies LAPD JOM, Section 2/510.20 (Disinfecting and procedures for the maintenance of an acceptable Handcuffs), page 33. ☒ level of cleanliness, repair and safety throughout the ☐ ☐ Purell (spray) disinfectant is being used for facility. Such a plan shall provide for a regular schedule the disinfection of the handcuffs. of housekeeping tasks and inspections to identify and Quaternary Ammonia sanitizer is used for correct unsanitary or unsafe conditions or work practices the general disinfection/sanitation of the which may be found. facility. DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Are minors held in jail cells? Youths are held in the juvenile holding area outside the jail. Penal Code Sections 6030 and 6031.4 require the biennial inspection of local detention facilities that hold minors in secure detention in the jail. Title 15, Article 9 establishes the minimum standards of how facilities hold ☐ ☒ minors in temporary custody in the jail. ☐ Facilities that do not hold minors in the jail cells are not subject to Title 15, Article 9 biennial inspections; however, if minors are held in the building, they may be subject to the requirements of WIC §207.1. 1047 SERIOUS ILLNESS OR INJURY OF A MINOR IN AN ADULT DETENTION FACILITY The facility administrator shall develop policy and ☐ ☒ procedures for notification of the court of jurisdiction and ☐ the parent, guardian, or person standing in loco parentis, in the event of a suicide attempt, serious illness, injury or death of a minor in custody. 1142 WRITTEN POLICIES AND PROCEDURES The facility administrator shall develop written policies ☒ and procedures concerning minors being held in ☐ ☐ temporary custody which shall address: (a) suicide risk and prevention; (b) use of restraints; ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) emergency medical assistance and services; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) prohibiting use of discipline. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1143 CARE OF MINORS IN TEMPORARY CUSTODY ☒ (a) The following shall be made available to all minors ☐ ☐ held in temporary custody: (1) access to toilets and washing facilities; (2) one snack during term of temporary custody if the minor has not eaten within the past four (4) ☒ hours or is otherwise in need of appropriate ☐ ☐ nourishment; (3) access to drinking water; ☒ ☐ ☐ 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 26 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) access to language services; ☒ ☐ ☐ (5) access to disabilities services; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) sanitary napkins, panty liners, and tampons as ☒ requested; ☐ ☐ (7) privacy during consultation with family, guardian, ☒ and/or lawyer; ☐ ☐ (8) blankets and clothing, as necessary, to assure ☒ the comfort of the minor; and, ☐ ☐ (9) personal clothing unless the clothing is inadequate, presents a health or safety problem, or ☒ ☐ ☐ is required to be utilized as evidence of an offense. (b) Upon entry, the minor shall be informed in writing of what is available under this section, and it shall be ☒ posted in at least one conspicuous place to which ☐ ☐ minors have access. 1144 CONTACT BETWEEN MINORS AND INCARCERATED ADULTS ☒ The facility administrator shall establish policies and ☐ ☐ procedures to restrict contact, as defined in Section 1006, between minors and adults confined in the facility. In situations where brief or accidental contact may occur, such as booking or facility movement, facility staff (trained in the supervision of incarcerated people) shall ☒ ☐ ☐ maintain a constant, side- by-side presence with the minor or the adult to prevent sustained contact. 1145 DECISION ON SECURE CUSTODY A minor who is taken into temporary custody by a peace officer on the basis that they are is a person described by Section 602 of the Welfare and Institutions Code may be held in secure custody in a law enforcement facility that contains a lockup for adults if the minor is 14 years of age or older and if, in the reasonable belief of the peace officer, the minor presents a serious security risk of harm to self or others, as long as all other conditions of secure custody set forth in these standards are met. ☒ ☐ ☐ Any minor in temporary custody who is less than 14 years of age, or who does not in the reasonable belief of the peace officer present a serious security risk of harm to self or others, shall not be placed in secure custody, but may be kept in non-secure custody in the facility as long as all other conditions of non-secure custody set forth in these standards are met. Note: Minors in secure detention are 14 years of age or older. In making the determination whether the minor presents a serious security risk of harm to self or others, the ☒ officer may take into account the following factors: ☐ ☐ (a) age, maturity, and delinquent history of the minor; (b) severity of the offense(s) for which the minor was ☒ taken into custody; ☐ ☐ 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 27 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) minor's behavior, including the degree to which the ☒ minor appears to be cooperative or non-cooperative; ☐ ☐ (d) the availability of staff to provide adequate ☒ supervision or protection of the minor; and, ☐ ☐ (e) the age, type, and number of other individuals who ☒ are detained in the facility. ☐ ☐ 1146 CONDITIONS OF SECURE CUSTODY While in secure custody, minors may be locked in a room or other secure enclosure, secured to a cuffing rail, ☒ ☐ ☐ or otherwise reasonably restrained as necessary to prevent escape and protect the minor and others from harm. 1147 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN SECURE CUSTODY INSIDE A LOCKED ENCLOSURE (a) Minors shall receive adequate supervision which, at ☒ ☐ ☐ a minimum, includes: (1) constant auditory access to staff by the minor; and, (2) safety checks, as defined in Section 1006, of the minor by staff of the law enforcement facility, at least ☒ ☐ ☐ once every 30 minutes, which shall be documented. (b) Minors of different genders shall not be placed in the same locked room unless under constant direct visual ☒ ☐ ☐ observation by staff of the law enforcement facility. 1148 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN SECURE CUSTODY OUTSIDE OF A LOCKED ENCLOSURE ☒ Minors held in secure custody outside of a locked ☐ ☐ enclosure shall not be secured to a stationary object for more than 60 minutes unless no other locked enclosure is available. A staff person from the facility shall provide constant direct visual observation to assure the minor's safety ☒ ☐ ☐ while secured to a stationary object. Securing minors to a stationary object for longer than 60 minutes, and every 30 minutes thereafter, shall be ☒ ☐ ☐ approved by a supervisor. The decision for securing a minor to a stationary object for longer than 60 minutes, and every 30 minutes ☒ thereafter shall be based upon the best interests of the ☐ ☐ minor and shall be documented. 1149 CRITERIA FOR NON-SECURE CUSTODY Minors held in temporary custody, who do not meet the criteria for secure custody as specified in Section 207.1(b) of the Welfare and Institutions Code, may be ☒ held in non- secure custody to investigate the case, ☐ ☐ facilitate release of the minor to a parent or guardian, or arrange for transfer of the minor to an appropriate juvenile facility. While minors are held in temporary non- secure custody the provisions of Section 1143 apply. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 28 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1150 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN NON- SECURE CUSTODY Minors held in non-secure custody shall receive constant direct visual observation by staff of the law ☒ ☐ ☐ enforcement facility. Entry and release times shall be documented and made available for review. Monitoring a minor using audio, video, or other electronic devices shall never replace constant direct visual observation. 1151 MINORS UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF ANY INTOXICATING SUBSTANCE IN SECURE OR NON-SECURE CUSTODY Facility administrators shall develop policies and ☒ procedures providing that a medical clearance shall be ☐ ☐ obtained for minors who are under the influence of drugs, alcohol or any other intoxicating substance to the extent that they are unable to care for themselves, prior to secure or non-secure custody of that minor. Supervision of minors in secure custody in a locked room shall include safety checks at least once every 15 minutes until resolution of the intoxicated state or ☒ ☐ ☐ release. These safety checks shall be documented, with actual time of occurrence recorded. Supervision of minors in secure custody outside of a locked room shall be supervised in accordance with ☒ ☐ ☐ Section 1148. Supervision of minors in nonsecure custody shall be ☒ supervised in accordance with Section 1150. ☐ ☐ 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PRO 23-24 Page 29 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 ADULT DETENTION FACILITY LIVING AREA SPACE EVALUATION Board of State & Community Corrections BSCC Code: 2341 FACILITY: LAPD Metropolitan Detention Center TYPE: I RC: 512 FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J. Bush DATE: 09/30/2024 ROOMS EACH ROOM Cell Applicable # EACH CELL Total DIMENSIONS FIXTURES* Location Type Standards Cells # RC RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Beds Pre-Booking Holding 1 Holding 2001 2 (2) (4) 7.1 x 6.4 x 12.6 1 1 1 & 2 Note: 1-48'' Bench in each cell. Used for restrooms only. Holding 3 Holding 2001 1 (4) (4) 7.0 x 9.9 x 12.6 1 1 1 Note: 1-85'' Bench. Holding 4 Holding 2001 1 (4) (4) 10.1 x 7.0 x 12.6 1 1 1 Note: 1-85'' Bench. Booking IB.03 Safety 2001 2 (1) (2) 6.2 x 8.8 x 12.8 IB.04 IB.05 Sobering 2001 1 (4) (4) 13 x 7.1 x 12.8 1 1 1 Note: Cell size limits capacity. IB.10 Sobering 2001 1 (8) (8) 16.7 x 9.9 x 8.8 1 1 1 IB.06 Holding 2001 1 (5) (5) 11.7 x 7.0 x 12.6 1 1 1 Note: 1-91'' Bench limits capacity. 19.3 x 13.11 x IB.07 Holding 2001 1 (16) (16) 1 1 1 8.10 Notes: 2-180'' Benches. Capacity limited by cell type. 19.2 x 13.10 x IB.08 Holding 2001 1 (14) (14) 1 1 1 8.10 Notes: 1-126'' Bench and 1-160'' bench. Capacity limited by bench length. IB.09 Holding 2001 1 (14) (14) 14.7 x 11.3 x 8.8 1 1 1 Notes: 2-140'' Benches. Capacity limited by bench length. IB.11 Holding 2001 1 (16) (16) 14.7 x 11.3 x 8.8 1 1 1 Note: 1-197'' Bench and 1-108'' bench. Currently used for DNA Collection. IB.12 Holding 2001 1 (2) (2) 8.8 x 5.0 x 8.8 1 1 1 Note: 1-44'' Bench limits capacity. IB.13 Holding 2001 1 (2) (2) 8.5 x 6.1 x 8.8 1 1 1 Note: 1-44'' Bench limits capacity. IB.14 Holding 2001 1 (15) (15) 20.7 x 9.1 x 8.8 1 1 1 Note: 1-195'' Bench and 1-107'' bench. Capacity limited by bench length. IB.15 Holding 2001 1 (15) (15) 20.7 x 9.1 x 8.8 1 1 1 Notes: 1-108'' Bench and 1- 177'' bench. Capacity limited by bench length. ADA Cell. *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I LASE 23-24 - 1 - A360 LAS Adult-05.dot (8/05) ROOMS EACH ROOM Cell Applicable # EACH CELL Total DIMENSIONS FIXTURES* Location Type Standards Cells # RC RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Beds IB.16 Holding 2001 1 (16) (16) 20.7 x 9.1 x 8.8 1 1 1 Notes: 1-108'' Bench and 1- 177'' bench. Capacity limited by bench length. IB.18 Holding 2001 1 (7) (7) 11.10 x 6.9 x12.8 1 1 1 Note: 1-141'' Bench. Note: Booking area has 1 accessible shower. Inmate Staging IT.03 Staging 2001 1 (14) (14) 13.5 x 15.7 x 12.8 1 1 1 Notes: 1-148'' Bench and 1-112'' bench. Capacity limited by bench length. IT.04 Staging 2001 1 (12) (12) 16.4 x 13.5 x 12.8 1 1 1 Notes: 1-100'' Bench and 1-161'' bench. Capacity limited by bench length. IT.05 Staging 2001 1 (14) (14) 13.5 x 12.4 x 12.8 1 1 1 Notes: 1-160'' Bench and 1-112'' bench. Capacity limited by bench length. 8.10 x 10.10 x IT.12 Holding 2001 1 (3) (3) 1 1 1 12.8 Notes: 1-67'' Bench limits capacity. ADA cell. IT.13 Holding 2001 1 (4) (4) 11.3 x 6.1 x 12.8 1 1 1 Note: 1-74'' Bench limits capacity. IT.14 Holding 2001 1 (4) (4) 11.3 x 6.1 x 12.8 1 1 1 Note: 1-74'' Bench limits capacity. North Block Housing N101 Safety 2001 1 (1) (1) 6.3 x 8.2 x 10.2 A101- Double 2001 16 2 2 32 65 Sq Ft. 1 1 1 A116 Note: A-side lower-level cells with 2 accessible showers. 2 A201- Double 2001 16 2 2 32 65 Sq. Ft. 1 1 1 A216 Note: A-side upper-level cells with 2 accessible showers. 2 B101- Double 2001 16 2 2 32 65 Sq. Ft. 1 1 1 B116 Note: B-side lower-level cells with 2 accessible showers. 2 B201- Double 2001 16 2 2 32 65 Sq. Ft. 1 1 1 B216 Note: B-side upper-level cells with 2 accessible showers. 2 South Block Housing S101 Safety 2001 1 (1) (1) 8.0 x 7.0 x 7.8 S310A Safety 2001 1 (1) (1) 7.7 x 6.7 x 12 A100- Dorm 2001 1 32 32 32 1677 Sq. Ft. 4 4 4 4 A200 Note: A100 is the lower level 1075 Sq. Ft. and A200 is the upper level 602 Sq. Ft. B101- Single 2001 15 1 1 15 65 Sq. Ft. 1 1 1 B115 Note: B-side lower-level cells with 1 accessible shower. 1 *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I LASE 23-24 - 2 - A360 LAS Adult-05.dot (8/05) ROOMS EACH ROOM Cell Applicable # EACH CELL Total DIMENSIONS FIXTURES* Location Type Standards Cells # RC RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Beds B116 Single 2001 1 1 1 1 11.2 x 7.10 x 10 1 1 1 Note: ADA cell. B201- Single 2001 16 1 1 16 65 Sq. Ft. 1 1 1 B216 Note: B-side upper-level cells with 1 accessible shower. 1 C101- Single 2001 15 1 1 15 65 Sq. Ft. 1 1 1 C115 Note: C-side lower-level cells with 1 accessible shower. 1 C116 Single 2001 1 1 1 1 11.2 x 7.10 x 10 1 1 1 Note: ADA cell. C201- Single 2001 16 1 1 16 65 Sq. Ft. 1 1 1 C216 Note: C-side upper-level cells with 1 accessible shower. 1 D100- Dorm 2001 1 32 32 32 1677 Sq. Ft. 4 4 4 4 D200 Note: D100 is the lower level 1075 Sq. Ft. and D200 is the upper level 602 Sq. Ft. West Block Housing A100- Dorm 2001 1 32 32 32 1855 Sq. Ft. 4 4 4 4 A200 Note: A100 is the lower level 1120 Sq. Ft. and A200 is the upper level 735 Sq. Ft. B100- Dorm 2001 1 36 36 36 1855 Sq. Ft. 4 4 4 4 B200 Note: B100 is the lower level 1120 Sq. Ft. and B200 is the upper level 735 Sq. Ft. C100- Dorm 2001 1 36 36 36 1855 Sq. Ft. 4 4 4 4 C200 Note: C100 is the lower level 1120 Sq. Ft. and C200 is the upper level 735 Sq. Ft. D100- Dorm 2001 1 32 32 32 1855 Sq. Ft. 4 4 4 4 D200 Note: D100 is the lower level 1120 Sq. Ft. and D200 is the upper level 735 Sq. Ft. W101 Safety 2001 1 (1) (1) 8.2 x 6.2 x 8.10 East Block Housing E101 Safety 2001 1 (1) (1) 8.2 x 6.2 x 8.8 E309 Safety 2001 1 (1) (1) 8.2 x 6 x 8 A100- Dorm 2001 1 36 36 36 1892 Sq. Ft. 4 4 4 4 A200 Note: A100 is the lower level 1247 Sq. Ft. and A200 is the upper level 645 Sq. Ft. B101 Single 2001 1 1 1 1 92 Sq. Ft. 1 1 1 Note: (Needs grab bars to become an ADA Cell.) B102- Single 2001 7 1 1 7 73 Sq. Ft. 1 1 1 B108 Note: B-side lower-level cells with 1 accessible shower. 1 B201 Double 2001 1 2 2 2 92 Sq. Ft. 1 1 1 Note: ADA cell. *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I LASE 23-24 - 3 - A360 LAS Adult-05.dot (8/05) ROOMS EACH ROOM Cell Applicable # EACH CELL Total DIMENSIONS FIXTURES* Location Type Standards Cells # RC RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Beds B202- Double 2001 7 2 2 14 73 Sq. Ft. 1 1 1 B208 Note: B-side upper-level cells with 2 accessible showers. 2 Single C101 2001 1 1 1 1 92 Sq. Ft. 1 1 1 ADA C102- Single 2001 7 1 1 7 70 Sq. Ft. 1 1 1 C108 Note: C-side lower-level cells with 1 accessible shower. 1 C201 Double 2001 1 2 2 2 92 Sq. Ft. 1 1 1 C202- Double 2001 7 2 2 14 70 Sq. Ft. 1 1 1 C208 Note: C-side upper-level cells with 2 accessible showers. 2 D100- Dorm 2001 1 36 36 36 1892 Sq. Ft. 4 4 4 4 D200 Note: D100 is the lower level 1247 Sq. Ft. and D200 is the upper level 645 Sq. Ft. *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I LASE 23-24 - 4 - A360 LAS Adult-05.dot (8/05) ADULT TYPE I, II, III AND IV FACILITIES PHYSICAL PLANT EVALUATION Board of State & Community Corrections APPLICABLE TITLE 24 REGULATIONS: 6/94; 2/99; 2001; 2005 BSCC Code: 2341 FACILITY NAME: LAPD Metropolitan Detention Center FACILITY TYPE: I APPLICABLE REGULATIONS (Check All That Apply): 6/94: 2/99: 2001: X 2005: OTHER: FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J. Bush DATE: 09/30/2024 TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Reception and Booking (2.1) X Contains a weapons locker, designed as outlined in these regulations. Contains a cell or room for confinement pending X booking Contains a detoxification cell, where applicable 01: Name change to “sobering cell.” X 2-99: Two detoxification cells are provided if both male and female inmates are held. Contains safety cell(s) (WA) X Shower room available 2-99: Access to shower must be within the secure X area Provides secure vault or storage for inmate valuables X Telephone(s) available for inmate use (PC § 851.5) X 2-99: Unobstructed access to hot and cold running water X Temporary Holding Cell or Room (2.2) X Contains 10 square feet of floor area per inmate Holds no more than 16 inmates X Is not smaller than 40 square feet and has a clear X ceiling height of 8 feet or more Contains sufficient seating to accommodate all X inmates Contains water closet (toilet), wash basin, and drinking X fountain Provides for clear visual supervision by staff X Temporary Staging Cell or Room (2.3) X Holds inmates classified and segregated per Title 15 § 1050 and 1053 Holds inmates for four hours or less X Limited to holding no more than 80 inmates X Contains 10 square feet of floor area per inmates and X has a clear ceiling height of 8 feet or more. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PHY 23-24 - 1 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01 05.dot (8/05) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Is at least 160 square feet X Contains sufficient seating to accommodate all X inmates Contains water closets (toilets), wash basins and X drinking fountains as specified by these regulations Provides for clear visual supervision by staff X Detoxification/Sobering Cell (2.4) X 01: Name change to “sobering cell.” Contains 20 square feet of floor area per inmate Is limited to no more than 8 inmates X Is no smaller than 60 square feet and has a clear X ceiling height of 8 feet or more Contains a water closet (toilet) wash basin and X drinking fountain as specified by these regulations Has padded partitions located next to toilet fixtures X Provides for clear visual supervision by staff X Padding on floor X 01: A shower is accessible in the secure portion of the facility X Safety Cell (2.5) Contains 48 square feet with one floor dimension of a X least 6 feet and a clear ceiling height of 8 feet or more Is limited to one inmate X Contains a flushing ring toilet, mounted flush with the X floor, with controls located outside the cell Padded floor, door and walls X Equipped with a variable intensity, security light, X inaccessible to the occupant Has one or more vertical view panels, not more than 4 inches wide nor less than 24 inches long, which X provide a view of the entire cell Has a food pass with lockable shutter no more than 4 inches high and, with between 26 and 32 inches from X the bottom of the food pass to the floor 01: Wall or ceiling mounted devices are inaccessible to inmate occupant. X Single Occupancy Cells (2.6) X Maximum capacity of one inmate Contain a minimum of 60 square feet of floor area in Type I facilities and 70 square feet in Type II and III X facilities Have a minimum clear ceiling height of 8 feet and a X minimum width of 6 feet Contain a water closet (toilet), wash basin and drinking X fountain 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PHY 23-24 - 2 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01 05.dot (8/05) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Contain a bunk, desk and seat (Desk and seat not required in Type I facilities.) X Double Occupancy Cells (2.7) X Maximum capacity of two inmates Contain a minimum of 60 square feet of floor area in Type I facilities and 70 square feet in Type II and III X facilities Have a minimum clear ceiling height of 8 feet and a X minimum width of 6 feet Contain a water closet (toilet), wash basin and drinking X fountain Contain 2 bunks, 1 desk and 1 seat (Desk and seat not required in Type I facilities.) X Dormitories (2.8) (Note: 2001 regulations reduced the double bunk requirement from 75 to 70 square feet and added provision for triple bunks. This is the “least restrictive standard.” 2005 revisions added clarifying language, but did not change the calculations.) Contain at least 50 square feet of floor area per inmate for single bed units; at least 70 square feet of floor space per inmate for double bed units; and, at least 90 X square feet for triple bed units. Eight foot clear ceiling height required. (To calculate double bunked BRC: 70 square feet divided by 2 inmates = 35 square feet + 35 square feet dayroom = 70 square feet per inmate. To calculate triple bunked BRC: 90 square feet divided by 3 inmates=30 square feet + 35 square feet dayroom=65 square feet per inmate.) Designed for no fewer than 4 and no more than 64 X inmates Provide access to toilets separate from wash basins X and drinking fountains Provide storage space for each inmate's personal items (NA Type I) X Dayrooms (2.9) (Required for inmates in Type II and III facilities (excluding "special use" cells) and inmate workers in Type I facilities.) X Contain 35 square feet of floor area per inmate, exclusive of 3 foot wide corridors in front of cells/rooms 2-99: Deleted 3 foot corridor in front of cells/rooms 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PHY 23-24 - 3 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01 05.dot (8/05) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Contain tables and seating to accommodate the maximum number of inmates allowed access at a given time. (Note 2001 revisions added reference to X access at a given time and are the least restrictive standard.) Exercise Area (2.10) Provided in Type II and III facilities. Type IV facilities X must have a recreation area or provide community access to one. Clear height of 15 feet X Has required surface area: 80 % of maximum rated inmate capacity, multiplied by 50 square feet, divided X by number of one-hour exercise periods per day, equals the required surface area. 2-99: Provides free access to a toilet, wash basin and X drinking fountain Provides adequate security X Program/Multipurpose Space (2.11) (NA Type I) There is sufficient area and furnishings to meet the X needs of the facility programs. (See regulation for discussion of applicability to Type IV.) Medical Examination Room (2.12) . There is one suitably equipped medical exam room in every Type II or III facility designed to house 25 or X more inmates. 2-99: Required in all facilities that provide on-site health care. Located within the security area and provide for X privacy of inmates Not less than 100 square feet of floor space with no X single dimension less than 7 feet Provide hot and cold running water 2-99: Hot and cold running water in any room where X medical procedures are provided 2-99: Lockable storage for medical supplies X Pharmaceutical Storage Space (2.13) There is lockable storage space for medical supplies X and pharmaceuticals (Title 15 § 1216). 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PHY 23-24 - 4 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01 05.dot (8/05) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Medical Care Housing (2.14) Applicable to Type II and III facilities where the facility X program indicates special medical care housing is needed. Housing is located within the security area, accessible to both male and female inmates, but not in the living X area of either. Provides lockable storage area for medical X instruments 2-99: Negative pressure isolation rooms are designed to the community standard. X Hare Care Space (2.15) Space and equipment are available. X 2-99: Requirement deleted. Commissary (2.16) (NA Type I) X Inmates can purchase specified items. There is secure storage for commissary stock. 01: Revisions limit requirement for secure storage to circumstances when commissary supplies are X kept within the security perimeter. Dining Facilities (2.17) (NA Type I) X There are 15 square feet and sufficient tables and seating for each inmate being fed. Dining space does not include toilets, wash basins or showers, without an appropriate visual barrier. 2-99: Visual barrier requirement deleted for wash X basins Visiting Space (2.18) X There is sufficient visiting area. Safety Equipment Storage (2.19) Adequate space is provided to store equipment such X as fire extinguishers, SCBA, emergency lights, etc. Janitors' Closet (2.20) A securely lockable janitor’s closet provides sufficient X storage for cleaning implements and supplies and is located within the security area (Type II only). 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PHY 23-24 - 5 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01 05.dot (8/05) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS A mop sink is available within the security area (Type II). It may be outside the security area in CH, TH and X Types I, III & IV. Audio or Visual Monitoring (2.22) (Prior to 2005 this was N/A for Type III and IV housing only minimum security inmates. In 2005 applicability was extended to all CH, TH, Type I, II, III and IV facilities regardless of security level.) There is an audio monitoring system capable of alerting staff in a central control. When visual X electronic surveillance is use, it is located primarily in corridors, elevators, or at points on the security perimeter such as entrances and exits. 2-99: Video monitoring option and references to electronic surveillance located primarily in corridors, elevators or points in security perimeter were deleted. Laundry Facilities (2.23) Type IV facilities make provision for washing and X drying personal laundry. Emergency Power (2.24) There is an emergency power source available and capable of providing minimal lighting in all areas and X maintaining fire and life safety, security, communication and alarm systems. Confidential Interview Rooms (2.25) There is at least one suitably furnished confidential interview room in every Type II facility designed for 25 X or more inmates. 2-99: Applicable to every facility which provides on- site health care Located in the security area, accessible by both male X and female inmates Provides at least 70 square feet floor area with no single dimension less than 6 feet X Attorney Interview Space (2.26) (NA Type IV) X Available and provides for confidentiality 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PHY 23-24 - 6 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01 05.dot (8/05) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Water Closets (Toilets)/Urinals (3.1) Provide for inmate privacy/modesty with staff being able to visual supervise; one is provided in every single and double occupancy cell and at the following ratio elsewhere: 1:10 in dormitories (changed from 1:8 in 2001); 1:8 in detoxification/sobering cells; X 1:16 in holding cells; 1:20 in exercise areas; and, Accessible to dayroom occupants no specified ratio. 2-99: Accessible at no specified ratio in exercise areas See regulation for calculations of urinal substitutions. Wash basins (3.2) Provide hot and cold or tempered water; one is provided in every single and double occupancy cell and at the following ratio elsewhere: 1:10 in dormitories (changed from 1:8 in 2001); 1:8 in detoxification/sobering cells; 1:20 in exercise areas; and, X Accessible to dayrooms at no specified ratio. 2-99: Accessible in exercise areas at no specified ratio See regulation for calculations of wash basin trough substitutions. Drinking Fountains (3.3) One is provided in every single and double occupancy cell and in dormitories. Accessible to inmates in dayrooms X 2-99: One is provided in every single and double occupancy cell, holding and staging cells and detoxification cells. It must be accessible to inmates in dayrooms and exercise areas. The water outlet (bubbler) is mechanically actuated and at an angle that prevents wastewater from flowing over the outlet (bubbler). There is a mouth guard on X the water outlet. 2-99: Mouth guard requirement deleted 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PHY 23-24 - 7 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01 05.dot (8/05) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Showers (3.4) Available at a ratio of 1:20; provide hot and cold or tempered water; shower stalls/areas are designed and constructed of materials that are impervious to water X and soap so that they may be easily cleaned. 2-99: Ratio changed from 1:16; specified that shower areas must provide modesty for inmates, with staff ability to supervise. Beds/Bunks (3.5) At least 30 inches wide and 76 inches long with 21 inches between pans; constructed of pan bottom type X or concrete; securely fastened to the floor and/or wall in facilities higher than minimum security. 01: Must be elevated off the floor. Lighting (3.6) Lighting in housing units, dayrooms and activity areas is sufficient to permit easy reading by a person with normal vision, and is not less than 20 foot-candles at desk level and in the grooming area. Night lighting is sufficient for purposes of supervision. X Lighting is centrally controlled and/or occupant controlled in housing cells or rooms. Light fixtures are of secure design in areas higher than minimum security. Windows (3.7) In housing areas higher than minimum security, X windows that are accessible to inmates are no greater than 5 inches in on dimension. Cell Padding (3.8) The floors and partition are padded in detoxification cells. In safety cells, floors, doors, walls and X everything on them are padded. All padded cells are equipped with an tamper resistant fire sprinkler approved by the SFM. All padding is: approved for use by the SFM; nonporous; at least ½ inch thick; of a unitary or laminated construction; firmly bonded to all surfaces; X and, without exposed seams. 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PHY 23-24 - 8 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01 05.dot (8/05) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Mirrors/Shelves/Clothes Hooks (3.9) X A mirror of a material appropriate to the level of security is provided near each wash basin. Consistent with security needs, shelves and clothes hooks are provided wherever feasible. X 2-99: Requirement for shelves and hooks deleted Clothes hooks are of a collapsible hook type 2-99: Requirement for hooks deleted X Seating (3.10) Seating is designed to the level of security. When bench seating is used, eighteen inches of bench are X provided per inmate. 2-99: In holding and staging cells, seating is securely fastened to the wall and/or floor. Table/Seat (3.11) (NA Type I) A table and seat is provided in single and double X occupancy cells. Weapons Locker (3.12) (NA type IV and Minimum Security Facilities) A secure weapons locker is located outside the X security perimeter of the facility and no weapons are brought into the security area. Lockers have individual compartments, locks and keys. Design Requirements (102(c)6) Design requirements as specified in Title 24, Part 1, 102(c)6 are met. (See regulation for specific X requirements. Note areas of non-compliance that are applicable to the facility type and construction date in the "comments" section.) 2341 Los Angeles Metropolitan Detention Center I PHY 23-24 - 9 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01 05.dot (8/05) TYPE I FACILITIES Board of State and Community Corrections PROCEDURES1 BSCC Code: 2361 FACILITY NAME: LAPD Harbor Station Jail FACILITY TYPE: IJ PERSON(S) INTERVIEWED: Detention Custody Officer Gwen Jackson FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J. Bush DATE: 10/02/2024 TITLE 15 SECTION P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1020 CORRECTIONS OFFICER CORE COURSE2 The BSCC Standards and Training for Corrections (STC) division found the agency in compliance with applicable (a) In addition to the provisions of California Penal Code Section regulations during the 2023-2024 compliance monitoring 831.5, all custodial personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall cycle. successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Core Course” as described in Section 179 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the Prior to appointment all Managements and Supervisors date of assignment. have completed the Corrections Officer Core Course. (b) Custodial Personnel who have successfully completed the course of instruction required by Penal Code Section 832.3 shall also Officers interviewed cited a variety of classes provided successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Basic Academy during the past two years. Supplemental Core Course” as described in Section 180 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the date of assignment. 1021 JAIL SUPERVISORY TRAINING Prior to assuming supervisory duties, jail supervisors shall complete the core training requirements pursuant to Section 1020, Corrections Officer Core Course. In addition, supervisory personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall also be required to complete either the STC Supervisory Course (as described in Section 181, Title 15, CCR) or the POST supervisory course within one year from date of assignment. 1023 JAIL MANAGEMENT TRAINING Managerial personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall be required to complete either the STC management course (as described in Section 182, Title 15, CCR) or the POST management course within one year from date of assignment. 1025 CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL TRAINING With the exception of any year that a core training module is successfully completed, all facility/system administrators, managers, supervisors, and custody personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall successfully complete the “annual required training” specified in Section 184 of Title 15, CCR. 1 This document is intended for use as a tool during the inspection process; this worksheet may not contain each Title 15 regulation that is required. Additionally, many regulations on this worksheet are SUMMARIES of the regulation; the text on this worksheet may not contain the entire text of the actual regulation. Please refer to the complete California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Minimum Standards for Local Facilities, Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 4 for the complete list and text of regulations. 2 For STC participating agencies, consistency with training sections 1020, 1021, 1023 & 1025 is annually assessed by the STC Division. Unless otherwise indicated, the regulatory intent is for training to occur within one year from the date of assignment. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 1 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1027 NUMBER OF PERSONNEL 025. Emergency Staffing A sufficient number of personnel shall be employed in Compliance with this section is predicated each local detention facility to ensure the implementation upon the ability of staff to conduct and ☒ ☐ ☐ and operation of the programs and activities required by document at least hourly safety checks and these regulations. ensure the completion of all programs and activities required by the regulations. Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be at 025. Emergency Staffing least one employee on duty at all times in a local BSCC reviewed staffing assignments, the detention facility or in the building which houses a local duty roster, and the Correctional Sergeant’s ☒ ☐ ☐ detention facility who shall be immediately available and Log to verify staffing patterns. All accessible to incarcerated people in the event of an information appeared appropriate. emergency. Such an employee shall not have any other duties which 025. Emergency Staffing would conflict with the supervision and care of ☒ ☐ ☐ All shifts have non-posted staff available to incarcerated people in the event of an emergency. respond to an emergency. Whenever one or more females are in custody, there 110. Searches – Unavailability of female shall be at least one female employee who shall be sworn to search female arrestee immediately available and accessible to such females. ☒ ☐ ☐ Note: Reference PC § 4021. There is always trained female staff available. In order to determine if there is a sufficient number of 001. Change of watch procedures personnel for a specific facility, the facility administrator 030 Releasing an incarcerated person shall prepare and retain a staffing plan indicating the 410.00 Officer duties and responsibilities personnel assigned in the facility and their duties. Such a ☒ ☐ ☐ staffing plan shall be reviewed by the Board staff at the time of their biennial inspection. The results of such a review and recommendations shall be reported to the local jurisdiction having fiscal responsibility for the facility. 1027.5 SAFETY CHECKS All LAPD Detention supervisory staff have attended applicable POST and STC courses. The facility administrator shall develop and implement policy and procedures for conducting safety checks that include, but are not limited to, the following: ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) Safety checks will determine the safety and well-being of individuals and shall be conducted at least hourly through direct visual observation of all people held and housed in the facility. (b) There shall be no more than a 60-minute lapse Verified in policies and discussions with ☒ ☐ ☐ between safety checks. detention officers. (c) Safety checks for people in sobering cells, safety cells, 250. Safety Checks and restraints shall occur more frequently as outlined in 265. Sobering Cell ☒ ☐ ☐ section 1055, section 1056, and section 1058 of these 265.30 Sobering Cell Use regulations. Use of restraints is not used in the facility. (d) Safety checks shall occur at random or varied Safety checks occur at random or varied ☒ ☐ ☐ intervals. intervals. (e) There shall be a written plan that includes the The actual time at which each safety check documentation of all safety checks. Documentation shall occurred; include: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) the actual time at which each individual safety check occurred; (2) the location where each individual safety check Each observation log is documented and occurred, such as a cell, module, or dormitory ☒ ☐ ☐ lists location where each safety check number; and, occurred 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 2 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (3) Initials or employee identification number of staff Initials and staff identification numbers are ☒ ☐ ☐ who completed the safety check(s). listed on each observation log. (f) A documented process by which safety checks are Supervisors will review and initial randoms reviewed at regular defined intervals by a supervisor or security logs to ensure logs are completed facility manager, including methods of mitigating patterns ☒ ☐ ☐ and consistent with regulations. of inconsistent documentation, or untimely completion of, safety checks. 1028 FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY STAFF This training is included in the core and supplemental core courses. Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be at ☒ ☐ ☐ least one person on duty at all times who meets the training standards established by the Board for general fire and life safety. [Penal Code section 6030(c)]. The facility manager shall ensure that there is at least one All staff have gone through the fire and life person on duty who trained in fire and life safety ☒ ☐ ☐ safety training during their correctional core procedures that relate specifically to the facility. training. 1029 POLICY AND PROCEDURES MANUAL3 Unless otherwise indicated, all policy sections noted are contained within the Jail Division Facility administrator(s) shall develop and publish a Operations Manual (JOM). manual of policy and procedures for the facility. The policy and procedures manual shall address all Each jail has facility-specific Standing Plans applicable Title 15 and Title 24 regulations and shall be (SP). comprehensively reviewed and updated at least every ☒ ☐ ☐ Updated 2022. two years. Such a manual shall be made available to all employees. Notes: The policies and procedures required in subsections (a)(6) and (a)(7) may be placed in a separate manual to ensure confidentiality. Subsections (c) and (d) do not apply and have been deleted. (a) The manual for Temporary Holding, Type I, II, and III 010. Custody Services Division (CSD) facilities shall provide for, but not be limited to, the Organization following: ☒ ☐ ☐ 010.40 Regional Jail Sections and (1) Table of organization, including channels of Operations communications. (2) Inspections and operations reviews by the facility 200. Inspections ☒ ☐ ☐ administrator/manager. (3) Policy on the use of force that meets current state 3/792 Adjudication of Categorical Use of and federal legal requirements and includes Force Incidents ☒ ☐ ☐ prohibition of the use of carotid restraint and choke holds. (4) Policy on the use of restraint equipment, including 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated the restraint of pregnant persons as referenced in person Penal Code Section 3407. 745. Restraint Equipment ☒ ☐ ☐ Department Manual 4/217.40 Use of the Hobble Restraint Device (5) Procedure and criteria for screening newly 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and ☒ ☐ ☐ received persons for release. Responsibilities. 3 Procedures related to security and emergency response may be in a separate manual to ensure confidentiality by limiting general access. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 3 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (6) Security and control including physical counts and 001. Change of Watch Procedures searches of the facility and incarcerated persons, 100. Searches/Body Scanner System contraband control, and key control. 111. Use of the Body Scanner. (MDC Only) Each facility administrator shall, at least annually, 310. Custody Transport Unit (CTU) review, evaluate, and make a record of security 245.10 Random Cell Inspections (RCI) in Jail measures. The review and evaluation shall include Facilities internal and external security measures of the facility Department Manual ☒ ☐ ☐ including security measures specific to prevention of 4/620 Searching Arrestees at Booking Office sexual abuse and sexual harassment. 245.10 Random Cell Inspections Jail Facilities 520. Correspondence 3/536 Department Building and Room Keys Department Order Operations Order No. 2 March 13, 2013 (7) Emergency procedures include: Standing Plan. (A) fire suppression preplan as required by ☒ ☐ ☐ section 1032 of these regulations; (B) escape, disturbances, and the taking of Standing Plan. ☒ ☐ ☐ hostages; (C) mass arrests; ☒ ☐ ☐ (D) natural disasters; ☒ ☐ ☐ Standing Plan. (E) periodic testing of emergency equipment; ☒ ☐ ☐ and, (F) storage, issue, and use of weapons, Standing Plan. ammunition, chemical agents, and related ☒ ☐ ☐ security devices. (8) Suicide Prevention. ☒ ☐ ☐ 690. Suicide Prevention (9) Separation of incarcerated persons. ☒ ☐ ☐ 350. Incarcerated Person Segregation (10) Zero tolerance in the prevention of sexual abuse Department Manual ☒ ☐ ☐ and sexual harassment. 1/280 Sexual Harassment (11) Policy and procedure to detect, prevent, and 390. Monitoring of Incarcerated Persons respond to retaliation against any staff or person after ☒ ☐ ☐ Who Reported Sexual Abuse or Sexual reporting any abuse. Harassment (12) Release policy, including release planning for 630. Incarcerated Person Complaint incarcerated persons. 390. Monitoring of Incarcerated person ☒ ☐ ☐ Who Reported Sexual Abuse or Sexual Harassment (e) The manual for Temporary Holding, Court Holding, 630. Incarcerated Person Complaint Type I, II, III, and IV facilities shall provide for, but not be limited to, the following: (1) multiple internal ways for incarcerated people to privately report sexual abuse and sexual ☒ ☐ ☐ harassment, retaliation by other incarcerated persons or staff for reporting sexual abuse and sexual harassment, and staff neglect or violation of responsibilities that may have contributed to such incidents, (2) a method for uninvolved incarcerated persons, 630. Incarcerated Person Complaint family, community members, and other interested third parties to report sexual abuse or sexual ☒ ☐ ☐ harassment. The method for reporting shall be publicly posted at the facility. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 4 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1030 SUICIDE PREVENTION PROGRAM 690. Suicide Prevention 360. Mentally Disordered Incarcerated The facility shall have a comprehensive written suicide Person prevention program developed by the facility 360.20 Evaluation of Mentally Disordered administrator or designee, in conjunction with the health ☒ ☐ ☐ Incarcerated person authority and mental health director, to identify, monitor, and provide treatment to those incarcerated persons who These types of prisoners will not be held in present a suicide risk. the facility. The program shall include the following: (a) Annual suicide prevention training for all custodial 310.50 Incarcerated Person Classification – personnel. Defined Upon an incarcerated person entering the ☒ ☐ ☐ facility, he/she should be assessed by custody staff for the ability to answer medical and mental health screening questions. (b) Intake screening for suicide risk immediately upon 310.50 Incarcerated Person Classification – intake and prior to housing assignment. ☒ ☐ ☒ Defined (c) Suicide prevention screening during special 310.50 Incarcerated Person Classification – situations, including placement in restrictive housing, Defined ☐ ☐ ☒ following a hearing, and after a transfer or change in 50.20 Administrative Segregation classification. (d) Provisions facilitating communication among 690. Suicide Prevention arresting/transporting officers, facility staff, court staff, ☐ ☐ ☒ medical and mental health personnel in relation to suicide risk. (e) Housing recommendations for people at risk of suicide 690. Suicide Prevention that balance safety and environment. The least restrictive ☐ ☐ ☒ environment should be considered. (f) Supervision depending on level of suicide risk. 530.10 Morning Report 690.20 Custody Services Division Attempted Suicide Report ☐ ☐ ☒ 020. Jail Incident and Administrative Records (g) Suicide attempt and suicide intervention policies and 690.20 Custody Services Division Attempted ☐ ☐ ☒ procedures. Suicide Report (h) Provisions for reporting suicides and suicides Fire Suppression Pre-Plans are outlined in ☐ ☐ ☒ attempts. the facility’s Standing Plan. (i) Multi-disciplinary administrative review of suicides and Standing Plan. attempted suicides as defined by the facility administrator, including the development of a corrective ☐ ☐ ☒ action plan to address deficiencies identified in the administrative review. (j) Provisions for follow up care as needed. ☐ ☐ ☒ (k) Plan for mental health consultation following return ☐ ☐ ☒ from court as determined by the mental health director. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 5 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1032 FIRE SUPPRESSION PREPLANNING Fire Suppression Pre-Plans are outlined in the facility’s Standing Plan. Pursuant to Penal Code Section 6031.1(b), the facility administrator shall consult with the local fire department ☒ ☐ ☐ having jurisdiction over the facility, with the State Fire Marshal, or both, in developing a plan for fire suppression which shall include, but not be limited to: (a) a fire suppression pre-plan developed with the local Standing Plan. fire department to be included as part of the policy and ☐ ☐ ☒ procedures manual (Title 15, California Code of Regulations Section 1029); (b) monthly fire prevention inspections by facility staff with 245. Fire/Life Safety Inspection two-year retention of the inspection record; Monthly testing of the generator and emergency lights is completed by the city’s Facilities division and noted on the Monthly ☐ ☐ ☒ Fire & Life Safety Inspection completed and maintained by the Jail Administrator. BSCC staff reviewed two years of staff- conducted inspections. (c) fire prevention inspections as required by Health and Fire Inspection conducted on 10/01/2024. Safety Code Section 13146.1(a) and (b) which requires ☐ ☐ ☒ inspections at least once every two years; (d) an evacuation plan; and, ☐ ☐ ☒ Standing Plan. (e) a plan for the emergency housing of incarcerated Standing Plan. ☐ ☐ ☒ people in the case of fire. 1040 POPULATION ACCOUNTING 001. Change of Watch Procedures Area jail personnel count the number of Each facility administrator shall maintain a demographics arrestees at the beginning of each shift. ☒ ☐ ☐ accounting system which reflects the monthly average A midnight count is conducted at each daily population of sentenced and non-sentenced people facility. by gender and juvenile status. Facility administrators shall provide the Board with applicable demographic information as described in the ☒ ☐ ☐ Jail Profile Survey. 1041 RECORDS 021. Incarcerated person Records (a) Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility BSCC reviewed a sample of incarcerated shall develop written policies and procedures for the person records and noted that all expected maintenance of individual records for each incarcerated documents were consistently present. person which shall include, but not be limited to, intake ☒ ☐ ☐ information, personal property receipts, commitment papers, court orders, reports of disciplinary actions taken, medical orders issued by the responsible physician and staff response, and non-medical information regarding disabilities and other limitations. (b) Each facility administrator shall collect accurate, 020. Jail Incident and Administrative Records uniform data for every allegation of sexual abuse at facilities under its direct control and from other facilities Any incident reported under these guidelines with which it contracts for the confinement of its shall contain information necessary to fulfill incarcerated people. The data collected shall include, at ☒ ☐ ☐ the reporting requirements of 34 U.S.C. a minimum, the data necessary to satisfy the reporting section 30303(a)(1). requirements of 34 U.S.C. section 30303(a)(1). Note: federal survey on sexual violence. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 6 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1044 INCIDENT REPORTS An incident report is required of all incidents which result in physical harm, or serious Each facility administrator shall develop written policies threat of physical harm, to an employee or and procedures for the maintenance of written records incarcerated person of a detention facility or ☒ ☐ ☐ and reporting of all incidents which result in physical other person. harm, or serious threat of physical harm, to an employee or incarcerated person of a detention facility or other person. Such records shall include the names of the persons The on-duty Jail Supervisor shall ensure that involved, a description of the incident, the actions taken, an investigation is initiated by the jailer who and the date and time of the occurrence. will prepare a written report, which shall ☒ ☐ ☐ include the date and time of the occurrence, the names of the person involved including witnesses, a description of the incident, and action taken. Such a written record shall be prepared by the staff Detention Officers are required to submit assigned to investigate the incident and submitted to the reports by the end of their shift. facility manager or designee. ☒ ☐ ☐ No major incident occurred during this inspection cycle. 1045 PUBLIC INFORMATION PLAN 1/118 Public Information Plan Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility A public information binder with appropriate shall develop written policies and procedures for the content was reviewed at each facility. ☒ ☐ ☐ dissemination of information to the public, to other government agencies, and to the news media. The public and incarcerated persons shall have available for review the following material: (a) The Board of State and Community Corrections Verified. Minimum Standards for Local Detention Facilities as ☒ ☐ ☐ found in Title 15 of the California Code of Regulations. (b) Facility rules and procedures affecting incarcerated Rules and regulations are located on the people as specified in sections: reverse of the Prisoner Receipt. An (1) 1045, Public Information Plan interpreter or “language bank” is used in the ☒ ☐ ☐ event the incarnated person does not speak English. If the incarcerated person cannot read, the detention officer is required to read the rules and regulations to the arrestee. (2) 1061, Education Plan ☐ ☐ ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. (3) 1062, Visiting ☒ ☐ ☐ 502 (4) 1063, Correspondence ☒ ☐ ☐ 520 (5) 1064, Library Service ☐ ☐ ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. (6) 1065, Exercise and Out of Cell Time ☒ ☐ ☐ 528 (7) 1066, Books, Newspapers, Periodicals and 528 ☒ ☐ ☐ Writings (8) 1067, Access to Telephone ☒ ☐ ☐ 519 (9) 1068, Access to Courts and Counsel ☒ ☐ ☐ 520 (10) 1069, Orientation ☒ ☐ ☐ 1/610 (11) 1070, Individual/Family Service Programs ☐ ☐ ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. (12) 1071, Voting ☒ ☐ ☐ 2/521 (13) 1072, Religious Observance ☒ ☐ ☐ 2/522 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 7 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (14) 1073, Grievance Procedure ☐ ☐ ☒ 630 – No sentenced incarcerated person. (15) 1080, Rules and Disciplinary Actions ☐ ☐ ☒ 620 - No sentenced incarcerated person. (16) 1081, Plan for Discipline of Incarcerated No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ ☐ ☒ Persons (17) 1082, Forms of Discipline ☐ ☐ ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. (18) 1083, Limitations on Discipline ☐ ☐ ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. (19) 1200, Responsibility for Health Care Services ☒ ☐ ☐ 1046 DEATH IN CUSTODY 540. Death in Custody Review (a) The facility administrator shall develop written policy The in-custody death review should be and procedures to comply with the in-custody death initiated as soon as practicable but no later reporting requirements of Government Code section ☒ ☐ ☐ than 30 days after the incident. The team 12525. The facility administrator shall submit a copy of should review the appropriateness of clinical the report filed pursuant to section 12525 to the BSCC care, determine whether changes to policies, within 10 days of an in-custody death. procedures, or practices are warranted, and identify issues that require further study. (b) The facility administrator, in cooperation with the The Chief is responsible for establishing a health administrator, shall develop written policy and team of qualified staff to conduct an procedures to conduct an initial review and complete a administrative review of every in-custody written report of every in-custody death within 30 days of death. At a minimum, the review team the death. The team that conducts the initial review shall should include the Chief and/or the ☒ ☐ ☐ include, at a minimum, the facility administrator or authorized designee, City Attorney, District designee, the health administrator, the responsible Attorney Investigative staff, Responsible physician and other health care, and supervision staff Physician, qualified health care who are relevant to the incident. professionals, supervisors, or other members who are relevant to the incident. Deaths shall be reviewed to determine the The Chief or the authorized designee shall appropriateness of clinical care; whether changes to review the BSCC recommendations within policies, procedures, or practices are warranted; and to 90 days of receipt, following the BSCC identify issues that require further study. review of an in-custody death. ☒ ☐ ☐ The Department shall make recommendations and responses available to the public with appropriate redactions as permitted by law. (c) The facility administrator shall submit a copy of the The facility captain will submit a copy of the initial review report of every in-custody death to the BSCC initial review of the report of all in-custody within 60 days of the death. The facility administrator shall deaths to BSCC within 60 days. ☒ ☐ ☐ provide a copy of the initial review report that comports with the disclosure requirements of section 832.10 of the Penal Code. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 8 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS The initial review report shall contain the following The in-custody death report shall contain all information: information that is required: (1) Demographic information (A) Full name of the decedent (1) Inmate Information: (B) Date of birth (A) Full name of the decedent (C) Date of death (B) Date of birth (D) Time of death (C) Date of death (E) Gender (D) Time of death (F) Race and ethnicity (E) Gender (G) Relevant medical history (F) Race and ethnicity (2) Facility Information (G) Relevant medical history (A) Name and location of the detention facility (B) Description of the location where the death ☒ ☐ ☐ (2) Facility Information occurred within the facility (A) Name and location of the detention (C) Date and time of the incident facility (D) Detention facility personnel (including names (B) Description of the location where the and roles) involved in the reporting of the death death occurred within the facility or incident (C) Date and time of the incident (3) Any relevant circumstances leading up to death, (D) Detention facility personnel including behavioral health or medical issues. (including names and roles) involved in the reporting of the death or incident (3) Any relevant circumstances leading up to death, including behavioral health or medical issues. (d) In any case in which a minor dies while detained in a Youth are not held in the facility. jail, lockup, or court holding facility the BSCC may inspect and evaluate the jail, lockup, or court holding facility pursuant to the provisions of this subchapter within 30 calendar days of the death. Any inquiry made by the Board shall be limited to the standards and requirements set forth in these regulations. 1050 CLASSIFICATION PLAN 310. Classification. 310.20 Housing Assignments. (a) Each administrator of a temporary holding, Type I, II, 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and or III facility shall develop and implement a written Responsibilities. classification plan designed to properly assign incarcerated persons to housing units and activities All prisoners housed with others shall be according to the categories of gender identity, age, classified for holding purposes. BSCC staff criminal sophistication, seriousness of crime charged, reviewed eight months of incarcerated physical or mental health needs, assaultive/non- person’s classification and medical screening assaultive behavior, risk of being sexually abused, or forms. All forms were complete and ensured sexually harassed and other criteria which will provide for the incarcerated person's health and safety. the safety of the incarcerated people and staff. Such ☒ ☐ ☐ housing unit assignment shall be accomplished to the extent possible within the limits of the available number of distinct housing units or cells in a facility. The written classification plan shall be based on objective criteria and include receiving screening performed at the time of intake by trained personnel, and a record of each person's classification level, housing restrictions, and housing assignments. Note: Subsection (b) does not apply and has been deleted. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 9 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) In deciding housing and programming assignments, Cell locations are noted on the the agency shall consider on a case-by-case basis Divisional/Consolidated Booking Record whether a placement would ensure the health and safety of the incarcerated person, and whether the placement ☒ ☐ ☐ would present management or security problems. A person’s own views with respect to their own safety shall be given serious consideration. 1051 COMMUNICABLE DISEASES 670. Contagious Diseases 670.30. Contaminated Arrestee/Incarcerated The facility administrator, in cooperation with the Person and Cells responsible physician, shall develop written policies and ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures specifying those symptoms that require All prisoners housed with others shall be medical isolation of an incarcerated person until a classified for holding purposes. medical evaluation is completed. At the time of intake into the facility, an inquiry shall be 310. Classification made of the person being booked as to whether the 310.20 Housing Assignments person has or has had any communicable diseases, such 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and as tuberculosis or has observable symptoms of Responsibilities. tuberculosis or any other communicable diseases, or BSCC staff reviewed eight months of other special medical problem identified by the health ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person classification and authority. The response shall be noted on the medical medical screening forms. All forms were screening from. complete and ensured the incarcerated person's health and safety. 1052 BEHAVIORAL CRISIS IDENTIFICATION 350.10 Mandated Incarcerated Person Separation The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and 360. Mentally Disordered Incarcerated procedures to identify and evaluate all incarcerated person people who may be in behavioral crisis. Evaluation of behavioral crisis may include telehealth. 360.20 Evaluation of Mentally Disordered Incarcerated Person ☒ ☐ ☐ The initial screening process is designed to identify whether mental health conditions exist that require immediate or ongoing intervention for the incarcerated person. The screening shall also be performed prior to the incarcerated person being placed in general housing. If an evaluation from medical or mental health staff is not The Mental Evaluation Unit is contacted prior readily available, an incarcerated person shall be to booking. considered in behavioral crisis for the purpose of this section if they appear to be a danger to themselves or On determination that a prisoner is ☒ ☐ ☐ others or appear gravely disabled. developmentally disabled, he/she shall be placed in a segregated area and a Jail Supervisor and Watch Commander shall be notified. An evaluation from medical or mental health staff shall be Medical staff will evaluate within 24 hours of secured within 24 hours of identification or at the next ☒ ☐ ☐ identification. daily sick call, whichever is earliest. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 10 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Separation may be used if necessary, to protect the 350.20 Administrative Separation safety of the person in crisis or others. The facility will not house prisoners who demonstrate that they may attempt to escape, assault other prisoners, or demonstrate a propensity towards violence. ☒ ☐ ☐ An appropriate cell shall be used for this type of separation (single cell or holding cell). Any administrative separation of a prisoner must be entered on the Jail log and the Watch Commander shall be advised as soon as possible. 1053 ADMINISTRATIVE SEPARATION Separated prisoners will be allowed to have the same rights as others. Except for Type IV facilities, facility administrators shall ☒ ☐ ☐ develop and implement policies and procedures for the administrative separation of incarcerated people. Policies and procedures must include: Separated prisoners will not be denied (a) Administrative separation may consist of separate meals, bedding, or sanitation facilities while housing but shall not involve any other deprivation of in separation. If a prisoner is placed in a privileges than is necessary to obtain the objective of holding cell, he/she will be asked every half protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility ☒ ☐ ☐ hour during the Jail check if he/she desires staff. to use the bathroom facilities or needs access to the telephone or drinking water until the arrestee is transferred to the county jail. (b) Administrative separation must not adversely affect ☐ ☐ ☒ an incarcerated person’s health. (c) Administrative separation may be used for incarcerated people who have: (1) A documented history of activity or behavior, or promoting such activity or behavior, that is criminal in nature, disruptive to facility operations, or affects the safety of the facility, other incarcerated people, and facility staff. (2) Influenced or participated in activity that is criminal in nature, disruptive to facility operations or ☐ ☐ ☒ affects the safety of the facility, other incarcerated people, and facility staff. (3) Committed assault, attempted assault, or participated in a conspiracy to assault or harm other incarcerated persons or facility staff. (4) A history of escape or have recently attempted escape. (5) A demonstrated need for protection from other incarcerated people. (d) Documentation indicating the necessity of administrative separation to obtain the objective of ☐ ☐ ☒ protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility staff. (e) A documented individualized ongoing review and evaluation of the need to continue placement in ☐ ☐ ☒ administrative separation. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 11 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1055 USE OF SAFETY CELL 250. Safety Checks 270. Safety Cell The safety cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section 270.30 Safety Cell Use 1231.2.5, shall be used to hold only those people who ☒ ☐ ☐ display behavior which results in the destruction of property or reveals an intent to cause physical harm to self or others. The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and procedures governing safety cell use and may delegate ☒ ☐ ☐ authority to place an incarcerated person in a safety cell to a physician. Policies and procedures shall include, but not be limited to: (a) In no case shall the safety cell be used for punishment 270.30 Safety Cell Use ☒ ☐ ☐ or as a substitute for treatment. (b) A person shall be placed in a safety cell only with the 270.30 Safety Cell Use approval of the facility manager or designee, or ☒ ☐ ☐ responsible health care staff; continued retention shall be reviewed a minimum of every four hours. (c) A medical assessment shall be completed as soon as 270.40 Medical Approval for Safety Cell Use possible, but not more than 12 hours from the time of placement in the safety cell. The person shall be ☒ ☐ ☐ medically cleared for continued retention, referral to advanced treatment, or removal from the safety cell a minimum of every 24 hours thereafter. (d) The facility manager, designee or responsible health Confinement in the safety cell shall be care staff shall obtain a mental health limited to a maximum of six hours. If this opinion/consultation with responsible health care staff on limit is reached and the arrestee's mental placement and retention, which shall be secured as soon condition has not improved, an additional as possible, but not more than 12 hours from placement. ☒ ☐ ☐ effort to transfer the arrestee must be attempted. If unsuccessful, the arrestee may be retained in the safety cell. The supervisor must document who was contacted and why the transfer was rejected. (e) Direct visual observation shall be conducted at least BSCC staff reviewed five months of twice every 30 minutes, with no more than a 15-minute incarcerated person’s placements in the ☒ ☐ ☐ lapse between safety checks. Such observation shall be safety cell. All observation logs were inside documented. the required regulation standard time limit. (f) Procedures shall be established to assure 270.30 Safety Cell Use ☒ ☐ ☐ administration of necessary nutrition and fluids. (g) People placed in the safety cell shall be allowed to 270.45 Safety Cell – Removal of Clothing retain sufficient clothing or be provided with a suitably and Articles designed “safety garment,” to provide for their personal ☒ ☐ ☐ privacy unless specific identifiable risks to the person's safety or to the security of the facility are documented. 1056 USE OF SOBERING CELL 250. Safety Checks 265. Sobering Cell The sobering cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section 265.30 Sobering Cell Use 1231.2.4, shall be used for temporary holding of incarcerated people who are a threat to their own safety ☒ ☐ ☐ Sobering Cells shall be used for the housing or the safety of others due to their state of intoxication. of prisoners who need the sheltered environment of a Sobering Cell until they are sufficiently sober to be booked and released or moved into the general population. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 12 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS A person shall be removed from the sobering cell as soon 265.30 Sobering Cell Use as they are able to continue the admission process or are no longer a risk to themselves or others. Jail staff shall remove a prisoner from a Sobering Cell as soon as reasonable, and in ☒ ☐ ☐ no case shall a prisoner remain in a Sobering Cell longer than six (6) hours without being examined by qualified medical personnel, e.g., a physician. In no case shall a person remain in a sobering cell over 265.30 Sobering Cell Use six hours without an evaluation by medical or custody staff to determine whether the person has an urgent ☒ ☐ ☐ medical problem, pursuant to section 1213 of these regulations. At 12 hours from the time of placement, all persons must 265.30 Sobering Cell Use ☒ ☐ ☐ receive an evaluation by responsible health care staff. Intermittent direct visual observation of people held in the 265.30 Sobering Cell Use sobering cell shall be conducted no less than every half Observation logs are consistent with the hour. Such observation shall be documented. regulatory requirements. Jailers shall observe prisoners housed in the Sobering Cells at least once every thirty (30) ☒ ☐ ☐ minutes, on a random basis. BSCC staff reviewed six months of incarcerated persons’ placements in the sobering cell. All observation logs were inside the required regulation standard time limit. 1057 DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES 310.50 Incarcerated person Classification - Defined The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 350.20 Administrative Segregation responsible physician, shall develop written policies and 370 Developmentally Disabled Incarcerated procedures for the identification and evaluation, Person appropriate classification and housing, protection, and nondiscrimination of all incarcerated persons with The initial screening process is designed to developmental disabilities. ☒ ☐ ☐ identify whether developmentally disabled conditions exist. If so, the incarcerated person will be transported to the county jail. Developmentally disabled incarcerated persons are transported to county jail or a mental health facility. The health authority or designee shall contact the 370 Developmentally Disabled Incarcerated regional center for any incarcerated person suspected or person. confirmed to have a developmental disability for the ☐ ☐ ☒ purposes of diagnosis or treatment within 24 hours of such determination, excluding holidays and weekends. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 13 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1058 USE OF RESTRAINT DEVICES 745. Restraint Equipment 745.10 Safety Chair The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop and implement No use of restraint events was reported written policies and procedures for the use of restraint during this cycle. devices. Restraint devices include any devices which immobilize extremities or prevent the incarcerated person ☒ ☐ ☐ from being ambulatory. The provisions of this section do not apply to the use of handcuffs, shackles, or other restraint devices when used to restrain incarcerated people for security reasons. The facility manager may delegate authority to place an incarcerated person in restraints to responsible health care staff. (a) The policy shall address the following areas: 745.10 Safety Chair ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) acceptable restraint devices; (2) signs or symptoms which should result in 745.10 Safety Chair immediate medical/mental health referral; availability ☒ ☐ ☐ of cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment; (3) protective housing of restrained persons; ☒ ☐ ☐ 745.10 Safety Chair (4) provision for hydration and sanitation needs; and, 745.10 Safety Chair ☒ ☐ ☐ The policy requires constant monitoring. (5) exercising of extremities. 745.10 Safety Chair ☒ ☐ ☐ Placement is limited to two hours. (b) Policy shall also include, but not be limited to, the 745.10 Safety Chair following requirements: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) In no case shall restraints be used for punishment or as a substitute for treatment. (2) Restraint devices shall only be used on 745.10 Safety Chair incarcerated people who display behavior which ☒ ☐ ☐ results in the destruction of property or reveal an intent to cause physical harm to self or others. (3) Restraint devices should be used only when less 745.10 Safety Chair restrictive alternatives, including verbal de-escalation ☒ ☐ ☐ techniques, have been attempted and are deemed ineffective. (4) An incarcerated person shall be placed in restraints only with the approval of the facility manager, the facility watch commander, or ☒ ☐ ☐ responsible health care staff; continued retention shall be reviewed a minimum of every hour. (5) Continuous direct visual observation shall be Placement is limited to two hours. ☒ ☐ ☐ maintained until a medical opinion can be obtained. (6) A medical opinion on placement and retention shall be secured within one hour from the time of ☒ ☐ ☐ placement. (7) A medical assessment shall be completed within 745.10 Safety Chair. four hours of placement. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 14 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (8) Continuous direct visual observation shall be 745.10 Safety Chair. conducted at least twice every 30 minutes to ensure that the restraints are properly employed, and to ensure the safety and well-being of the incarcerated person. Such observation shall be documented. ☒ ☐ ☐ While in restraint devices all incarcerated persons shall be housed alone or in a specified housing area which makes provisions to protect the person from abuse. (9) If the facility manager, or designee, in consultation with responsible health care staff determines that an incarcerated person cannot be safely removed from ☒ ☐ ☐ restraints after eight hours, the person shall be taken to a medical facility for further evaluation. (10) Where applicable, the facility manager shall use Two hours maximum. the restraint device manufacturer’s recommended ☒ ☐ ☐ maximum time limits for placement. (11) All events and information related to the All placements in the safety chair shall be placement in restraints shall be documented and video and recorded. shall be video recorded unless exigent circumstances prevent staff from doing so. The ☒ ☐ ☐ documentation shall include: the reason for placement; person authorizing placement; names of staff involved in the placement; injuries sustained; and the duration of placement. 1058.5 RESTRAINTS AND PREGNANT PERSONS 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated person The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 745. Restraint Equipment responsible physician, shall develop written policies and ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures for the use of restraint devices on pregnant people. In accordance with Penal Code Section 3407, the policy shall include reference to the following: (1) An incarcerated person known to be pregnant or 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated in recovery after delivery or termination of the person ☒ ☐ ☐ pregnancy shall not be restrained by the use of leg or waist restraints, or handcuffs behind the body. (2) An incarcerated pregnant person in labor, during 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated delivery, or in recovery after delivery or termination of person the pregnancy, shall not be restrained by the wrists, ☒ ☐ ☐ ankles, or both, unless deemed necessary for the safety and security of the incarcerated person, the staff, or the public. (3) Restraints shall be removed when a professional 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated who is currently responsible for the medical care of person an incarcerated pregnant person during a medical ☒ ☐ ☐ emergency, labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery or termination of the pregnancy determines that the removal of restraints is medically necessary. (4) Upon confirmation of an incarcerated person’s 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated pregnancy, they shall be advised, orally or in writing, person ☒ ☐ ☐ of the standards and policies governing incarcerated pregnant people. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 15 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1059 DNA COLLECTION, USE OF FORCE 4/630 DNA Samples Collection Protocol at LAPD Jails (a) Pursuant to Penal Code Section 298.1, authorized law enforcement, custodial, or corrections personnel Force will not be used in the collection of including peace officers, may employ reasonable force to samples except as authorized by court order ☒ ☐ ☐ collect blood specimens, saliva samples, or thumb or and only with the approval of a supervisor. palm print impressions from individuals who are required to provide such samples, specimens or impressions pursuant to Penal Code Section 296 and who refuse following written or oral request. (1) For the purpose of this regulation, the “use of reasonable force” shall be defined as the force that an objective, trained and competent correctional ☐ ☐ ☒ employee, faced with similar facts and circumstances, would consider necessary and reasonable to gain compliance with this regulation. (2) The use of reasonable force shall be preceded by efforts to secure voluntary compliance. Efforts to secure voluntary compliance shall be documented ☐ ☐ ☒ and include an advisement of the legal obligation to provide the requisite specimen, sample or impression and the consequences of refusal. (b) The force shall not be used without the prior written authorization of the facility watch commander or designee on duty. The authorization shall include ☐ ☐ ☒ information that reflects the fact that the offender was asked to provide the requisite specimen, sample, or impression and refused. (c) If the use of reasonable force includes a cell extraction, the extraction shall be videotaped, including audio. Video shall be directed at the cell extraction event. The videotape shall be retained by the agency for the ☐ ☐ ☒ length of time required by statute. Notwithstanding the use of the video as evidence in a criminal proceeding, the tape shall be retained administratively. 1062 VISITING 502 Visitations The facility administrator shall develop and implement written policies and procedures, which include the following requirements: ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) A visiting program which shall provide for: (1) As many in-person visits and visitors as facility schedules, space, and number of personnel will allow. (2) A publicly posted schedule of facility visiting 4/659 hours. If practicable, visiting hours should be made ☒ ☐ ☐ available on weekends, evenings, or holidays. (3) For sentenced incarcerated persons in Type I 502 Visitations facilities there shall be allowed no fewer than two ☒ ☐ ☐ visits totaling at least one hour per incarcerated person each week. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 16 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) In Type I facilities, the facility administrator shall develop and implement written policies and procedures to allow visiting for non-sentenced detainees. The policies and procedures will include a ☒ ☐ ☐ schedule to assure that non-sentenced detainees will be afforded a visit no later than the calendar day following arrest. (b) Visits may not be cancelled unless a legitimate operational or safety and security concern exists. All cancelled visits must be documented. The facility ☒ ☐ ☐ manager or designee shall regularly review cancelled visits and document such review. (c) The visiting policies developed pursuant to this section shall include provision for visitation by minor children of ☒ ☐ ☐ the incarcerated person. (d) Video visitation may be used to supplement existing visitation programs, but shall not be used to fulfill the ☐ ☐ ☒ requirements of this section if in-person visitation is requested by an incarcerated person. (e) Facilities shall not charge for visitation when visitors are onsite and participating in either in-person or video visitation. For purposes of this subsection, “onsite” is ☐ ☐ ☒ defined as the location where the incarcerated person is housed. (f) Subdivision (d) shall not apply to facilities which (1) exclusively used video visitation prior to January 1, 2017 or (2) had been designed without in-person visitation ☐ ☐ ☒ space and conditionally awarded by the Board prior to June 27, 2017. (g) If a local detention facility offered video visitation only as of January 1, 2017, the first hour of remote video ☐ ☐ ☒ visitation per week shall be offered free of charge. Types and availability of visitation, including: Note: Reference PC § 6031.1(a)(4) (June 2017). Mode of visitation; Non-contact. Visitation hours; 10:00 AM – 3:00 PM. Time incarcerated person are allowed for visitation; and, 15 minutes per visit. Any restrictions on incarcerated person visitation. Visitation may be denied or terminated by a supervisor if the visitor poses a danger to the security of the facility or there is good cause, including, but not limited to, the following: is available to minor children of incarcerated person when accompanied by a parent or qualified adult guardian. 1063 CORRESPONDENCE 520. Correspondence No sentenced incarcerated person. If The facility administrator shall develop written policies housed, incarcerated persons are not held ☒ ☐ ☐ and procedures for correspondence which provide that: long enough to receive mail. (a) there is no limitation on the volume of mail that an incarcerated person may send or receive; (b) an incarcerated person’s correspondence may be 520. Correspondence read when there is a valid security reason and the facility ☒ ☐ ☐ manager or designee approves; There will be no limit on the volume of mail an incarcerated person may send or receive. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 17 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) jail staff shall not review an incarcerated person’s 520. Correspondence correspondence to or from state and federal courts, any member of the State Bar or holder of public office, and the State Board of State and Community Corrections; ☒ ☐ ☐ however, jail authorities may open and inspect such mail only to search for contraband, cash, checks, or money orders and in the presence of the incarcerated person; (d) incarcerated persons may correspond, confidentially, 520. Correspondence ☒ ☐ ☐ with the facility manager or the facility administrator; and, (e) those incarcerated persons who are without funds shall be permitted at least four postage paid envelopes and eight sheets of paper each week to permit correspondence with family members and friends but ☒ ☐ ☐ without limitation on the number of postage paid envelopes and sheets of paper to their attorney and to the courts. 1065 EXERCISE AND OUT OF CELL TIME 528. Reading and Recreation (b) The facility administrator of a Type I facility shall make The incarcerated person’s reading and table games, television, or both, available to incarcerated recreational period will be staggered daily ☒ ☐ ☐ people. from 1000 hours to 2130 hours. 1066 BOOKS, NEWSPAPERS, PERIODICALS, AND 528. Reading and Recreation WRITINGS Reading and recreational periods will be (b) The facility administrator of a Type I facility shall staggered daily from 1000 hours to 2130 develop and implement a written plan to make available ☒ ☐ ☐ hours. a current newspaper or other like source, including a non- English language alternative, to ensure reasonable access to interested people. 1067 ACCESS TO TELEPHONE 519. Telephone Calls and Use by Incarcerated Person The facility administrator shall develop written policies and procedures which allow access to a telephone or A prisoner's refusal to cooperate in the communication device beyond those telephone calls booking process shall not affect his or her which are required by Section 851.5 of the Penal Code. right to complete calls. In any event, an adult Individuals who are known to have, or are perceived by arrestee's request to make phone calls shall others as having hearing or speech impairments shall be ☒ ☐ ☐ be granted within three hours following arrest, provided access to the appropriate telecommunication except where physically impossible. device which will facilitate communication. Such devices may include but are not limited to videophones, teletypewriters, or third-party communications assistance. An individual’s access to telephone communications shall not be withdrawn unless doing so is required to uphold the safety and security of the facility. 1068 ACCESS TO COURTS AND COUNSEL An attorney may interview a prisoner at any time during any stage of arrest or booking. The facility administrator shall develop written policies ☒ ☐ ☐ and procedures to ensure incarcerated persons have access to the court and to legal counsel. Such access shall consist of: (a) unlimited mail as provided in Section 1063 of these 520. Correspondence ☒ ☐ ☐ regulations, and, (b) confidential consultation with attorneys. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 18 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1069 ORIENTATION 1/610. Incarcerated person Orientation (b) In Type I facilities, the facility administrator shall ☒ ☐ ☐ develop written policies and procedures for a program reasonably understandable to non-sentenced detainees to orient them at the time of placement in a living area. Such a program shall be published and include, but not be limited to, the following: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) rules and disciplinary procedures; (2) visiting rules; ☒ ☐ ☐ (3) availability of personal care items, opportunities ☒ ☐ ☐ for personal hygiene; (4) availability of reading and recreational materials; ☒ ☐ ☐ and, (5) medical/mental health procedures. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1071 VOTING 2/521. Voting The facility administrator of a Type I (holding sentenced The Watch Commander will ensure that the incarcerated workers) II, III or IV facility shall develop ☒ ☐ ☐ County Registrar of Voters is notified of the written policies and procedures whereby the county incarcerated person's request. registrar of voters allows qualified voters to vote in local, state, and federal elections, pursuant to election codes. 1072 RELIGIOUS OBSERVANCES 2/522. Religious Observances Incarcerated persons can practice their The facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility religion. shall develop written policies and procedures to provide ☒ ☐ ☐ opportunities for incarcerated persons to participate in religious services, practices and counseling on a voluntary basis. 1073 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 630. Incarcerated person Complaint Note: Applicable to Type I facilities holding sentenced Sentenced incarcerated persons are not workers. housed at these facilities. (a) Each administrator of a Type II, III, or IV facility and Type I facilities which hold incarcerated workers shall develop written policies and procedures whereby all ☐ ☐ ☒ incarcerated persons have the opportunity and ability to submit and appeal grievances relating to any conditions of confinement, included but not limited to: medical care; classification actions; disciplinary actions; program participation; telephone, mail, and visiting procedures; and food, clothing, and bedding. Such policies and procedures shall include: (1) a grievance form; ☐ ☐ ☒ (2) instructions for registering and appealing a ☐ ☐ ☒ grievance, including relevant deadlines; (3) a process for submission and handling of ☐ ☐ ☒ anonymous grievances; (4) resolution of the grievance at the lowest ☐ ☐ ☒ appropriate staff level; (5) appeal to the next level of review; ☐ ☐ ☒ (6) written reasons for denial of grievance at each ☐ ☐ ☒ level of review which acts on the grievance; 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 19 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (7) provision for a non-automated initial response within a reasonable time limit which shall not exceed ☐ ☐ ☒ a period of 15 calendar days; (8) provision for resolving questions of jurisdiction ☐ ☐ ☒ within the facility; (9) provision for providing a copy of the grievance, appeal, response, and related documents to the ☐ ☐ ☒ incarcerated person; and, (10) The facility manager or designee shall conduct regular review of grievances, responses, and ☐ ☐ ☒ appeals. (b) Grievance System Abuse: The facility may establish written policy and procedure to ☐ ☐ ☒ control the submission of an excessive number of grievances. 1080 RULES AND DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action Wherever discipline is administered, each facility administrator shall establish written rules and disciplinary actions to guide the conduct of incarcerated persons. ☐ ☐ ☒ Notes: If discipline IS NOT administered, written policy should indicate as such. If discipline IS administered, Sections 1080, 1081, 1082, 1083 and 1084 apply. Such rules and disciplinary actions shall be stated simply and affirmatively and posted conspicuously in housing ☐ ☐ ☒ units and the booking area or issued to each person upon booking. For those individuals with limited literacy, who are unable to read English, and for persons with disabilities, provision shall be made for the jail staff to instruct them ☐ ☐ ☒ verbally or provide them with material in an understandable form regarding jail rules and disciplinary procedures and actions. 1081 PLAN FOR DISCIPLINE OF INCARCERATED 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary PERSONS Action Each facility administrator shall develop written policies and procedures for discipline of incarcerated persons. The plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following elements: ☐ ☐ ☒ (a) Temporary Loss of Privileges: For minor acts of non- conformance or minor violations of facility rules, staff may impose a temporary loss of privileges, such as access to television, telephones, commissary, or lockdown for less than 24 hours, provided there is written documentation and supervisory approval. (b) Disciplinary Actions: Major violations of facility rules or repetitive minor acts of non-conformance or repetitive minor violations of facility rules shall be reported in writing ☐ ☐ ☒ by the staff member observing the act and submitted to the disciplinary officer. The consequences of such violations may include, but are not limited to: 1. Loss of good time/work time. ☐ ☐ ☒ 2. Placement in disciplinary separation. ☐ ☐ ☒ 3. Loss of privileges mandated by regulations. ☐ ☐ ☒ 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 20 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS A staff member with investigative and disciplinary authority shall be designated as a disciplinary officer to ☐ ☐ ☒ impose such consequences. Staff shall not participate in disciplinary review if they are ☐ ☐ ☒ involved in the charges. Such charges pending against an incarcerated person shall be acted on with the following provisions and within specified timeframes: ☐ ☐ ☒ 1. A copy of the report, or a separate written notice of the violation(s), shall be provided to the incarcerated person. 2. Unless declined by the incarcerated person, a hearing shall be provided no sooner than 24 hours after the report has been submitted to the disciplinary officer and the incarcerated person has been ☐ ☐ ☒ informed of the charges in writing. The hearing may be postponed or continued for a reasonable time through a written waiver by the incarcerated person, or for good cause. 3. The incarcerated person shall be permitted to appear on their own behalf at the time of hearing and present witnesses and documentary evidence. The ☐ ☐ ☒ incarcerated person shall have access to staff or assistance when they have limited literacy, or the issues are complex. 4. A charge(s) shall be acted on no later than 72 hours after an incarcerated person has been ☐ ☐ ☒ informed of the charge(s) in writing. 5. Subsequent to final disposition of disciplinary charges by the disciplinary officer, the charges and ☐ ☐ ☒ the action taken shall be reviewed by the facility manager or designee. 6. The incarcerated person shall be advised in a written statement by the fact-finders about the evidence relied on and the reasons for the ☐ ☐ ☒ disciplinary action. A copy of the record shall be kept pursuant to Penal Code Section 4019.5. 7. There shall be a policy of review and appeal to a ☐ ☐ ☒ supervisor on all disciplinary action. 1082 FORMS OF DISCIPLINE 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action The degree of actions taken by the disciplinary officer shall be directly related to the severity of the rule infraction and promotion of desired behavior through a progressive disciplinary process. Acceptable forms of discipline shall consist of, but not be limited to, the following: (a) Loss of privileges. ☐ ☐ ☒ (b) Extra work detail. (c) Short term lockdown for less than 24 hours. (d) Removal from work details. (e) Forfeiture of “good time” credits earned under Penal Code Section 4019. (f) Forfeiture of “work time” credits earned under Penal Code Section 4019. (g) Disciplinary separation. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 21 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1083 LIMITATIONS ON DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action The Penal Code and the State Constitution expressly prohibit all cruel and unusual punishment. Disciplinary actions shall not include corporal punishment, group punishment when feasible, or physical or psychological degradation. ☐ ☐ ☒ Additionally, there shall be the following limitations: (a) Disciplinary separation shall be considered an option of last resort and as a response to the most serious and threatening behavior, for the shortest time possible, and with the least restrictive conditions possible. (1) If a person is on disciplinary separation status for 30 consecutive days there shall be a review by the facility manager before the disciplinary separation status is continued. This review shall include a ☐ ☐ ☒ consultation with health care staff. Such reviews shall continue at least every fifteen days thereafter until the disciplinary status has ended. This review shall be documented. (2) The disciplinary separation cells or cell shall have the minimum furnishings and space specified in Title 24, Part 2, 1231.2.6 and 2.7. Occupants shall be issued clothing and bedding as specified in Articles 13 and 14 of these regulations and shall not be deprived of them through any portion of the day ☐ ☐ ☒ except that those incarcerated persons who engage in the destruction of bedding or clothing may be deprived of such articles. The decision to deprive a person of such articles of clothing and bedding shall be reviewed by the facility manager or designee during each 24-hour period. (3) If after placement in separation, mental health or medical staff determine that an individual has serious mental illness or an intellectual disability, they shall ☐ ☐ ☒ be removed from disciplinary separation immediately upon this determination. (b) The delegation of authority to any incarcerated person or group of incarcerated people to exercise the right of punishment over any other incarcerated person or group ☐ ☐ ☒ of incarcerated people. Note: PC § 4019.5. (c) In no case shall a safety cell, as specified in Title 24, Part 2, 1231.2.5, or any restraint device be used for ☐ ☐ ☒ disciplinary purposes. (d) No incarcerated person may be deprived of the implements necessary to maintain an acceptable level of ☐ ☐ ☒ personal hygiene as specified in Section 1265 of these regulations. (e) Food shall not be withheld as a disciplinary measure. ☐ ☐ ☒ (f) Correspondence privileges shall not be withheld except in cases where the incarcerated person has violated correspondence regulations, in which case ☐ ☐ ☒ correspondence may be suspended for no longer than 72 hours, without the review and approval of the facility manager. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 22 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (g) In no case shall access to courts and legal counsel be ☐ ☐ ☒ suspended as a disciplinary measure. 1084 DISCIPLINARY RECORDS 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action Penal Code Section 4019.5 requires that a record is kept ☐ ☐ ☒ of all disciplinary actions administered therefore. This requirement may be satisfied by retaining copies of rule violation reports and report of the disposition of each. 1206.5 MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNICABLE JOM 1/310 – Classification DISEASES IN A CUSTODY SETTING JOM 1/350.10 – Mandated Incarcerated person Segregation (a) The responsible physician, in conjunction with the JOM 2/670 – Contagious Diseases facility administrator and the county health officer, shall MSD 7.0 – Infection Control – Arrestees develop a written plan to address the identification, MSD 13.0 – HIV/AIDS treatment, control and follow-up management of MSD 20.0 – Treatment of Scabies tuberculosis and other communicable diseases. The plan ☒ ☐ ☐ MSD 22.0 – Tuberculosis (TB) shall cover the intake screening procedures, identification of relevant symptoms, referral for a medical evaluation, treatment responsibilities during incarceration and coordination with public health officials for follow-up treatment in the community. The plan shall reflect the current local incidence of communicable diseases which threaten the health of incarcerated people and staff. (b) Consistent with the above plan, the health authority JOM 2/670 – Contagious Diseases shall, in cooperation with the facility administrator and the county health officer, set forth in writing, policies and procedures in conformance with applicable state and ☒ ☐ ☐ federal law, which include, but are not limited to: (1) The types of communicable diseases to be reported; (2) The persons who shall receive the medical ☒ ☐ ☐ reports; (3) Sharing of medical information with incarcerated Confidential Morbidity Report (CMR) cards persons and custody staff. are completed by medical personnel and ☒ ☐ ☐ sent to the Department of Public Health, Acute Communicable Disease Control (ACDC). (4) Medical procedures required to identify the presence of disease(s) and lessen the risk of ☒ ☐ ☐ exposure to others; (5) Medical confidentiality requirements; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) Housing considerations based up on behavior MSD 3.3 – Arrestee Privacy during Medical medical needs and safety of the affected ☒ ☐ ☐ Evaluation incarcerated persons; (7) Provisions for consent by an incarcerated person JOM 1/310 – Classification that address the limits of confidentiality; and, JOM 1/310.50 – Incarcerated person Classification – Defined ☒ ☐ ☐ JOM 1/350.10 – Incarcerated person Segregation JOM 1/350.20 – Administrative Segregation (8) Reporting and appropriate action upon the LAPD Department Manual Volume 4, 712 – possible exposure of custody staff to a ☒ ☐ ☐ Employee Exposure to Health Hazards – communicable disease. Reporting Procedures 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 23 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1211 SICK CALL JOM 2/620 – Daily Sick Call JOM 2/620.20 – Daily Sick Call at Area Jails The facility administrator, in cooperation with the health MSD 8.0 – Dispensary Sick Call authority, shall develop written policies and procedures, ☒ ☐ ☐ which provide daily sick call for all incarcerated persons or provision made that any incarcerated person requesting medical/mental health attention be given such attention. 1260 STANDARD INSTITUTIONAL CLOTHING The standard issue of climatically suitable clothing to incarcerated people held after arraignment in all but Court ☒ ☐ ☐ Holding, Temporary Holding, and Type IV facilities shall include, but not be limited to: (a) Clean socks and footwear; (b) Clean outergarments; and, Arrestees generally retain their garments. ☒ ☐ ☐ Outer garments are available to provide as needed. (c) Clean undergarments; Undergarments are available to provide as ☒ ☐ ☐ needed. (1) For males – shorts and undershirt, and ☒ ☐ ☐ (2) For females – bra and two pairs of panties. ☒ ☐ ☐ The person’s personal undergarments and footwear may be substituted for the institutional undergarments and footwear specified in this regulation. This option ☒ ☐ ☐ notwithstanding, the facility has the primary responsibility to provide the personal undergarments and footwear. All issued and exchanged clothing shall be clean and free of holes or tears, reasonably fitted, durable, easily laundered and repaired. Undergarments shall be clean, free of holes or tears, and substantially free of stains. ☒ ☐ ☐ Individuals shall be able to select the garment type more compatible with their gender identity and gender expression. 1264 CONTROL OF VERMIN IN PERSONAL LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.70 (Treatment of CLOTHING Vermin Infested Incarcerated person), pages 77-78. There shall be written policies and procedures developed by the facility administrator to control contamination Incarcerated persons who are infested with and/or spread of vermin in all incarcerated people’s ☒ ☐ ☐ vermin (lice) are treated with lice shampoo at personal clothing. Infested clothing shall be cleaned, this facility. After showers and treatment, they disinfected, or stored in a closed container so as to can be housed at the facility. eradicate or stop the spread of vermin. LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.80 (Disposition of Contaminated Clothing and Linen), page 78. 1265 ISSUE OF PERSONAL CARE ITEMS LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.10 (Showering and Personal Hygiene), pages 76- 77. There shall be written policies and procedures developed ☒ ☐ ☐ by the facility administrator for the issue of personal LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.90 (Sanitary hygiene items. Napkins), page 78. Each menstruating person shall be provided with sanitary napkins, panty liners, and tampons as requested with no ☒ ☐ ☐ maximum allowance. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 24 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Each person to be held over 24 hours who is unable to supply themself with the following personal care items, because of either indigency or the absence of a canteen, ☒ ☐ ☐ shall be issued: (a) Toothbrush, (b) Dentifrice, ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) Soap, ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) Comb, and ☒ ☐ ☐ (e) Shaving implements. ☒ ☐ ☐ Personal care items shall be issued within the first 12 ☒ ☐ ☐ hours of housing assignment. Incarcerated persons shall not be required to share any ☒ ☐ ☐ personal care items listed in items “a” through “d.” Incarcerated people will not share disposable razors. ☒ ☐ ☐ Double edged safety razors, electric razors, and other shaving instruments capable of breaking the skin, when shared among incarcerated people, must be disinfected between individual uses by the method prescribed by the ☒ ☐ ☐ State Board of Barbering and Cosmetology in Sections 979 and 980, Division 9, Title 16, California Code of Regulations. 1266 SHOWERING LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.30 (Showering and Personal Hygiene), page 77. ☒ ☐ ☐ There shall be written policies and procedures developed by the facility administrator for showering/bathing. Incarcerated persons shall be permitted to shower/bathe upon assignment to a housing unit and at least every ☒ ☐ ☐ other day or more often if possible. Absent exigent circumstances, no person shall be prohibited from showering at least every other day following assignment to a housing unit. If showering is ☒ ☐ ☐ prohibited, it must be approved by the facility manager or designee, and the reason(s) for prohibition shall be documented. 1270 STANDARD BEDDING AND LINEN ISSUE LAPD JOM, Section 2/526.20 (Issuing Bedding and Linen), page 75. The standard issue of clean suitable bedding and linens, for each incarcerated person entering a living area who ☒ ☐ ☐ is expected to remain overnight, shall include, but not be limited to: (a) one serviceable mattress which meets the requirements of Section 1272 of these regulations; (b) one mattress cover or one sheet; One fitted mattress cover/sheet and one ☒ ☐ ☐ blanket are provided. (c) one towel; and, LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.10 (Showering ☒ ☐ ☐ and Personal Hygiene), pages 76- 77. Provided at the time of the shower. (d) one blanket or more depending up on climatic ☒ ☐ ☐ conditions. Policy and procedure shall require that items (a), (b), and ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) above be provided prior to the first night in the facility. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 25 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Two blankets or sleep bag may be issued in place of one mattress cover or one sheet at the request of the ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person. 1280 FACILITY SANITATION, SAFETY, AND Cleaning service for the detention areas MAINTENANCE provided by GSD custodial services. The facility administrator shall develop written policies LAPD JOM, Section 2/510.20 (Disinfecting and procedures for the maintenance of an acceptable Handcuffs), page 33. level of cleanliness, repair and safety throughout the ☒ ☐ ☐ facility. Such a plan shall provide for a regular schedule Purell (spray) disinfectant is used to disinfect of housekeeping tasks and inspections to identify and the handcuffs. correct unsanitary or unsafe conditions or work practices which may be found. Quaternary ammonia sanitizer is used for general disinfection/sanitation in the facility. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 26 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Are minors held in jail cells? Youths are not held in the facility. Penal Code Sections 6030 and 6031.4 require the biennial inspection of local detention facilities that hold minors in secure detention in the jail. Title 15, Article 9 establishes the minimum standards of how facilities hold ☐ ☒ ☐ minors in temporary custody in the jail. Facilities that do not hold minors in the jail cells are not subject to Title 15, Article 9 biennial inspections; however, if minors are held in the building, they may be subject to the requirements of WIC §207.1. 1047 SERIOUS ILLNESS OR INJURY OF A MINOR IN AN ADULT DETENTION FACILITY The facility administrator shall develop policy and ☐ ☐ ☒ procedures for notification of the court of jurisdiction and the parent, guardian, or person standing in loco parentis, in the event of a suicide attempt, serious illness, injury or death of a minor in custody. 1142 WRITTEN POLICIES AND PROCEDURES The facility administrator shall develop written policies ☐ ☐ ☒ and procedures concerning minors being held in temporary custody which shall address: (a) suicide risk and prevention; (b) use of restraints; ☐ ☐ ☒ (c) emergency medical assistance and services; and, ☐ ☐ ☒ (d) prohibiting use of discipline. ☐ ☐ ☒ 1143 CARE OF MINORS IN TEMPORARY CUSTODY ☐ ☐ ☒ (a) The following shall be made available to all minors held in temporary custody: (1) access to toilets and washing facilities; (2) one snack during term of temporary custody if the minor has not eaten within the past four (4) ☐ ☐ ☒ hours or is otherwise in need of appropriate nourishment; (3) access to drinking water; ☐ ☐ ☒ (4) access to language services; ☐ ☐ ☒ (5) access to disabilities services; ☐ ☐ ☒ (6) sanitary napkins, panty liners, and tampons as ☐ ☐ ☒ requested; (7) privacy during consultation with family, guardian, ☐ ☐ ☒ and/or lawyer; (8) blankets and clothing, as necessary, to assure ☐ ☐ ☒ the comfort of the minor; and, (9) personal clothing unless the clothing is inadequate, presents a health or safety problem, or ☐ ☐ ☒ is required to be utilized as evidence of an offense. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 27 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) Upon entry, the minor shall be informed in writing of what is available under this section, and it shall be ☐ ☐ ☒ posted in at least one conspicuous place to which minors have access. 1144 CONTACT BETWEEN MINORS AND INCARCERATED ADULTS ☐ ☐ ☒ The facility administrator shall establish policies and procedures to restrict contact, as defined in Section 1006, between minors and adults confined in the facility. In situations where brief or accidental contact may occur, such as booking or facility movement, facility staff (trained in the supervision of incarcerated people) shall ☐ ☐ ☒ maintain a constant, side- by-side presence with the minor or the adult to prevent sustained contact. 1145 DECISION ON SECURE CUSTODY A minor who is taken into temporary custody by a peace officer on the basis that they are is a person described by Section 602 of the Welfare and Institutions Code may be held in secure custody in a law enforcement facility that contains a lockup for adults if the minor is 14 years of age or older and if, in the reasonable belief of the peace officer, the minor presents a serious security risk of harm to self or others, as long as all other conditions of secure custody set forth in these standards are met. ☐ ☐ ☒ Any minor in temporary custody who is less than 14 years of age, or who does not in the reasonable belief of the peace officer present a serious security risk of harm to self or others, shall not be placed in secure custody, but may be kept in non-secure custody in the facility as long as all other conditions of non-secure custody set forth in these standards are met. Note: Minors in secure detention are 14 years of age or older. In making the determination whether the minor presents a serious security risk of harm to self or others, the ☐ ☐ ☒ officer may take into account the following factors: (a) age, maturity, and delinquent history of the minor; (b) severity of the offense(s) for which the minor was ☐ ☐ ☒ taken into custody; (c) minor's behavior, including the degree to which the ☐ ☐ ☒ minor appears to be cooperative or non-cooperative; (d) the availability of staff to provide adequate ☐ ☐ ☒ supervision or protection of the minor; and, (e) the age, type, and number of other individuals who ☐ ☐ ☒ are detained in the facility. 1146 CONDITIONS OF SECURE CUSTODY While in secure custody, minors may be locked in a room or other secure enclosure, secured to a cuffing rail, ☐ ☐ ☒ or otherwise reasonably restrained as necessary to prevent escape and protect the minor and others from harm. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 28 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1147 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN SECURE CUSTODY INSIDE A LOCKED ENCLOSURE (a) Minors shall receive adequate supervision which, at ☐ ☐ ☒ a minimum, includes: (1) constant auditory access to staff by the minor; and, (2) safety checks, as defined in Section 1006, of the minor by staff of the law enforcement facility, at least ☐ ☐ ☒ once every 30 minutes, which shall be documented. (b) Minors of different genders shall not be placed in the same locked room unless under constant direct visual ☐ ☐ ☒ observation by staff of the law enforcement facility. 1148 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN SECURE CUSTODY OUTSIDE OF A LOCKED ENCLOSURE ☐ ☐ ☒ Minors held in secure custody outside of a locked enclosure shall not be secured to a stationary object for more than 60 minutes unless no other locked enclosure is available. A staff person from the facility shall provide constant direct visual observation to assure the minor's safety ☐ ☐ ☒ while secured to a stationary object. Securing minors to a stationary object for longer than 60 minutes, and every 30 minutes thereafter, shall be ☐ ☐ ☒ approved by a supervisor. The decision for securing a minor to a stationary object for longer than 60 minutes, and every 30 minutes ☐ ☐ ☒ thereafter shall be based upon the best interests of the minor and shall be documented. 1149 CRITERIA FOR NON-SECURE CUSTODY Minors held in temporary custody, who do not meet the criteria for secure custody as specified in Section 207.1(b) of the Welfare and Institutions Code, may be ☐ ☐ ☒ held in non- secure custody to investigate the case, facilitate release of the minor to a parent or guardian, or arrange for transfer of the minor to an appropriate juvenile facility. While minors are held in temporary non- secure custody the provisions of Section 1143 apply. 1150 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN NON- SECURE CUSTODY Minors held in non-secure custody shall receive constant direct visual observation by staff of the law ☐ ☐ ☒ enforcement facility. Entry and release times shall be documented and made available for review. Monitoring a minor using audio, video, or other electronic devices shall never replace constant direct visual observation. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 29 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1151 MINORS UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF ANY INTOXICATING SUBSTANCE IN SECURE OR NON-SECURE CUSTODY Facility administrators shall develop policies and ☐ ☐ ☒ procedures providing that a medical clearance shall be obtained for minors who are under the influence of drugs, alcohol or any other intoxicating substance to the extent that they are unable to care for themselves, prior to secure or non-secure custody of that minor. Supervision of minors in secure custody in a locked room shall include safety checks at least once every 15 minutes until resolution of the intoxicated state or ☐ ☐ ☒ release. These safety checks shall be documented, with actual time of occurrence recorded. Supervision of minors in secure custody outside of a locked room shall be supervised in accordance with ☐ ☐ ☒ Section 1148. Supervision of minors in nonsecure custody shall be ☐ ☐ ☒ supervised in accordance with Section 1150. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PRO 23-24 Page 30 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 ADULT DETENTION FACILITY LIVING AREA SPACE EVALUATION Board of State and Community Corrections BSCC Code: 2361 FACILITY: LAPD Harbor Station TYPE: IJ RC: 124 FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J Bush DATE 10/02/2024 ROOMS EACH ROOM Cell Applicable # EACH CELL Total DIMENSIONS FIXTURES* Location Type Standards Cells # Beds RC RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Booking/Intake 1 H 2010 1 0 (9) (9) 11.5 x 14.9 x 8.1 1 1 1 Bench Space: 177”. 2 H 2010 1 0 (3) (3) 11.5 x 9.3 x 8.1 1 1 1 Bench Space: 64”. 3 Sober 2010 1 0 (5) (5) 8.11 x 13.4 x 8.1 1 1 1 4 H 2010 1 0 (3) (3) 9.7 x 7.4 x 8.1 1 1 1 Bench Space: 64”. 5 Sober 2010 1 0 (5) (5) 12.1 x 8.7 x 8.1 1 1 1 6 H 2010 1 0 (3) (3) 8.7 x 8.1.x 8.1 1 1 1 Bench Space: 67”. 7 H 2010 1 0 (4) (4) 8.7 x 7.9 x 8.1 1 1 1 Bench Space: 77” 8 H 2010 1 0 (2) (2) 8.5 x 11.5 x 8.1 1 1 1 Bench Space: 52”. 9 H 2010 1 0 (7) (7) 11.4 x 11.4 x 8.1 1 1 1 Bench Space: 136”. A Housing Unit 1-3 Dorm 2010 3 6 6 18 17.0 x 20.0x 8.1 1 1 1 3 12 D 2010 1 2 2 2 10.6 x 13 x 8.1 *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ LASE 23-24 - 1 - A360 LAS Adult-05.dot (rev.12/2022) ROOMS EACH ROOM Cell Applicable # EACH CELL Total DIMENSIONS FIXTURES* Location Type Standards Cells # Beds RC RC (L x W x H) T U W F S 13-20 D 2010 1 2 8 16 10.6 x 13 b 8.1 20-24 S 2010 1 1 5 5 8.5 x 13 x 13 B Housing Unit 1-2 Dorm 2010 2 6 12 12 17.0 x 20.0x 8.1 1 1 1 3 11 S 2010 1 1 1 1 8.0 x 8.11 x 10 1 1 1 12 D 2010 1 2 2 2 8.5 x 13 x 13 1 1 1 13-14 D 2010 2 4 4 4 8.0 x 8.11 x 10 1 1 1 Housing cell 12 was designed for 3 beds. The facility was reminded that regulations do not allow for 3-bed occupancy cells. One mattress was removed. *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ LASE 23-24 - 2 - A360 LAS Adult-05.dot (rev.12/2022) ADULT TYPE I, II, III AND IV FACILITIES PHYSICAL PLANT EVALUATION The Board of State and Community Corrections APPLICABLE TITLE 24 REGULATIONS: 6/94; 2/99; 2001; 2005; 2008; 2010; 2013; 2017; 2019 BSCC Code: 2361 FACILITY NAME: LAPD Harbor Station Jail FACILITY TYPE: IJ 6/94: ☐ 2/99: ☐ 2001: ☐ 2005: ☐ 2008: ☐ 2010: ☒ APPLICABLE REGULATIONS (Check All That Apply): 2013: ☐ 2017: ☐ 2019: ☐ FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J. Bush DATE: 10/02/2024 TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 1231.2.1 Reception and booking. Facilities where booking and housing occur shall have the following space and equipment: ☒ ☐ ☐ 1. Weapons locker as specified in Section 1231.3.12. 2. A cell or room for the confinement of inmates pending their booking, complying with Section ☒ ☐ ☐ 1231.2.2. 3. A sobering cell as described in Section 1231.2.4 if intoxicated, inmates who may pose a danger to ☒ ☐ ☐ themselves or others are held. For those facilities that accept male and female One male. intoxicated inmates two sobering cells shall be ☒ ☐ ☐ One female. provided. 4. Access to a shower within the secure portion of Booking/Intake area. ☒ ☐ ☐ the facility. 5. Provide access to a secure vault or storage ☒ ☐ ☐ space for inmate valuables. 1231.2.2 Temporary holding cell or room. A temporary holding cell or room shall: ☒ ☐ ☐ 1. Contain a minimum of 10 square feet (0.93 m2) of floor area per inmate; 2. Be limited to no more than 16 inmates; ☒ ☐ ☐ 3. Be no smaller than 40 square feet (3.7 m2) and have a clear ceiling height of 8 feet (2438 mm) or ☒ ☐ ☐ more; 4. Contain seating to accommodate all inmates as ☒ ☐ ☐ required in Section 1231.3; 5. Contain a toilet, wash basin and drinking fountain ☒ ☐ ☐ as specified in Section 1231.3; 6. Maximize visual supervision of inmates by staff; ☒ ☐ ☐ and 7. When located in a temporary holding facility, the cell or room shall be equipped with a bunk if inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ are to be held longer than 12 hours. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PHY 23-24 - 1 - A383 PHY Type I-IV 94 99 01 05 08 10 13 17 19.dot (1/20) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 1231.2.3 Temporary staging cell or room. A temporary staging cell or room shall: 1. Be constructed for the purpose of holding ☐ ☐ ☒ inmates who have been classified and segregated in accordance with Sections 1050 and 1053 of Title 15, Division 1, California Code of Regulations. 2. Be limited to holding inmates up to four hours. ☐ ☐ ☒ 3. Be limited to no more than 80 inmates. ☐ ☐ ☒ 4. Contain a minimum of 10 square feet (0.93 m2) of floor area per inmate and a clear ceiling height of ☐ ☐ ☒ 8 feet (2438 mm) or more. 5. Be no smaller than 160 square feet (14.9 m2). ☐ ☐ ☒ 6. Contain seating to accommodate all inmates as ☐ ☐ ☒ required in Section 1231.3. 7. Contain toilet, wash basin and drinking fountain ☐ ☐ ☒ as specified in Section 1231.3. 8. Maximize visual supervision of inmates by staff. ☐ ☐ ☒ 1231.2.4 Sobering cell. A sobering cell shall: ☒ ☐ ☐ 1. Contain a minimum of 20 square feet (1.9 m2) of floor area per inmate; 2. Be limited to eight inmates; ☒ ☐ ☐ 3. Be no smaller than 60 square feet (5.6 m2) and have a clear ceiling height of 8 feet (2438 mm) or ☒ ☐ ☐ more; 4. Contain a toilet, wash basin and drinking fountain ☒ ☐ ☐ as specified in Section 1231.3; 5. Have padded partitions located next to toilet fixture in such a manner that they provide support ☒ ☐ ☐ to the user; 6. Maximize visual supervision of inmates by staff; ☒ ☐ ☐ 7. Be padded on the floor as specified in Section ☒ ☐ ☐ 1231.3; and, 8. Have accessible a shower in the secure portion ☒ ☐ ☐ of the facility. 1231.2.5 Safety cell. A safety cell shall: 1. Contain a minimum of 48 square feet (4.5 m2) of ☐ ☐ ☒ floor area with no one floor dimension being less than 6 feet (1829 mm) and a clear ceiling height of 8 feet (2438 mm) or more; 2. Be limited to one inmate; ☐ ☐ ☒ 3. Contain a flushing ring toilet, capable of accepting solid waste, mounted flush with the floor, ☐ ☐ ☒ the controls for which must be located outside of the cell; 4. Be padded as specified in Section 1231.3; ☐ ☐ ☒ 5. Be equipped with a variable intensity, security- type lighting fixture which is inaccessible to the ☐ ☐ ☒ inmate occupant, control of which is located outside of the cell; 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PHY 23-24 - 2 - A383 PHY Type I-IV 94 99 01 05 08 10 13 17 19.dot (1/20) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 6. Provide one or more vertical view panels not more than 4 inches (102 mm) wide nor less than 24 ☐ ☐ ☒ inches (610 mm) long which shall provide a view of the entire room; 7. Provide a food pass with lockable shutter, no more than 4 inches (102 mm) high, and located between 26 inches (660 mm) and 32 inches (813 ☐ ☐ ☒ mm) as measured from the bottom of the food pass to the floor; and, 8. Any wall or ceiling mounted devices must be ☐ ☐ ☒ inaccessible to the inmate occupant. 1231.2.6 Single-occupancy cells. Single-occupancy cells shall: ☒ ☐ ☐ 1. Have a maximum capacity of one inmate; 2. Contain a minimum of 60 square feet (5.6 m2) of floor area in Type I facilities and 70 square feet (6.5 ☐ ☐ ☐ m2) of floor area in Type II and Type III facilities; 3. Have a minimum clear ceiling height of 8 feet (2438 mm) and a minimum width of 6 feet (1829 ☒ ☐ ☐ mm); 4. Contain a toilet, wash basin and drinking fountain ☒ ☐ ☐ as specified in Section 1231.3; and 5. Contain a bunk, desk and seat as specified in Section 1231.3. ☒ ☐ ☐ Exception: A Type I facility does not require a desk and seat. 1231.2.7 Double-occupancy cells. Double-occupancy cells shall: ☒ ☐ ☐ 1. Have a maximum capacity of two inmates; 2. Contain a minimum of 60 square feet (5.6 m2) of floor area in Type I facilities and 70 square feet (6.5 ☒ ☐ ☐ m2) of floor area in Type II and Type III facilities; 3. Have a minimum clear ceiling height of 8 feet (2438 mm) and a minimum width of 6 feet (1829 ☒ ☐ ☐ mm); 4. Contain a toilet, wash basin and drinking fountain ☒ ☐ ☐ as specified in Section 1231.3; and 5. Contain two bunks, and at least one desk and seat as specified in Section 1231.3. ☐ ☐ ☐ Exception: A Type I facility does not require a desk and seat. 1231.2.8 Dormitories. Dormitories shall: 1. Contain a minimum of 50 square feet (4.7 m2) of floor area per inmate for a single-bed unit; a ☒ ☐ ☐ minimum of 70 square feet (7 m2) for a double-bed unit; and a minimum of 90 square feet (9.3 m2) for triple-bed unit and have a minimum ceiling height of 8 feet (2438 mm); 2. Be designed for no more than 64 inmates and no ☒ ☐ ☐ fewer than four inmates; 3. Provide access to water closets separate from the wash basin and drinking fountains as specified ☐ ☐ ☐ in Section 1231.3; and 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PHY 23-24 - 3 - A383 PHY Type I-IV 94 99 01 05 08 10 13 17 19.dot (1/20) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 4. In other than Type I facilities, provide storage space for personal items and clothing for each ☒ ☐ ☐ occupant. 1231.2.9 Dayrooms. Dayrooms or dayroom space shall: ☒ ☐ ☐ 1. Contain 35 square feet (3.3 m2) of floor area per inmate in width in front of cells/rooms; 2. Contain tables and seating to accommodate the ☒ ☐ ☐ maximum number of inmates; 3. Provide access to water closets, wash basins and drinking fountains as specified in Section ☒ ☐ ☐ 1231.3; 4. Provide access to a shower or showers as ☒ ☐ ☐ specified in Section 1231.3; and 5. Be provided to all inmates in Type II and Type III facilities (except those housed in special-use cells) and to inmate workers in Type I facilities. Dayroom space as described in this section may be a part of ☒ ☐ ☐ a single occupancy cell used for administrative segregation or a dormitory, in which case the floor area of the cell or a dormitory must be increased by the square footage required for the dayroom. 1231.2.10 Exercise area. Not required Type I Facility. An outdoor exercise area or areas must be provided in every Type II and Type III facility. The minimum clear height must be 15 feet (4572 mm) and the minimum ☐ ☐ ☒ number of square feet of surface area will be computed by multiplying 80 percent of maximum rated population by 50 square feet (4.7 m2) and dividing the result by the number of one-hour exercise periods per day. The exercise area must contain or provide free access to a toilet, wash basin, and drinking fountain as ☐ ☐ ☒ provided in Section 1231.3. There must be at least one exercise area of not less than 600 square feet (55.7 m2). The design shall ☐ ☐ ☒ facilitate security and supervision appropriate to the level of custody. Type IV facilities shall have an outdoor recreation area ☐ ☐ ☒ or access to community recreation facilities. 1231.2.11 Correctional program/multipurpose Not required Type I Facility. space. An area for correctional programming must be provided ☐ ☐ ☒ in every Type II and Type III facility. The program area and furnishings shall be designed to meet the needs specified by the facility’s program statement. Type IV facilities shall have multipurpose space for games and activities, dining, visiting, TV meetings and ☐ ☐ ☒ quiet space for study and reading, such that activities do not conflict with each other. 1231.2.12 Medical examination room. There must be a minimum of one suitably equipped medical examination room in every facility which provides on-site health care. The examination room ☐ ☐ ☒ shall be designed in consultation with the responsible physician/health authority. Such a medical examination room shall: 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PHY 23-24 - 4 - A383 PHY Type I-IV 94 99 01 05 08 10 13 17 19.dot (1/20) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 1. Be located within the security area and provide ☐ ☐ ☐ for privacy of the inmates; 2. Provide not less than 100 square feet (9.3 m2) of floor space with no single dimension less than 7 feet ☐ ☐ ☒ (2134 mm); 3. Provide hot and cold running water; ☐ ☐ ☒ 4. Provide lockable storage for medical supplies; ☐ ☐ ☒ 5. Provide an examination table; ☐ ☐ ☒ 6. Provide adequate lighting; and ☐ ☐ ☒ 7. Any room where medical procedures are provided must be equipped with hot and cold ☐ ☐ ☒ running water 1231.2.13 Pharmaceutical storage space. Not required Type I Facility. Provide lockable storage space for medical supplies and pharmaceutical preparations as ☐ ☐ ☒ referenced by Title 15, California Code of Regulations, Section 1216. 1231.2.14 Medical care housing. Not required Type I Facility. There shall be some means to provide medical care ☐ ☐ ☒ and housing of ill and/or infirm inmates. When the program statement for a Type II or Type III facility indicates that medical care housing is needed, such housing must provide lockable storage space for ☐ ☐ ☒ medical instruments and must be located within the security area of the facility accessible to both female and male inmates, but not in the living area of either. The medical care housing unit shall be designed in ☐ ☐ ☒ consultation with the health authority. Medical/mental health areas may contain other than ☐ ☐ ☒ single occupancy cells. If negative pressure isolation rooms are being planned, they shall be designed to recognized industry ☐ ☐ ☒ standards. 1231.2.16 Commissary. Not required Type I Facility. In all Type II, III and IV facilities, except where community access is available, there shall be ☐ ☐ ☒ provisions made for inmates to purchase items (such as candy, toilet articles, stationery supplies, books, newspapers and magazines, etc.). An area shall be provided for the secure storage of the ☐ ☐ ☒ stock for such inmate canteen items. 1231.2.17 Dining facilities. In all Type II, III and IV facilities which serve meals, ☐ ☐ ☒ dining areas shall be provided which will allow groups of inmates to dine together. Such dining areas shall not contain toilets, wash basins or showers in the same room without appropriate visual ☐ ☐ ☒ barrier. Wherever the facility contains a central dining room or rooms, it shall contain a minimum of 15 square feet (1.4 ☐ ☐ ☒ m2) of floor space and sufficient tables and seating for each inmate being fed. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PHY 23-24 - 5 - A383 PHY Type I-IV 94 99 01 05 08 10 13 17 19.dot (1/20) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 1231.2.18 Visiting space. Space shall be provided in all Types I, II, III and IV ☒ ☐ ☐ facilities for in-person visiting. 1231.2.19 Safety equipment storage. A secure area shall be provided for the storage of safety equipment such as fire extinguishers, self-contained ☐ ☐ ☐ breathing apparatus, wire and barcutters, emergency lights, etc.. 1231.2.20 Janitors’ closet. In Type II facilities, at least one securely lockable janitors’ closet with sufficient area for the storage of ☒ ☐ ☐ cleaning implements and supplies must be provided within the security areas of the facility A mop sink shall also be available within the security area of the facility. In court holding, temporary holding, ☐ ☐ ☐ Types I, III and IV facilities, the closet need not be in the security area. 1231.2.21 Storage rooms. One or more storage rooms shall be provided to accommodate a minimum of 80 cubic feet (2.3 m3) of storage area per inmate for inmate clothing and personal property, institutional clothing, bedding and ☒ ☐ ☐ supplies. Court holding, temporary holding and Type I facilities may be excluded from the storage space requirement for personal and institutional clothing unless clothing is issued. 1231.2.22 Audio monitoring system. In court holding, temporary holding, Type I, Type II and Type II facilities there shall be an inmate- or sound- actuated audio monitoring system in temporary holding cells or rooms, temporary staging cells or rooms, ☒ ☐ ☐ sobering cells, safety cells, single and double occupancy cells, dormitories, dayrooms, exercise areas and correctional program/multipurpose space, which is capable of alerting personnel who can respond immediately. 1231.2.23 Laundry facilities. In Type IV facilities, provision shall be made for washing and drying personal clothing by machines, ☒ ☐ ☐ either in the facility or in the community, if access is permitted for same. 1231.2.24 Emergency power. There shall be a source of emergency power in all detention facilities capable of providing minimal lighting ☐ ☐ ☐ in all housing units, activities areas, corridors, stairs and central control points, and to maintain fire and life safety, security, communications and alarm systems. Such an emergency power source shall conform to the requirements specified in Title 24, Part 3, Article 700, ☒ ☐ ☐ California Electrical Code, California Code of Regulations. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PHY 23-24 - 6 - A383 PHY Type I-IV 94 99 01 05 08 10 13 17 19.dot (1/20) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 1231.2.25 Confidential interview rooms. There must be a minimum of one suitably furnished interview room for confidential interviews in every facility which provides onsite health care. The interview ☐ ☐ ☐ room shall be designed in consultation with responsible custodial staff and health care staff. Such an interview room shall: 1. Be located within the security area accessible to ☒ ☐ ☐ both female and male inmates; and 2. Provide not less than 70 square feet (6.5 m2) of floor space with no single dimension less than 6 feet ☒ ☐ ☐ (1829 mm). 1231.2.26 Attorney interview space. All facilities except Type IV facilities shall include ☒ ☐ ☐ attorney interview areas which provide for confidential consultation with inmates. 1231.3.1 Toilets/urinals. 1. Toilets/urinals must be provided in single- ☒ ☐ ☐ occupancy cells and double-occupancy cells. 2. In dormitories, toilets/urinals must be provided in ☒ ☐ ☐ a ratio to inmates of 1:10. 3. Toilets/urinals must be accessible to the ☒ ☐ ☐ occupants of day-rooms and exercise areas. 4. In temporary holding cells and temporary staging cells toilets/urinals must be provided in a ratio to ☒ ☐ ☐ inmates of 1:16. 5. In sobering cells toilets/urinals must be provided ☒ ☐ ☐ in a ratio to inmates of 1:8. 6. One urinal or 2 feet (610 mm) of urinal trough may be substituted for each toilet up to one third of ☒ ☐ ☐ the total number of toilets required, except in those facilities or portions thereof used for females. 7. Toilet areas shall provide modesty for inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ with staff being able to visually supervise. 1231.3.2 Wash basins. 1. Wash basins must be provided in single ☒ ☐ ☐ occupancy cells and double occupancy cells. 2. In dormitories, wash basins must be provided in ☒ ☐ ☐ a ratio to inmates of 1:10. 3. Wash basins must be accessible to the ☒ ☐ ☐ occupants of day-rooms and exercise areas 4. In temporary holding cells and temporary staging cells, wash basins must be provided in a ratio to ☒ ☐ ☐ inmates of 1:16. 5. In sobering cells, wash basins must be provided ☒ ☐ ☐ in a ratio to inmates of 1:8. 6. Wash basins must be provided with hot and cold ☒ ☐ ☐ or tempered water. 7. Two feet (610 mm) of wash basin trough may be ☒ ☐ ☐ substituted for each basin required. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PHY 23-24 - 7 - A383 PHY Type I-IV 94 99 01 05 08 10 13 17 19.dot (1/20) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 1231.3.3 Drinking fountains. There must be a minimum of one drinking fountain in every single-occupancy cell, double-occupancy cell, ☒ ☐ ☐ dormitory, temporary holding cell, temporary staging cell, sobering cell, and be accessible to the occupants of day rooms and exercise areas. Additional drinking fountains shall be located in other areas of the facility so that drinking water will be ☒ ☐ ☐ available to inmates and staff. Such drinking fountains must meet the following minimum health requirements: 1. The drinking fountain bubbler shall be on an ☒ ☐ ☐ angle which prevents waste water from flowing over the drinking fountain bubbler. 2. Water flow shall be actuated by mechanical ☒ ☐ ☐ means. 1231.3.4 Showers Must be available to all inmates on a ratio of at least ☒ ☐ ☐ one shower to every 20 inmates or fraction thereof and must provide hot and cold water or tempered water. Shower stalls/shower areas must be designed and constructed of materials which are impervious to water ☒ ☐ ☐ and soap so they may be easily cleaned. Shower areas shall provide modesty for inmates with ☒ ☐ ☐ staff being able to visually supervise. 1231.3.5 Beds Must be elevated off the floor, have a solid bottom, and ☒ ☐ ☐ a sleeping surface of at least 30 inches (762 mm) wide and 76 inches (1930 mm) long. Multiple beds must have a minimum of 21 inches (533 ☒ ☐ ☐ mm) between bed pans. Except in minimum security areas, beds must be ☒ ☐ ☐ securely fastened to the floor or the wall. 1231.3.6 Lighting. Lighting in housing units, dayrooms and activity areas must be sufficient to permit easy reading by a person ☒ ☐ ☐ with normal vision, and shall not be less than 20 footcandles (215.2 lux) at desk level and in the grooming area. Lighting shall be centrally controlled and/or occupant ☒ ☐ ☐ controlled in housing cells or rooms. Night lighting in these areas shall be sufficient to give ☒ ☐ ☐ good visibility for purposes of supervision In minimum-security areas, lighting may be supplied by ordinary lighting fixtures, and in areas of higher ☒ ☐ ☐ security, light fixtures must be of secure design. 1231.3.7 Windows. In housing areas of higher than minimum security, exterior windows which are constantly accessible to ☒ ☐ ☐ inmates for escape must be designed and constructed so that if broken out, the net area accessible for escape is no greater than 5 inches (127 mm) in one dimension. 1231.3.8 Cell padding. ☒ ☐ ☐ In sobering cells, the floor and partition shall be padded. 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PHY 23-24 - 8 - A383 PHY Type I-IV 94 99 01 05 08 10 13 17 19.dot (1/20) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS In safety cells, padding must cover the entire floor, doors, and walls and everything on them to a clear ☒ ☐ ☐ height of 8 feet (2438 mm). All such padded cells must be equipped with a tamper resistant fire sprinkler as approved by the State Fire Marshal. ☒ ☐ ☐ All padding must be: 1. Approved for use by the State Fire Marshal; ☒ ☐ ☐ 2. Nonporous to facilitate cleaning; ☒ ☐ ☐ 3. At least 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) thick; ☒ ☐ ☐ 4. Of a unitary or laminated construction to prevent its destruction by teeth, hand tearing or small metal ☒ ☐ ☐ objects; 5. Firmly bonded to all padded surfaces to prevent ☒ ☐ ☐ tearing or ripping; and 6. Without any exposed seams susceptible to ☒ ☐ ☐ tearing or ripping. 1231.3.9 Mirrors. A mirror of a material appropriate to the level of security ☒ ☐ ☐ must be provided near each wash basin specified in these regulations. 1231.3.10 Seating. In temporary holding and temporary staging cells, ☒ ☐ ☐ seating must be securely fixed to the floor and/or wall. When bench seating is used, 18 inches (457 mm) of ☒ ☐ ☐ bench is seating for one person. 1231.3.11 Table/seat. In single- and double-occupancy cells, a table and seat for the purpose of writing and dining shall be provided. ☒ ☐ ☐ Exception: A Type I facility does not require a table and a seat. 1231.3.12 Weapons locker. A secure weapons locker shall be located outside the ☒ ☐ ☐ security perimeter of the facility Such weapons lockers shall be equipped with individual ☒ ☐ ☐ compartments, each with an individual locking device. Weapons lockers are required in temporary and court holding facilities and in all facilities of higher than ☒ ☐ ☐ minimum security. Design Requirements (102(c)6) Design requirements as specified in Title 24, Part 1, 102(c)6 are met. (See regulation for specific ☒ ☐ ☐ requirements. Note areas of non-compliance that are applicable to the facility type and construction date in the "comments" section.) 2361 Los Angeles Harbor Station Jail IJ PHY 23-24 - 9 - A383 PHY Type I-IV 94 99 01 05 08 10 13 17 19.dot (1/20) TYPE I FACILITIES Board of State and Community Corrections PROCEDURES1 BSCC Code: 2380 FACILITY NAME: LAPD Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) FACILITY TYPE: I PERSON(S) INTERVIEWED: Detention Custody Officer Gwen Jackson FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J. Bush DATE: 10/02/2024 TITLE 15 SECTION P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1020 CORRECTIONS OFFICER CORE COURSE2 The BSCC Standards and Training for Corrections (STC) division found the agency in compliance with applicable (a) In addition to the provisions of California Penal Code Section regulations during the 2023-2024 compliance monitoring 831.5, all custodial personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall cycle. successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Core Course” as described in Section 179 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the Prior to appointment all Managements and Supervisors date of assignment. have completed the Corrections Officer Core Course. (b) Custodial Personnel who have successfully completed the course of instruction required by Penal Code Section 832.3 shall also Officers interviewed cited a variety of classes provided successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Basic Academy during the past two years. Supplemental Core Course” as described in Section 180 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the date of assignment. 1021 JAIL SUPERVISORY TRAINING Prior to assuming supervisory duties, jail supervisors shall complete the core training requirements pursuant to Section 1020, Corrections Officer Core Course. In addition, supervisory personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall also be required to complete either the STC Supervisory Course (as described in Section 181, Title 15, CCR) or the POST supervisory course within one year from date of assignment. 1023 JAIL MANAGEMENT TRAINING Managerial personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall be required to complete either the STC management course (as described in Section 182, Title 15, CCR) or the POST management course within one year from date of assignment. 1025 CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL TRAINING With the exception of any year that a core training module is successfully completed, all facility/system administrators, managers, supervisors, and custody personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall successfully complete the “annual required training” specified in Section 184 of Title 15, CCR. 1 This document is intended for use as a tool during the inspection process; this worksheet may not contain each Title 15 regulation that is required. Additionally, many regulations on this worksheet are SUMMARIES of the regulation; the text on this worksheet may not contain the entire text of the actual regulation. Please refer to the complete California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Minimum Standards for Local Facilities, Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 4 for the complete list and text of regulations. 2 For STC participating agencies, consistency with training sections 1020, 1021, 1023 & 1025 is annually assessed by the STC Division. Unless otherwise indicated, the regulatory intent is for training to occur within one year from the date of assignment. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 1 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1027 NUMBER OF PERSONNEL 025. Emergency Staffing A sufficient number of personnel shall be employed in Compliance with this section is predicated each local detention facility to ensure the implementation upon the ability of staff to conduct and and operation of the programs and activities required by ☒ ☐ ☐ document at least hourly safety checks and these regulations. ensure the completion of all programs and activities required by the regulations. Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be at 025. Emergency Staffing least one employee on duty at all times in a local detention facility or in the building which houses a local BSCC reviewed staffing assignments, the ☒ ☐ ☐ detention facility who shall be immediately available and duty roster, and the Correctional Sergeant’s accessible to incarcerated people in the event of an Log to verify staffing patterns. All emergency. information appeared appropriate. Such an employee shall not have any other duties which 025. Emergency Staffing would conflict with the supervision and care of ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated people in the event of an emergency. All shifts have non-posted staff available to respond to an emergency. Whenever one or more females are in custody, there 110. Searches – Unavailability of female shall be at least one female employee who shall be sworn to search female arrestee immediately available and accessible to such females. ☒ ☐ ☐ Note: Reference PC § 4021. There is always a trained female staff available. In order to determine if there is a sufficient number of 001. Change of watch procedures personnel for a specific facility, the facility administrator 030 Releasing an incarcerated person shall prepare and retain a staffing plan indicating the personnel assigned in the facility and their duties. Such a ☒ ☐ ☐ 410.00 Officer duties and responsibilities staffing plan shall be reviewed by the Board staff at the time of their biennial inspection. The results of such a review and recommendations shall be reported to the local jurisdiction having fiscal responsibility for the facility. 1027.5 SAFETY CHECKS All LAPD Detention supervisory staff have attended applicable POST and STC courses. The facility administrator shall develop and implement policy and procedures for conducting safety checks that include, but are not limited to, the following: ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) Safety checks will determine the safety and well-being of individuals and shall be conducted at least hourly through direct visual observation of all people held and housed in the facility. (b) There shall be no more than a 60-minute lapse Verified in policies and discussions with ☒ ☐ ☐ between safety checks. detention officers. (c) Safety checks for people in sobering cells, safety cells, 250. Safety Checks and restraints shall occur more frequently as outlined in 265. Sobering Cell ☒ ☐ ☐ section 1055, section 1056, and section 1058 of these 265.30 Sobering Cell Use regulations. Restraints are not used in the facility. (d) Safety checks shall occur at random or varied Safety checks occur at random or varied ☒ ☐ ☐ intervals. intervals. (e) There shall be a written plan that includes the The actual time at which each safety check documentation of all safety checks. Documentation shall occurred; include: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) the actual time at which each individual safety check occurred; 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 2 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) the location where each individual safety check Each observation log is documented and occurred, such as a cell, module, or dormitory ☒ ☐ ☐ lists the location where each safety check number; and, occurred (3) Initials or employee identification number of staff Initials and staff identification numbers are ☒ ☐ ☐ who completed the safety check(s). listed on each observation log. (f) A documented process by which safety checks are Supervisors will review and initial random reviewed at regular defined intervals by a supervisor or security logs to ensure logs are completed facility manager, including methods of mitigating patterns ☒ ☐ ☐ and consistent with regulations. of inconsistent documentation, or untimely completion of, safety checks. 1028 FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY STAFF This training is included in the core and supplemental core courses. Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be at ☒ ☐ ☐ least one person on duty at all times who meets the training standards established by the Board for general fire and life safety. [Penal Code section 6030(c)]. The facility manager shall ensure that there is at least one All staff have gone through the fire and life person on duty who trained in fire and life safety ☒ ☐ ☐ safety training during their correctional core procedures that relate specifically to the facility. training. 1029 POLICY AND PROCEDURES MANUAL3 Unless otherwise indicated, all policy sections noted are contained within the Jail Division Facility administrator(s) shall develop and publish a Operations Manual (JOM). manual of policy and procedures for the facility. The policy and procedures manual shall address all Each jail has facility-specific Standing Plans applicable Title 15 and Title 24 regulations and shall be (SP). comprehensively reviewed and updated at least every ☒ ☐ ☐ Updated 2022. two years. Such a manual shall be made available to all employees. Notes: The policies and procedures required in subsections (a)(6) and (a)(7) may be placed in a separate manual to ensure confidentiality. Subsections (c) and (d) do not apply and have been deleted. (a) The manual for Temporary Holding, Type I, II, and III 010. Custody Services Division (CSD) facilities shall provide for, but not be limited to, the Organization following: ☒ ☐ ☐ 010.40 Regional Jail Sections and (1) Table of organization, including channels of Operations communications. (2) Inspections and operations reviews by the facility 200. Inspections ☒ ☐ ☐ administrator/manager. (3) Policy on the use of force that meets current state 3/792 Adjudication of Categorical Use of and federal legal requirements and includes Force Incidents ☒ ☐ ☐ prohibition of the use of carotid restraint and choke holds. (4) Policy on the use of restraint equipment, including 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated the restraint of pregnant persons as referenced in Person Penal Code Section 3407. 745. Restraint Equipment ☒ ☐ ☐ Department Manual 4/217.40 Use of the Hobble Restraint Device (5) Procedure and criteria for screening newly 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and ☒ ☐ ☐ received persons for release. Responsibilities. 3 Procedures related to security and emergency response may be in a separate manual to ensure confidentiality by limiting general access. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 3 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (6) Security and control including physical counts and 001. Change of Watch Procedures searches of the facility and incarcerated persons, contraband control, and key control. 100. Searches/Body Scanner System Each facility administrator shall, at least annually, review, evaluate, and make a record of security 111. Use of the Body Scanner measures. The review and evaluation shall include internal and external security measures of the facility 310. Custody Transport Unit (CTU) including security measures specific to prevention of sexual abuse and sexual harassment. 245.10 Random Cell Inspections (RCI) in Jail Facilities Department Manual ☒ ☐ ☐ 4/620 Searching - Arrestees at Booking Office 245.10 Random Cell Inspections (RC) Jail Facilities 520. Correspondence 3/536 Department Building and Room Keys Department Order (7) Emergency procedures include: Standing Plan. (A) fire suppression preplan as required by ☒ ☐ ☐ section 1032 of these regulations; (B) escape, disturbances, and the taking of Standing Plan. ☒ ☐ ☐ hostages; (C) mass arrests; ☒ ☐ ☐ (D) natural disasters; ☒ ☐ ☐ Standing Plan. (E) periodic testing of emergency equipment; ☒ ☐ ☐ and, (F) storage, issue, and use of weapons, Standing Plan. ammunition, chemical agents, and related ☒ ☐ ☐ security devices. (8) Suicide Prevention. ☒ ☐ ☐ 690. Suicide Prevention (9) Separation of incarcerated persons. ☒ ☐ ☐ 350. Incarcerated Person Segregation (10) Zero tolerance in the prevention of sexual abuse Department Manual ☒ ☐ ☐ and sexual harassment. 1/280 Sexual Harassment (11) Policy and procedure to detect, prevent, and 390. Monitoring of Incarcerated Persons respond to retaliation against any staff or person after ☒ ☐ ☐ Who Reported Sexual Abuse or Sexual reporting any abuse. Harassment (12) Release policy, including release planning for 630. Incarcerated Person Complaint incarcerated persons. 390. Monitoring of Incarcerated Persons ☒ ☐ ☐ Who Reported Sexual Abuse or Sexual Harassment (e) The manual for Temporary Holding, Court Holding, 630. Incarcerated Person Complaint Type I, II, III, and IV facilities shall provide for, but not be limited to, the following: (1) multiple internal ways for incarcerated people to privately report sexual abuse and sexual ☒ ☐ ☐ harassment, retaliation by other incarcerated persons or staff for reporting sexual abuse and sexual harassment, and staff neglect or violation of responsibilities that may have contributed to such incidents, 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 4 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) a method for uninvolved incarcerated persons, 630. Incarcerated Person Complaint family, community members, and other interested third parties to report sexual abuse or sexual ☒ ☐ ☐ harassment. The method for reporting shall be publicly posted at the facility. 1030 SUICIDE PREVENTION PROGRAM 690. Suicide Prevention 360. Mentally Disordered Incarcerated The facility shall have a comprehensive written suicide person prevention program developed by the facility administrator or designee, in conjunction with the health ☒ ☐ ☐ 360.20 Evaluation of Mentally Disordered authority and mental health director, to identify, monitor, Incarcerated Person and provide treatment to those incarcerated persons who present a suicide risk. These types of prisoners will not be held in The program shall include the following: the facility. (a) Annual suicide prevention training for all custodial 310.50 Incarcerated Person Classification – personnel. Defined Upon an incarcerated person entering the ☒ ☐ ☐ facility, he/she should be assessed by custody staff for the ability to answer medical and mental health screening questions. (b) Intake screening for suicide risk immediately upon 310.50 Incarcerated Person Classification – intake and prior to housing assignment. ☐ ☐ ☒ Defined (c) Suicide prevention screening during special 310.50 Incarcerated Person Classification – situations, including placement in restrictive housing, Defined ☐ ☐ ☒ following a hearing, and after a transfer or change in 50.20 Administrative Segregation classification. (d) Provisions facilitating communication among 690. Suicide Prevention arresting/transporting officers, facility staff, court staff, ☐ ☐ ☒ medical and mental health personnel in relation to suicide risk. (e) Housing recommendations for people at risk of suicide 690. Suicide Prevention that balance safety and environment. The least restrictive ☐ ☐ ☒ environment should be considered. (f) Supervision depending on level of suicide risk. 530.10 Morning Report 690.20 Custody Services Division Attempted Suicide Report ☐ ☐ ☒ 020. Jail Incident and Administrative Records (g) Suicide attempt and suicide intervention policies and 690.20 Custody Services Division Attempted ☐ ☐ ☒ procedures. Suicide Report (h) Provisions for reporting suicides and suicides Fire Suppression Pre-Plans are outlined in ☐ ☐ ☒ attempts. the facility’s Standing Plan. (i) Multi-disciplinary administrative review of suicides and Standing Plan. attempted suicides as defined by the facility administrator, including the development of a corrective ☐ ☐ ☒ action plan to address deficiencies identified in the administrative review. (j) Provisions for follow up care as needed. ☐ ☐ ☒ 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 5 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (k) Plan for mental health consultation following return ☐ ☐ ☒ from court as determined by the mental health director. 1032 FIRE SUPPRESSION PREPLANNING Fire Suppression Pre-Plans are outlined in the facility’s Standing Plan. Pursuant to Penal Code Section 6031.1(b), the facility administrator shall consult with the local fire department ☐ ☐ ☐ having jurisdiction over the facility, with the State Fire Marshal, or both, in developing a plan for fire suppression which shall include, but not be limited to: (a) a fire suppression pre-plan developed with the local Standing Plan. fire department to be included as part of the policy and ☐ ☐ ☒ procedures manual (Title 15, California Code of Regulations Section 1029); (b) monthly fire prevention inspections by facility staff with 245. Fire/Life Safety Inspection two-year retention of the inspection record; Monthly testing of the generator and emergency lights is completed by the city’s Facilities division and noted on the Monthly ☐ ☐ ☒ Fire & Life Safety Inspection completed and maintained by the Jail Administrator. BSCC staff reviewed two years of staff- conducted inspections. (c) fire prevention inspections as required by Health and Fire Inspection conducted on 12/20/2023. Safety Code Section 13146.1(a) and (b) which requires ☐ ☐ ☒ inspections at least once every two years; (d) an evacuation plan; and, ☐ ☐ ☒ Standing Plan. (e) a plan for the emergency housing of incarcerated Standing Plan. ☐ ☐ ☒ people in the case of fire. 1040 POPULATION ACCOUNTING 001. Change of Watch Procedures Each facility administrator shall maintain a demographics Area jail personnel count the number of ☒ ☐ ☐ accounting system which reflects the monthly average arrestees at the beginning of each shift. daily population of sentenced and non-sentenced people A midnight count is conducted at each by gender and juvenile status. facility. Facility administrators shall provide the Board with applicable demographic information as described in the ☒ ☐ ☐ Jail Profile Survey. 1041 RECORDS 021. Incarcerated Person Records (a) Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility BSCC reviewed a sample of incarcerated shall develop written policies and procedures for the person records and noted that all expected maintenance of individual records for each incarcerated documents were consistently present. person which shall include, but not be limited to, intake ☒ ☐ ☐ information, personal property receipts, commitment papers, court orders, reports of disciplinary actions taken, medical orders issued by the responsible physician and staff response, and non-medical information regarding disabilities and other limitations. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 6 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) Each facility administrator shall collect accurate, 020. Jail Incident and Administrative Records uniform data for every allegation of sexual abuse at facilities under its direct control and from other facilities Any incident reported under these guidelines with which it contracts for the confinement of its shall contain information necessary to fulfill incarcerated people. The data collected shall include, at ☒ ☐ ☐ the reporting requirements of 34 U.S.C. a minimum, the data necessary to satisfy the reporting section 30303(a)(1). requirements of 34 U.S.C. section 30303(a)(1). Note: federal survey on sexual violence. 1044 INCIDENT REPORTS An incident report is required of all incidents which result in physical harm, or serious Each facility administrator shall develop written policies threat of physical harm, to an employee or and procedures for the maintenance of written records incarcerated person of a detention facility or ☒ ☐ ☐ and reporting of all incidents which result in physical other person. harm, or serious threat of physical harm, to an employee or incarcerated person of a detention facility or other person. Such records shall include the names of the persons The on-duty Jail Supervisor shall ensure that involved, a description of the incident, the actions taken, an investigation is initiated by the jailer who and the date and time of the occurrence. will prepare a written report, which shall ☒ ☐ ☐ include the date and time of the occurrence, the names of the person involved including witnesses, a description of the incident, and action taken. Such a written record shall be prepared by the staff Detention Officers are required to submit assigned to investigate the incident and submitted to the reports by the end of their shift. facility manager or designee. ☒ ☐ ☐ Several major incident reports were reviewed by BSCC staff. 1045 PUBLIC INFORMATION PLAN 1/118 Public Information Plan Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility A public information binder with appropriate shall develop written policies and procedures for the content was reviewed at each facility. ☒ ☐ ☐ dissemination of information to the public, to other government agencies, and to the news media. The public and incarcerated persons shall have available for review the following material: (a) The Board of State and Community Corrections Verified. Minimum Standards for Local Detention Facilities as ☒ ☐ ☐ found in Title 15 of the California Code of Regulations. (b) Facility rules and procedures affecting incarcerated Rules and regulations are located on the people as specified in sections: reverse of the Prisoner Receipt. An (1) 1045, Public Information Plan interpreter or “language bank” is used in the event the incarcerated person does not ☒ ☐ ☐ speak English. If the incarnated person cannot read, the detention officer is required to read the rules and regulations to the arrestee. (2) 1061, Education Plan ☐ ☐ ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. (3) 1062, Visiting ☒ ☐ ☐ 502 (4) 1063, Correspondence ☒ ☐ ☐ 520 (5) 1064, Library Service ☐ ☐ ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. (6) 1065, Exercise and Out of Cell Time ☒ ☐ ☐ 528 (7) 1066, Books, Newspapers, Periodicals and 528 ☒ ☐ ☐ Writings 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 7 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (8) 1067, Access to Telephone ☒ ☐ ☐ 519 (9) 1068, Access to Courts and Counsel ☒ ☐ ☐ 520 (10) 1069, Orientation ☒ ☐ ☐ 1/610 (11) 1070, Individual/Family Service Programs ☐ ☐ ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. (12) 1071, Voting ☒ ☐ ☐ 2/521 (13) 1072, Religious Observance ☒ ☐ ☐ 2/522 (14) 1073, Grievance Procedure ☐ ☐ ☒ 630 - No sentenced incarcerated person. (15) 1080, Rules and Disciplinary Actions ☐ ☐ ☒ 620 - No sentenced incarcerated person. (16) 1081, Plan for Discipline of Incarcerated No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ ☐ ☒ Persons (17) 1082, Forms of Discipline ☐ ☐ ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. (18) 1083, Limitations on Discipline ☐ ☐ ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. (19) 1200, Responsibility for Health Care Services ☒ ☐ ☐ 1046 DEATH IN CUSTODY 540. Death in Custody Review (a) The facility administrator shall develop written policy The in-custody death review should be and procedures to comply with the in-custody death initiated as soon as practicable but no later reporting requirements of Government Code section ☒ ☐ ☐ than 30 days after the incident. The team 12525. The facility administrator shall submit a copy of should review the appropriateness of clinical the report filed pursuant to section 12525 to the BSCC care, determine whether changes to policies, within 10 days of an in-custody death. procedures, or practices are warranted, and identify issues that require further study (b) The facility administrator, in cooperation with the The Chief is responsible for establishing a health administrator, shall develop written policy and team of qualified staff to conduct an procedures to conduct an initial review and complete a administrative review of every in-custody written report of every in-custody death within 30 days of death. At a minimum, the review team the death. The team that conducts the initial review shall should include the Chief and/or the ☒ ☐ ☐ include, at a minimum, the facility administrator or authorized designee, City Attorney, District designee, the health administrator, the responsible Attorney Investigative staff, Responsible physician and other health care, and supervision staff Physician, qualified health care who are relevant to the incident. professionals, supervisors, or other members who are relevant to the incident. Deaths shall be reviewed to determine the The Chief or the authorized designee shall appropriateness of clinical care; whether changes to review the BSCC recommendations within policies, procedures, or practices are warranted; and to 90 days of receipt, following the BSCC identify issues that require further study. review of an in-custody death. ☒ ☐ ☐ The Department shall make recommendations and responses available to the public with appropriate redactions as permitted by law (c) The facility administrator shall submit a copy of the The facility captain will submit a copy of the initial review report of every in-custody death to the BSCC initial review of the report of all in-custody within 60 days of the death. The facility administrator shall deaths to BSCC within 60 days. ☒ ☐ ☐ provide a copy of the initial review report that comports with the disclosure requirements of section 832.10 of the Penal Code. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 8 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS The initial review report shall contain the following The in-custody death report shall contain all information: information that is required: (1) Demographic information (A) Full name of the decedent (1) Inmate Information: (B) Date of birth (A) Full name of the decedent (C) Date of death (B) Date of birth (D) Time of death (C) Date of death (E) Gender (D) Time of death (F) Race and ethnicity (E) Gender (G) Relevant medical history (F) Race and ethnicity (2) Facility Information (G) Relevant medical history (A) Name and location of the detention facility (B) Description of the location where the death ☒ ☐ ☐ (2) Facility Information occurred within the facility (A) Name and location of the detention (C) Date and time of the incident facility (D) Detention facility personnel (including names (B) Description of the location where the and roles) involved in the reporting of the death death occurred within the facility or incident (C) Date and time of the incident (3) Any relevant circumstances leading up to death, (D) Detention facility personnel including behavioral health or medical issues. (including names and roles) involved in the reporting of the death or incident (3) Any relevant circumstances leading up to death, including behavioral health or medical issues. (d) In any case in which a minor dies while detained in a Youth are not held in the facility. jail, lockup, or court holding facility the BSCC may inspect and evaluate the jail, lockup, or court holding facility pursuant to the provisions of this subchapter within 30 calendar days of the death. Any inquiry made by the Board shall be limited to the standards and requirements set forth in these regulations. 1050 CLASSIFICATION PLAN 310. Classification. 310.20 Housing Assignments. (a) Each administrator of a temporary holding, Type I, II, 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and or III facility shall develop and implement a written Responsibilities. classification plan designed to properly assign incarcerated persons to housing units and activities All prisoners housed with others shall be according to the categories of gender identity, age, classified for holding purposes. BSCC staff criminal sophistication, seriousness of crime charged, reviewed eight months of incarcerated physical or mental health needs, assaultive/non- person’s classification and medical screening assaultive behavior, risk of being sexually abused, or forms. All forms were complete and ensured sexually harassed and other criteria which will provide for the incarcerated person's health and safety. the safety of the incarcerated people and staff. Such ☒ ☐ ☐ housing unit assignment shall be accomplished to the extent possible within the limits of the available number of distinct housing units or cells in a facility. The written classification plan shall be based on objective criteria and include receiving screening performed at the time of intake by trained personnel, and a record of each person's classification level, housing restrictions, and housing assignments. Note: Subsection (b) does not apply and has been deleted. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 9 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) In deciding housing and programming assignments, Cell locations are noted on the the agency shall consider on a case-by-case basis Divisional/Consolidated Booking Record whether a placement would ensure the health and safety of the incarcerated person, and whether the placement ☒ ☐ ☐ would present management or security problems. A person’s own views with respect to their own safety shall be given serious consideration. 1051 COMMUNICABLE DISEASES 670. Contagious Diseases 670.30. Contaminated Arrestee/Incarcerated The facility administrator, in cooperation with the person and Cells responsible physician, shall develop written policies and ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures specifying those symptoms that require All prisoners housed with others shall be medical isolation of an incarcerated person until a classified for holding purposes. medical evaluation is completed. At the time of intake into the facility, an inquiry shall be 310. Classification made of the person being booked as to whether the 310.20 Housing Assignments person has or has had any communicable diseases, such 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and as tuberculosis or has observable symptoms of Responsibilities tuberculosis or any other communicable diseases, or other special medical problem identified by the health ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed eight months of authority. The response shall be noted on the medical incarcerated person classification and screening from. medical screening forms. All forms were complete and ensured the incarcerated person's health and safety. 1052 BEHAVIORAL CRISIS IDENTIFICATION 350.10 Mandated Incarcerated Person Separation The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and 360. Mentally Disordered Incarcerated procedures to identify and evaluate all incarcerated Person people who may be in behavioral crisis. Evaluation of behavioral crisis may include telehealth. 360.20 Evaluation of Mentally Disordered Incarcerated Person ☒ ☐ ☐ The initial screening process is designed to identify whether mental health conditions exist that require immediate or ongoing intervention for the incarcerated person. The screening shall also be performed prior to the incarcerated person being placed in general housing. If an evaluation from medical or mental health staff is not The Mental Evaluation Unit is contacted prior readily available, an incarcerated person shall be to booking. considered in behavioral crisis for the purpose of this section if they appear to be a danger to themselves or On determination that a prisoner is ☒ ☐ ☐ others or appear gravely disabled. developmentally disabled, he/she shall be placed in a segregated area and a Jail Supervisor and Watch Commander shall be notified. An evaluation from medical or mental health staff shall be Medical staff will evaluate within 24 hours of secured within 24 hours of identification or at the next ☒ ☐ ☐ identification. daily sick call, whichever is earliest. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 10 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Separation may be used if necessary, to protect the 350.20 Administrative Separation safety of the person in crisis or others. The facility will not house prisoners who demonstrate that they may attempt to escape, assault other prisoners, or demonstrate a propensity towards violence. ☒ ☐ ☐ An appropriate cell shall be used for this type of separation (single cell or holding cell). Any administrative separation of a prisoner must be entered on the Jail log and the Watch Commander shall be advised as soon as possible. 1053 ADMINISTRATIVE SEPARATION Separated prisoners will be allowed to have the same rights as others. Except for Type IV facilities, facility administrators shall ☒ ☐ ☐ develop and implement policies and procedures for the administrative separation of incarcerated people. Policies and procedures must include: Separated prisoners will not be denied (a) Administrative separation may consist of separate meals, bedding, or sanitation facilities while housing but shall not involve any other deprivation of in separation. If a prisoner is placed in a privileges than is necessary to obtain the objective of holding cell, he/she will be asked every half protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility ☒ ☐ ☐ hour during the Jail check if he/she desires staff. to use the bathroom facilities or needs access to the telephone or drinking water until the arrestee is transferred to the county jail. (b) Administrative separation must not adversely affect ☐ ☐ ☒ an incarcerated person’s health. (c) Administrative separation may be used for incarcerated people who have: (1) A documented history of activity or behavior, or promoting such activity or behavior, that is criminal in nature, disruptive to facility operations, or affects the safety of the facility, other incarcerated people, and facility staff. (2) Influenced or participated in activity that is criminal in nature, disruptive to facility operations or ☐ ☐ ☒ affects the safety of the facility, other incarcerated people, and facility staff. (3) Committed assault, attempted assault, or participated in a conspiracy to assault or harm other incarcerated persons or facility staff. (4) A history of escape or have recently attempted escape. (5) A demonstrated need for protection from other incarcerated people. (d) Documentation indicating the necessity of administrative separation to obtain the objective of ☐ ☐ ☒ protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility staff. (e) A documented individualized ongoing review and evaluation of the need to continue placement in ☐ ☐ ☒ administrative separation. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 11 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1055 USE OF SAFETY CELL 250. Safety Checks 270. Safety Cell The safety cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section 270.30 Safety Cell Use 1231.2.5, shall be used to hold only those people who ☒ ☐ ☐ display behavior which results in the destruction of property or reveals an intent to cause physical harm to self or others. The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and procedures governing safety cell use and may delegate ☒ ☐ ☐ authority to place an incarcerated person in a safety cell to a physician. Policies and procedures shall include, but not be limited to: (a) In no case shall the safety cell be used for punishment 270.30 Safety Cell Use ☒ ☐ ☐ or as a substitute for treatment. (b) A person shall be placed in a safety cell only with the 270.30 Safety Cell Use approval of the facility manager or designee, or ☒ ☐ ☐ responsible health care staff; continued retention shall be reviewed a minimum of every four hours. (c) A medical assessment shall be completed as soon as 270.40 Medical Approval for Safety Cell Use possible, but not more than 12 hours from the time of placement in the safety cell. The person shall be ☒ ☐ ☐ medically cleared for continued retention, referral to advanced treatment, or removal from the safety cell a minimum of every 24 hours thereafter. (d) The facility manager, designee or responsible health Confinement in the safety cell shall be care staff shall obtain a mental health limited to a maximum of six hours. If this opinion/consultation with responsible health care staff on limit is reached and the arrestee's mental placement and retention, which shall be secured as soon condition has not improved, an additional as possible, but not more than 12 hours from placement. ☒ ☐ ☐ effort to transfer the arrestee must be attempted. If unsuccessful, the arrestee may be retained in the safety cell. The supervisor must document who was contacted and why the transfer was rejected. (e) Direct visual observation shall be conducted at least BSCC staff reviewed five months of twice every 30 minutes, with no more than a 15-minute incarcerated person’s placements in the ☒ ☐ ☐ lapse between safety checks. Such observation shall be safety cell. All observation logs were inside documented. the required regulation standard time limit. (f) Procedures shall be established to assure 270.30 Safety Cell Use ☒ ☐ ☐ administration of necessary nutrition and fluids. (g) People placed in the safety cell shall be allowed to 270.45 Safety Cell – Removal of Clothing retain sufficient clothing or be provided with a suitably and Articles designed “safety garment,” to provide for their personal ☒ ☐ ☐ privacy unless specific identifiable risks to the person's safety or to the security of the facility are documented. 1056 USE OF SOBERING CELL 250. Safety Checks 265. Sobering Cell The sobering cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section 265.30 Sobering Cell Use 1231.2.4, shall be used for temporary holding of incarcerated people who are a threat to their own safety ☒ ☐ ☐ Sobering Cells shall be used for the housing or the safety of others due to their state of intoxication. of prisoners who need the sheltered environment of a Sobering Cell until they are sufficiently sober to be booked and released or moved into the general population. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 12 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS A person shall be removed from the sobering cell as soon 265.30 Sobering Cell Use as they are able to continue the admission process or are no longer a risk to themselves or others. Jail staff shall remove a prisoner from a Sobering Cell as soon as reasonable, and in ☒ ☐ ☐ no case shall a prisoner remain in a Sobering Cell longer than six (6) hours without being examined by qualified medical personnel, e.g., a physician. In no case shall a person remain in a sobering cell over 265.30 Sobering Cell Use six hours without an evaluation by medical or custody staff to determine whether the person has an urgent ☒ ☐ ☐ medical problem, pursuant to section 1213 of these regulations. At 12 hours from the time of placement, all persons must 265.30 Sobering Cell Use ☒ ☐ ☐ receive an evaluation by responsible health care staff. Intermittent direct visual observation of people held in the 265.30 Sobering Cell Use sobering cell shall be conducted no less than every half Observation logs are consistent with the hour. Such observation shall be documented. regulatory requirements. Jailers shall observe prisoners housed in the Sobering Cells at least once every thirty (30) ☒ ☐ ☐ minutes, on a random basis. BSCC staff reviewed six months of incarcerated persons’ placements in the sobering cell. All observation logs were inside the required regulation standard time limit. 1057 DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES 310.50 Incarcerated person Classification - Defined The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 350.20 Administrative Segregation responsible physician, shall develop written policies and 370 Developmentally Disabled Incarcerated procedures for the identification and evaluation, person appropriate classification and housing, protection, and nondiscrimination of all incarcerated persons with The initial screening process is designed to developmental disabilities. ☒ ☐ ☐ identify whether developmentally disabled conditions exist. If so, the incarcerated person will be transported to the county jail. Developmentally disabled prisoners are transported to county jail or a mental health facility. The health authority or designee shall contact the 370 Developmentally Disabled Incarcerated regional center for any incarcerated person suspected or person. confirmed to have a developmental disability for the ☐ ☐ ☒ purposes of diagnosis or treatment within 24 hours of Developmentally disabled incarcerated such determination, excluding holidays and weekends. persons are transported to county jail or a mental health facility. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 13 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1058 USE OF RESTRAINT DEVICES 745. Restraint Equipment 745.10 Safety Chair The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop and implement No use of restraint events was reported written policies and procedures for the use of restraint during this cycle. devices. Restraint devices include any devices which immobilize extremities or prevent the incarcerated person ☒ ☐ ☐ from being ambulatory. The provisions of this section do not apply to the use of handcuffs, shackles, or other restraint devices when used to restrain incarcerated people for security reasons. The facility manager may delegate authority to place an incarcerated person in restraints to responsible health care staff. (a) The policy shall address the following areas: 745.10 Safety Chair ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) acceptable restraint devices; (2) signs or symptoms which should result in 745.10 Safety Chair immediate medical/mental health referral; availability ☒ ☐ ☐ of cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment; (3) protective housing of restrained persons; ☒ ☐ ☐ 745.10 Safety Chair (4) provision for hydration and sanitation needs; and, 745.10 Safety Chair ☒ ☐ ☐ The policy requires constant monitoring. (5) exercising of extremities. 745.10 Safety Chair ☒ ☐ ☐ Placement is limited to two hours. (b) Policy shall also include, but not be limited to, the 745.10 Safety Chair following requirements: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) In no case shall restraints be used for punishment or as a substitute for treatment. (2) Restraint devices shall only be used on 745.10 Safety Chair incarcerated people who display behavior which ☒ ☐ ☐ results in the destruction of property or reveal an intent to cause physical harm to self or others. (3) Restraint devices should be used only when less 745.10 Safety Chair restrictive alternatives, including verbal de-escalation ☐ ☐ ☐ techniques, have been attempted and are deemed ineffective. (4) An incarcerated person shall be placed in restraints only with the approval of the facility manager, the facility watch commander, or ☒ ☐ ☐ responsible health care staff; continued retention shall be reviewed a minimum of every hour. (5) Continuous direct visual observation shall be Placement is limited to two hours. ☒ ☐ ☐ maintained until a medical opinion can be obtained. (6) A medical opinion on placement and retention shall be secured within one hour from the time of ☒ ☐ ☐ placement. (7) A medical assessment shall be completed within 745.10 Safety Chair. four hours of placement. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 14 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (8) Continuous direct visual observation shall be 745.10 Safety Chair. conducted at least twice every 30 minutes to ensure that the restraints are properly employed, and to No use of restraints was used during the ensure the safety and well-being of the incarcerated inspection cycle. person. Such observation shall be documented. ☒ ☐ ☐ While in restraint devices all incarcerated persons shall be housed alone or in a specified housing area which makes provisions to protect the person from abuse. (9) If the facility manager, or designee, in consultation with responsible health care staff determines that an incarcerated person cannot be safely removed from ☒ ☐ ☐ restraints after eight hours, the person shall be taken to a medical facility for further evaluation. (10) Where applicable, the facility manager shall use Two hours maximum. the restraint device manufacturer’s recommended ☒ ☐ ☐ maximum time limits for placement. (11) All events and information related to the All placements in the safety chair shall be placement in restraints shall be documented and videoed and recorded. shall be video recorded unless exigent circumstances prevent staff from doing so. The ☒ ☐ ☐ documentation shall include: the reason for placement; person authorizing placement; names of staff involved in the placement; injuries sustained; and the duration of placement. 1058.5 RESTRAINTS AND PREGNANT PERSONS 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated Person The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 745. Restraint Equipment responsible physician, shall develop written policies and ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures for the use of restraint devices on pregnant people. In accordance with Penal Code Section 3407, the policy shall include reference to the following: (1) An incarcerated person known to be pregnant or 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated in recovery after delivery or termination of the Person ☒ ☐ ☐ pregnancy shall not be restrained by the use of leg or waist restraints, or handcuffs behind the body. (2) An incarcerated pregnant person in labor, during 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated delivery, or in recovery after delivery or termination of Person the pregnancy, shall not be restrained by the wrists, ☒ ☐ ☐ ankles, or both, unless deemed necessary for the safety and security of the incarcerated person, the staff, or the public. (3) Restraints shall be removed when a professional 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated who is currently responsible for the medical care of Person an incarcerated pregnant person during a medical ☒ ☐ ☐ emergency, labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery or termination of the pregnancy determines that the removal of restraints is medically necessary. (4) Upon confirmation of an incarcerated person’s 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated pregnancy, they shall be advised, orally or in writing, Person ☒ ☐ ☐ of the standards and policies governing incarcerated pregnant people. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 15 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1059 DNA COLLECTION, USE OF FORCE 4/630 DNA Samples Collection Protocol at LAPD Jails (a) Pursuant to Penal Code Section 298.1, authorized law enforcement, custodial, or corrections personnel Force will not be used in the collection of including peace officers, may employ reasonable force to samples except as authorized by court order ☒ ☐ ☐ collect blood specimens, saliva samples, or thumb or and only with the approval of a supervisor. palm print impressions from individuals who are required to provide such samples, specimens or impressions pursuant to Penal Code Section 296 and who refuse following written or oral request. (1) For the purpose of this regulation, the “use of reasonable force” shall be defined as the force that an objective, trained and competent correctional ☐ ☐ ☒ employee, faced with similar facts and circumstances, would consider necessary and reasonable to gain compliance with this regulation. (2) The use of reasonable force shall be preceded by efforts to secure voluntary compliance. Efforts to secure voluntary compliance shall be documented ☐ ☐ ☒ and include an advisement of the legal obligation to provide the requisite specimen, sample or impression and the consequences of refusal. (b) The force shall not be used without the prior written authorization of the facility watch commander or designee on duty. The authorization shall include ☐ ☐ ☒ information that reflects the fact that the offender was asked to provide the requisite specimen, sample, or impression and refused. (c) If the use of reasonable force includes a cell extraction, the extraction shall be videotaped, including audio. Video shall be directed at the cell extraction event. The videotape shall be retained by the agency for the ☐ ☐ ☒ length of time required by statute. Notwithstanding the use of the video as evidence in a criminal proceeding, the tape shall be retained administratively. 1062 VISITING 502 Visitations The facility administrator shall develop and implement written policies and procedures, which include the following requirements: ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) A visiting program which shall provide for: (1) As many in-person visits and visitors as facility schedules, space, and number of personnel will allow. (2) A publicly posted schedule of facility visiting 4/659 hours. If practicable, visiting hours should be made ☒ ☐ ☐ available on weekends, evenings, or holidays. (3) For sentenced incarcerated persons in Type I 502 Visitations facilities there shall be allowed no fewer than two ☒ ☐ ☐ visits totaling at least one hour per incarcerated person each week. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 16 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) In Type I facilities, the facility administrator shall develop and implement written policies and procedures to allow visiting for non-sentenced detainees. The policies and procedures will include a ☒ ☐ ☐ schedule to assure that non-sentenced detainees will be afforded a visit no later than the calendar day following arrest. (b) Visits may not be cancelled unless a legitimate operational or safety and security concern exists. All cancelled visits must be documented. The facility ☒ ☐ ☐ manager or designee shall regularly review cancelled visits and document such review. (c) The visiting policies developed pursuant to this section shall include provision for visitation by minor children of ☒ ☐ ☐ the incarcerated person. (d) Video visitation may be used to supplement existing visitation programs, but shall not be used to fulfill the ☐ ☐ ☒ requirements of this section if in-person visitation is requested by an incarcerated person. (e) Facilities shall not charge for visitation when visitors are onsite and participating in either in-person or video visitation. For purposes of this subsection, “onsite” is ☐ ☐ ☒ defined as the location where the incarcerated person is housed. (f) Subdivision (d) shall not apply to facilities which (1) exclusively used video visitation prior to January 1, 2017 or (2) had been designed without in-person visitation ☐ ☐ ☒ space and conditionally awarded by the Board prior to June 27, 2017. (g) If a local detention facility offered video visitation only as of January 1, 2017, the first hour of remote video ☐ ☐ ☒ visitation per week shall be offered free of charge. Types and availability of visitation, including: Note: Reference PC § 6031.1(a)(4) (June 2017). Mode of visitation; Non-contact. Visitation hours; 10:00 AM – 3:00 PM. Time incarcerated person are allowed for visitation; and, 15 minutes per visit. Any restrictions on incarcerated person visitation. Visitation may be denied or terminated by a supervisor if the visitor poses a danger to the security of the facility or there is good cause, including, but not limited to, the following: is available to minor children of incarcerated person when accompanied by a parent or qualified adult guardian. 1063 CORRESPONDENCE 520. Correspondence The facility administrator shall develop written policies In practice, Incarcerated persons are not ☒ ☐ ☐ and procedures for correspondence which provide that: held long enough to receive mail. (a) there is no limitation on the volume of mail that an incarcerated person may send or receive; (b) an incarcerated person’s correspondence may be 520. Correspondence read when there is a valid security reason and the facility ☒ ☐ ☐ manager or designee approves; There will be no limit on the volume of mail an incarcerated person may send or receive. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 17 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) jail staff shall not review an incarcerated person’s 520. Correspondence correspondence to or from state and federal courts, any member of the State Bar or holder of public office, and the State Board of State and Community Corrections; ☒ ☐ ☐ however, jail authorities may open and inspect such mail only to search for contraband, cash, checks, or money orders and in the presence of the incarcerated person; (d) incarcerated persons may correspond, confidentially, 520. Correspondence ☐ ☐ ☐ with the facility manager or the facility administrator; and, (e) those incarcerated persons who are without funds shall be permitted at least four postage paid envelopes and eight sheets of paper each week to permit correspondence with family members and friends but ☒ ☐ ☐ without limitation on the number of postage paid envelopes and sheets of paper to their attorney and to the courts. 1065 EXERCISE AND OUT OF CELL TIME 528. Reading and Recreation (b) The facility administrator of a Type I facility shall make The incarcerated person’s reading and table games, television, or both, available to incarcerated recreational period will be staggered daily ☒ ☐ ☐ people. from 1000 hours to 2130 hours. 1066 BOOKS, NEWSPAPERS, PERIODICALS, AND 528. Reading and Recreation WRITINGS Reading and recreational periods will be (b) The facility administrator of a Type I facility shall staggered daily from 1000 hours to 2130 develop and implement a written plan to make available ☒ ☐ ☐ hours. a current newspaper or other like source, including a non- English language alternative, to ensure reasonable access to interested people. 1067 ACCESS TO TELEPHONE 519. Telephone Calls and Use by Incarcerated Person The facility administrator shall develop written policies and procedures which allow access to a telephone or A prisoner's refusal to cooperate in the communication device beyond those telephone calls booking process shall not affect his or her which are required by Section 851.5 of the Penal Code. right to complete calls. In any event, an adult Individuals who are known to have, or are perceived by arrestee's request to make phone calls shall others as having hearing or speech impairments shall be ☒ ☐ ☐ be granted within three hours following arrest, provided access to the appropriate telecommunication except where physically impossible. device which will facilitate communication. Such devices may include but are not limited to videophones, teletypewriters, or third-party communications assistance. An individual’s access to telephone communications shall not be withdrawn unless doing so is required to uphold the safety and security of the facility. 1068 ACCESS TO COURTS AND COUNSEL An attorney may interview a prisoner at any time during any stage of arrest or booking. The facility administrator shall develop written policies ☒ ☐ ☐ and procedures to ensure incarcerated persons have access to the court and to legal counsel. Such access shall consist of: (a) unlimited mail as provided in Section 1063 of these 520. Correspondence ☐ ☐ ☐ regulations, and, (b) confidential consultation with attorneys. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 18 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1069 ORIENTATION 1/610. Incarcerated Person Orientation (b) In Type I facilities, the facility administrator shall ☒ ☐ ☐ develop written policies and procedures for a program reasonably understandable to non-sentenced detainees to orient them at the time of placement in a living area. Such a program shall be published and include, but not be limited to, the following: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) rules and disciplinary procedures; (2) visiting rules; ☒ ☐ ☐ (3) availability of personal care items, opportunities ☒ ☐ ☐ for personal hygiene; (4) availability of reading and recreational materials; ☒ ☐ ☐ and, (5) medical/mental health procedures. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1071 VOTING 2/521. Voting The facility administrator of a Type I (holding sentenced The Watch Commander will ensure that the incarcerated workers) II, III or IV facility shall develop ☒ ☐ ☐ County Registrar of Voters is notified of the written policies and procedures whereby the county incarcerated person's request. registrar of voters allows qualified voters to vote in local, state, and federal elections, pursuant to election codes. 1072 RELIGIOUS OBSERVANCES 2/522. Religious Observances The facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility Incarcerated persons can practice their shall develop written policies and procedures to provide ☒ ☐ ☐ religion. opportunities for incarcerated persons to participate in religious services, practices and counseling on a voluntary basis. 1073 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 630. Incarcerated Person Complaint Note: Applicable to Type I facilities holding sentenced Sentenced incarcerated persons are not workers. housed at these facilities. (a) Each administrator of a Type II, III, or IV facility and Type I facilities which hold incarcerated workers shall develop written policies and procedures whereby all ☐ ☐ ☒ incarcerated persons have the opportunity and ability to submit and appeal grievances relating to any conditions of confinement, included but not limited to: medical care; classification actions; disciplinary actions; program participation; telephone, mail, and visiting procedures; and food, clothing, and bedding. Such policies and procedures shall include: (1) a grievance form; ☐ ☐ ☒ (2) instructions for registering and appealing a ☐ ☐ ☒ grievance, including relevant deadlines; (3) a process for submission and handling of ☐ ☐ ☒ anonymous grievances; (4) resolution of the grievance at the lowest ☐ ☐ ☒ appropriate staff level; (5) appeal to the next level of review; ☐ ☐ ☒ (6) written reasons for denial of grievance at each ☐ ☐ ☒ level of review which acts on the grievance; 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 19 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (7) provision for a non-automated initial response within a reasonable time limit which shall not exceed ☐ ☐ ☒ a period of 15 calendar days; (8) provision for resolving questions of jurisdiction ☐ ☐ ☒ within the facility; (9) provision for providing a copy of the grievance, appeal, response, and related documents to the ☐ ☐ ☒ incarcerated person; and, (10) The facility manager or designee shall conduct regular review of grievances, responses, and ☐ ☐ ☒ appeals. (b) Grievance System Abuse: The facility may establish written policy and procedure to ☐ ☐ ☒ control the submission of an excessive number of grievances. 1080 RULES AND DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action Wherever discipline is administered, each facility administrator shall establish written rules and disciplinary actions to guide the conduct of incarcerated persons. ☐ ☐ ☒ Notes: If discipline IS NOT administered, written policy should indicate as such. If discipline IS administered, Sections 1080, 1081, 1082, 1083 and 1084 apply. Such rules and disciplinary actions shall be stated simply and affirmatively and posted conspicuously in housing ☐ ☐ ☒ units and the booking area or issued to each person upon booking. For those individuals with limited literacy, who are unable to read English, and for persons with disabilities, provision shall be made for the jail staff to instruct them ☐ ☐ ☒ verbally or provide them with material in an understandable form regarding jail rules and disciplinary procedures and actions. 1081 PLAN FOR DISCIPLINE OF INCARCERATED 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary PERSONS Action Each facility administrator shall develop written policies and procedures for discipline of incarcerated persons. The plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following elements: ☐ ☐ ☒ (a) Temporary Loss of Privileges: For minor acts of non- conformance or minor violations of facility rules, staff may impose a temporary loss of privileges, such as access to television, telephones, commissary, or lockdown for less than 24 hours, provided there is written documentation and supervisory approval. (b) Disciplinary Actions: Major violations of facility rules or repetitive minor acts of non-conformance or repetitive minor violations of facility rules shall be reported in writing ☐ ☐ ☒ by the staff member observing the act and submitted to the disciplinary officer. The consequences of such violations may include, but are not limited to: 1. Loss of good time/work time. ☐ ☐ ☒ 2. Placement in disciplinary separation. ☐ ☐ ☒ 3. Loss of privileges mandated by regulations. ☐ ☐ ☒ 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 20 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS A staff member with investigative and disciplinary authority shall be designated as a disciplinary officer to ☐ ☐ ☒ impose such consequences. Staff shall not participate in disciplinary review if they are ☐ ☐ ☒ involved in the charges. Such charges pending against an incarcerated person shall be acted on with the following provisions and within specified timeframes: ☐ ☐ ☒ 1. A copy of the report, or a separate written notice of the violation(s), shall be provided to the incarcerated person. 2. Unless declined by the incarcerated person, a hearing shall be provided no sooner than 24 hours after the report has been submitted to the disciplinary officer and the incarcerated person has been ☐ ☐ ☒ informed of the charges in writing. The hearing may be postponed or continued for a reasonable time through a written waiver by the incarcerated person, or for good cause. 3. The incarcerated person shall be permitted to appear on their own behalf at the time of hearing and present witnesses and documentary evidence. The ☐ ☐ ☒ incarcerated person shall have access to staff or assistance when they have limited literacy, or the issues are complex. 4. A charge(s) shall be acted on no later than 72 hours after an incarcerated person has been ☐ ☐ ☒ informed of the charge(s) in writing. 5. Subsequent to final disposition of disciplinary charges by the disciplinary officer, the charges and ☐ ☐ ☒ the action taken shall be reviewed by the facility manager or designee. 6. The incarcerated person shall be advised in a written statement by the fact-finders about the evidence relied on and the reasons for the ☐ ☐ ☒ disciplinary action. A copy of the record shall be kept pursuant to Penal Code Section 4019.5. 7. There shall be a policy of review and appeal to a ☐ ☐ ☒ supervisor on all disciplinary action. 1082 FORMS OF DISCIPLINE 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action The degree of actions taken by the disciplinary officer shall be directly related to the severity of the rule infraction and promotion of desired behavior through a progressive disciplinary process. Acceptable forms of discipline shall consist of, but not be limited to, the following: (a) Loss of privileges. ☐ ☐ ☒ (b) Extra work detail. (c) Short term lockdown for less than 24 hours. (d) Removal from work details. (e) Forfeiture of “good time” credits earned under Penal Code Section 4019. (f) Forfeiture of “work time” credits earned under Penal Code Section 4019. (g) Disciplinary separation. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 21 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1083 LIMITATIONS ON DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action The Penal Code and the State Constitution expressly prohibit all cruel and unusual punishment. Disciplinary actions shall not include corporal punishment, group punishment when feasible, or physical or psychological degradation. ☐ ☐ ☒ Additionally, there shall be the following limitations: (a) Disciplinary separation shall be considered an option of last resort and as a response to the most serious and threatening behavior, for the shortest time possible, and with the least restrictive conditions possible. (1) If a person is on disciplinary separation status for 30 consecutive days there shall be a review by the facility manager before the disciplinary separation status is continued. This review shall include a ☐ ☐ ☒ consultation with health care staff. Such reviews shall continue at least every fifteen days thereafter until the disciplinary status has ended. This review shall be documented. (2) The disciplinary separation cells or cell shall have the minimum furnishings and space specified in Title 24, Part 2, 1231.2.6 and 2.7. Occupants shall be issued clothing and bedding as specified in Articles 13 and 14 of these regulations and shall not be deprived of them through any portion of the day ☐ ☐ ☒ except that those incarcerated persons who engage in the destruction of bedding or clothing may be deprived of such articles. The decision to deprive a person of such articles of clothing and bedding shall be reviewed by the facility manager or designee during each 24-hour period. (3) If after placement in separation, mental health or medical staff determine that an individual has serious mental illness or an intellectual disability, they shall ☐ ☐ ☒ be removed from disciplinary separation immediately upon this determination. (b) The delegation of authority to any incarcerated person or group of incarcerated people to exercise the right of punishment over any other incarcerated person or group ☐ ☐ ☒ of incarcerated people. Note: PC § 4019.5. (c) In no case shall a safety cell, as specified in Title 24, Part 2, 1231.2.5, or any restraint device be used for ☐ ☐ ☒ disciplinary purposes. (d) No incarcerated person may be deprived of the implements necessary to maintain an acceptable level of ☐ ☐ ☒ personal hygiene as specified in Section 1265 of these regulations. (e) Food shall not be withheld as a disciplinary measure. ☐ ☐ ☒ (f) Correspondence privileges shall not be withheld except in cases where the incarcerated person has violated correspondence regulations, in which case ☐ ☐ ☒ correspondence may be suspended for no longer than 72 hours, without the review and approval of the facility manager. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 22 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (g) In no case shall access to courts and legal counsel be ☐ ☐ ☒ suspended as a disciplinary measure. 1084 DISCIPLINARY RECORDS 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action Penal Code Section 4019.5 requires that a record is kept ☐ ☐ ☒ of all disciplinary actions administered therefore. This requirement may be satisfied by retaining copies of rule violation reports and report of the disposition of each. 1206.5 MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNICABLE JOM 1/310 – Classification DISEASES IN A CUSTODY SETTING JOM 1/350.10 – Mandated Incarcerated person (a) The responsible physician, in conjunction with the JOM 2/670 – Contagious Diseases facility administrator and the county health officer, shall MSD 7.0 – Infection Control – Arrestees develop a written plan to address the identification, MSD 13.0 – HIV/AIDS treatment, control and follow-up management of MSD 20.0 – Treatment of Scabies tuberculosis and other communicable diseases. The plan ☒ ☐ ☐ MSD 22.0 – Tuberculosis (TB) shall cover the intake screening procedures, identification of relevant symptoms, referral for a medical evaluation, Incarcerated persons will not be held or treatment responsibilities during incarceration and housed in the facility. coordination with public health officials for follow-up treatment in the community. The plan shall reflect the current local incidence of communicable diseases which threaten the health of incarcerated people and staff. (b) Consistent with the above plan, the health authority JOM 2/670 – Contagious Diseases shall, in cooperation with the facility administrator and the county health officer, set forth in writing, policies and procedures in conformance with applicable state and ☒ ☐ ☐ federal law, which include, but are not limited to: (1) The types of communicable diseases to be reported; (2) The persons who shall receive the medical ☒ ☐ ☐ reports; (3) Sharing of medical information with incarcerated Confidential Morbidity Report (CMR) cards persons and custody staff. are completed by medical personnel and ☒ ☐ ☐ then sent to the Department of Public Health and Acute Communicable Disease Control. (4) Medical procedures required to identify the presence of disease(s) and lessen the risk of ☒ ☐ ☐ exposure to others; (5) Medical confidentiality requirements; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) Housing considerations based up on behavior MSD 3.3 – Arrestee Privacy during Medical medical needs and safety of the affected ☒ ☐ ☐ Evaluation incarcerated persons; (7) Provisions for consent by an incarcerated person JOM 1/310 – Classification that address the limits of confidentiality; and, JOM 1/310.50 – Incarcerated Person Classification – Defined ☒ ☐ ☐ JOM 1/350.10 – Incarcerated Person Segregation JOM 1/350.20 – Administrative Segregation (8) Reporting and appropriate action upon the LAPD Department Manual Volume 4, 712 – possible exposure of custody staff to a ☐ ☐ ☒ Employee Exposure to Health Hazards – communicable disease. Reporting Procedures 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 23 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1211 SICK CALL JOM 2/620 – Daily Sick Call JOM 2/620.20 – Daily Sick Call at Area Jails The facility administrator, in cooperation with the health MSD 8.0 – Dispensary Sick Call authority, shall develop written policies and procedures, ☒ ☐ ☐ which provide daily sick call for all incarcerated persons or provision made that any incarcerated person requesting medical/mental health attention be given such attention. 1260 STANDARD INSTITUTIONAL CLOTHING The standard issue of climatically suitable clothing to incarcerated people held after arraignment in all but Court ☒ ☐ ☐ Holding, Temporary Holding, and Type IV facilities shall include, but not be limited to: (a) Clean socks and footwear; (b) Clean outergarments; and, Arrestees generally retain their garments. ☒ ☐ ☐ Outer garments are available to provide as needed. (c) Clean undergarments; Undergarments are available to provide as ☒ ☐ ☐ needed. (1) For males – shorts and undershirt, and ☒ ☐ ☐ (2) For females – bra and two pairs of panties. ☒ ☐ ☐ The person’s personal undergarments and footwear may be substituted for the institutional undergarments and footwear specified in this regulation. This option ☒ ☐ ☐ notwithstanding, the facility has the primary responsibility to provide the personal undergarments and footwear. All issued and exchanged clothing shall be clean and free of holes or tears, reasonably fitted, durable, easily laundered and repaired. Undergarments shall be clean, free of holes or tears, and substantially free of stains. ☒ ☐ ☐ Individuals shall be able to select the garment type more compatible with their gender identity and gender expression. 1264 CONTROL OF VERMIN IN PERSONAL LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.70 (Treatment of CLOTHING Vermin Infested Incarcerated person), pages 77-78. There shall be written policies and procedures developed by the facility administrator to control contamination Incarcerated persons who are infested with and/or spread of vermin in all incarcerated people’s ☒ ☐ ☐ vermin (lice) are treated with lice shampoo at personal clothing. Infested clothing shall be cleaned, this facility. After shower and treatment, they disinfected, or stored in a closed container so as to can be housed at the facility. eradicate or stop the spread of vermin. LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.80 (Disposition of Contaminated Clothing and Linen), page 78. 1265 ISSUE OF PERSONAL CARE ITEMS LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.10 (Showering and Personal Hygiene), pages 76- 77. There shall be written policies and procedures developed ☒ ☐ ☐ by the facility administrator for the issue of personal LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.90 (Sanitary hygiene items. Napkins), page 78. Each menstruating person shall be provided with sanitary napkins, panty liners, and tampons as requested with no ☒ ☐ ☐ maximum allowance. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 24 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Each person to be held over 24 hours who is unable to supply themself with the following personal care items, because of either indigency or the absence of a canteen, ☒ ☐ ☐ shall be issued: (a) Toothbrush, (b) Dentifrice, ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) Soap, ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) Comb, and ☒ ☐ ☐ (e) Shaving implements. ☒ ☐ ☐ Personal care items shall be issued within the first 12 ☒ ☐ ☐ hours of housing assignment. Incarcerated persons shall not be required to share any ☒ ☐ ☐ personal care items listed in items “a” through “d.” Incarcerated people will not share disposable razors. ☒ ☐ ☐ Double edged safety razors, electric razors, and other shaving instruments capable of breaking the skin, when shared among incarcerated people, must be disinfected between individual uses by the method prescribed by the ☒ ☐ ☐ State Board of Barbering and Cosmetology in Sections 979 and 980, Division 9, Title 16, California Code of Regulations. 1266 SHOWERING LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.30 (Showering and Personal Hygiene), page 77. ☒ ☐ ☐ There shall be written policies and procedures developed by the facility administrator for showering/bathing. Incarcerated persons shall be permitted to shower/bathe upon assignment to a housing unit and at least every ☒ ☐ ☐ other day or more often if possible. Absent exigent circumstances, no person shall be prohibited from showering at least every other day following assignment to a housing unit. If showering is ☒ ☐ ☐ prohibited, it must be approved by the facility manager or designee, and the reason(s) for prohibition shall be documented. 1270 STANDARD BEDDING AND LINEN ISSUE LAPD JOM, Section 2/526.20 (Issuing Bedding and Linen), page 75. The standard issue of clean suitable bedding and linens, for each incarcerated person entering a living area who ☒ ☐ ☐ is expected to remain overnight, shall include, but not be limited to: (a) one serviceable mattress which meets the requirements of Section 1272 of these regulations; (b) one mattress cover or one sheet; One fitted mattress cover/sheet and one ☒ ☐ ☐ blanket are provided. (c) one towel; and, LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.10 (Showering ☒ ☐ ☐ and Personal Hygiene), pages 76- 77. Provided at the time of shower. (d) one blanket or more depending up on climatic ☒ ☐ ☐ conditions. Policy and procedure shall require that items (a), (b), and ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) above be provided prior to the first night in the facility. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 25 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Two blankets or sleep bag may be issued in place of one mattress cover or one sheet at the request of the ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person. 1280 FACILITY SANITATION, SAFETY, AND Cleaning service for the detention areas MAINTENANCE provided by GSD custodial services. The facility administrator shall develop written policies LAPD JOM, Section 2/510.20 (Disinfecting and procedures for the maintenance of an acceptable Handcuffs), page 33. level of cleanliness, repair and safety throughout the ☒ ☐ ☐ facility. Such a plan shall provide for a regular schedule Purell (spray) disinfectant is used to disinfect of housekeeping tasks and inspections to identify and the handcuffs. correct unsanitary or unsafe conditions or work practices which may be found. Quaternary ammonia sanitizer is used for the general disinfection/sanitation of the facility. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 26 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Are minors held in jail cells? Youths are not held in the facility. Penal Code Sections 6030 and 6031.4 require the biennial inspection of local detention facilities that hold minors in secure detention in the jail. Title 15, Article 9 establishes the minimum standards of how facilities hold ☐ ☒ ☐ minors in temporary custody in the jail. Facilities that do not hold minors in the jail cells are not subject to Title 15, Article 9 biennial inspections; however, if minors are held in the building, they may be subject to the requirements of WIC §207.1. 1047 SERIOUS ILLNESS OR INJURY OF A MINOR IN AN ADULT DETENTION FACILITY The facility administrator shall develop policy and ☐ ☐ ☒ procedures for notification of the court of jurisdiction and the parent, guardian, or person standing in loco parentis, in the event of a suicide attempt, serious illness, injury or death of a minor in custody. 1142 WRITTEN POLICIES AND PROCEDURES The facility administrator shall develop written policies ☐ ☐ ☒ and procedures concerning minors being held in temporary custody which shall address: (a) suicide risk and prevention; (b) use of restraints; ☐ ☐ ☒ (c) emergency medical assistance and services; and, ☐ ☐ ☒ (d) prohibiting use of discipline. ☐ ☐ ☒ 1143 CARE OF MINORS IN TEMPORARY CUSTODY ☐ ☐ ☒ (a) The following shall be made available to all minors held in temporary custody: (1) access to toilets and washing facilities; (2) one snack during term of temporary custody if the minor has not eaten within the past four (4) ☐ ☐ ☒ hours or is otherwise in need of appropriate nourishment; (3) access to drinking water; ☐ ☐ ☒ (4) access to language services; ☐ ☐ ☒ (5) access to disabilities services; ☐ ☐ ☒ (6) sanitary napkins, panty liners, and tampons as ☐ ☐ ☒ requested; (7) privacy during consultation with family, guardian, ☐ ☐ ☒ and/or lawyer; (8) blankets and clothing, as necessary, to assure ☐ ☐ ☒ the comfort of the minor; and, (9) personal clothing unless the clothing is inadequate, presents a health or safety problem, or ☐ ☐ ☒ is required to be utilized as evidence of an offense. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 27 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) Upon entry, the minor shall be informed in writing of what is available under this section, and it shall be ☐ ☐ ☒ posted in at least one conspicuous place to which minors have access. 1144 CONTACT BETWEEN MINORS AND INCARCERATED ADULTS ☐ ☐ ☒ The facility administrator shall establish policies and procedures to restrict contact, as defined in Section 1006, between minors and adults confined in the facility. In situations where brief or accidental contact may occur, such as booking or facility movement, facility staff (trained in the supervision of incarcerated people) shall ☐ ☐ ☒ maintain a constant, side- by-side presence with the minor or the adult to prevent sustained contact. 1145 DECISION ON SECURE CUSTODY A minor who is taken into temporary custody by a peace officer on the basis that they are is a person described by Section 602 of the Welfare and Institutions Code may be held in secure custody in a law enforcement facility that contains a lockup for adults if the minor is 14 years of age or older and if, in the reasonable belief of the peace officer, the minor presents a serious security risk of harm to self or others, as long as all other conditions of secure custody set forth in these standards are met. ☐ ☐ ☒ Any minor in temporary custody who is less than 14 years of age, or who does not in the reasonable belief of the peace officer present a serious security risk of harm to self or others, shall not be placed in secure custody, but may be kept in non-secure custody in the facility as long as all other conditions of non-secure custody set forth in these standards are met. Note: Minors in secure detention are 14 years of age or older. In making the determination whether the minor presents a serious security risk of harm to self or others, the ☐ ☐ ☒ officer may take into account the following factors: (a) age, maturity, and delinquent history of the minor; (b) severity of the offense(s) for which the minor was ☐ ☐ ☒ taken into custody; (c) minor's behavior, including the degree to which the ☐ ☐ ☒ minor appears to be cooperative or non-cooperative; (d) the availability of staff to provide adequate ☐ ☐ ☒ supervision or protection of the minor; and, (e) the age, type, and number of other individuals who ☐ ☐ ☒ are detained in the facility. 1146 CONDITIONS OF SECURE CUSTODY While in secure custody, minors may be locked in a room or other secure enclosure, secured to a cuffing rail, ☐ ☐ ☒ or otherwise reasonably restrained as necessary to prevent escape and protect the minor and others from harm. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 28 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1147 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN SECURE CUSTODY INSIDE A LOCKED ENCLOSURE (a) Minors shall receive adequate supervision which, at ☐ ☐ ☒ a minimum, includes: (1) constant auditory access to staff by the minor; and, (2) safety checks, as defined in Section 1006, of the minor by staff of the law enforcement facility, at least ☐ ☐ ☒ once every 30 minutes, which shall be documented. (b) Minors of different genders shall not be placed in the same locked room unless under constant direct visual ☐ ☐ ☒ observation by staff of the law enforcement facility. 1148 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN SECURE CUSTODY OUTSIDE OF A LOCKED ENCLOSURE ☐ ☐ ☒ Minors held in secure custody outside of a locked enclosure shall not be secured to a stationary object for more than 60 minutes unless no other locked enclosure is available. A staff person from the facility shall provide constant direct visual observation to assure the minor's safety ☐ ☐ ☒ while secured to a stationary object. Securing minors to a stationary object for longer than 60 minutes, and every 30 minutes thereafter, shall be ☐ ☐ ☒ approved by a supervisor. The decision for securing a minor to a stationary object for longer than 60 minutes, and every 30 minutes ☐ ☐ ☒ thereafter shall be based upon the best interests of the minor and shall be documented. 1149 CRITERIA FOR NON-SECURE CUSTODY Minors held in temporary custody, who do not meet the criteria for secure custody as specified in Section 207.1(b) of the Welfare and Institutions Code, may be ☐ ☐ ☒ held in non- secure custody to investigate the case, facilitate release of the minor to a parent or guardian, or arrange for transfer of the minor to an appropriate juvenile facility. While minors are held in temporary non- secure custody the provisions of Section 1143 apply. 1150 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN NON- SECURE CUSTODY Minors held in non-secure custody shall receive constant direct visual observation by staff of the law ☐ ☐ ☒ enforcement facility. Entry and release times shall be documented and made available for review. Monitoring a minor using audio, video, or other electronic devices shall never replace constant direct visual observation. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 29 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1151 MINORS UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF ANY INTOXICATING SUBSTANCE IN SECURE OR NON-SECURE CUSTODY Facility administrators shall develop policies and ☐ ☐ ☒ procedures providing that a medical clearance shall be obtained for minors who are under the influence of drugs, alcohol or any other intoxicating substance to the extent that they are unable to care for themselves, prior to secure or non-secure custody of that minor. Supervision of minors in secure custody in a locked room shall include safety checks at least once every 15 minutes until resolution of the intoxicated state or ☐ ☐ ☒ release. These safety checks shall be documented, with actual time of occurrence recorded. Supervision of minors in secure custody outside of a locked room shall be supervised in accordance with ☐ ☐ ☒ Section 1148. Supervision of minors in nonsecure custody shall be ☐ ☐ ☒ supervised in accordance with Section 1150. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PRO 23-24 Page 30 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 ADULT DETENTION FACILITY LIVING AREA SPACE EVALUATION Board of State and Community Corrections BSCC Code: 2380 FACILITY: LAPD Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) TYPE: I RC: 222 FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J. Bush DATE: 10/02/2024 ROOMS EACH ROOM Cell Applicable # EACH CELL Total DIMENSIONS FIXTURES* Location Type Standards Cell # Beds RC RC (L x W x H) T U W F S s On November 4, 2014 BSCC staff re-rated Double-Occupancy Cells and Dormitories using the less restricted Regulation Standard (2001). Rating based on available plumbing fixtures and Space. In addition to showers in each housing block, there are an additional seven shower heads located in the hallway for use (MJB 11/14). Booking Note: Padded (not used as sobering). Telephone room, not used for housing. Holding cells #34 and #202 added to LAS during 2006-2008 inspection cycle using later, less restrictive standard. Toilets limit capacity 20 & 22 Holding 1963 2 - (3) (6) 6.0’ x 6.0’ Medical Holding. Bench available. Dry Rooms 27 Holding 1963 1 - (5) (5) 6.0’ x 8.5’ 25a Safety 1963 1 - (1) (1) 5.1’ x 7.8’ x 9.0’ 26 Holding 1963 1 - (15) (15) 16.0’ x 18.0’ 1 1 1 202 Holding 1963 1 - (8) (8) 5’ x 12 34 Holding 1963 1 - (32) (32) 14 x 26 x 9 2 1 1 200 Block-Male Housing (Misdemeanor Housing) 2008-2010: J 209 A Bunks were removed from this cell and replaced with a single padded bed approx. 8” high. The cell now conforms to RC. Although padded, the cell may not be used as a sobering cell. Dormitory J213, J215 & J216 can be rated for 12 each if and when a washbasin is added. If not the max number of inmates will be 10 in each dorm using the less restricted Regulation Standard (1988). (MJB 11/14) There are four additional washbasins in the adjacent washroom. Top bunks in all double bunk cells were removed. (MJB 10/2024) J211 Sobering 1963 1 - (15) (15) 19.3’ x 24.0’ x 9.0’ 2 1 1 Note: 8 platforms with mattresses; floor is padded. Beds have been removed. J206 A & Single 1988 2 1 1 2 8.0’ x 11.5’ x 9.0’ 1 1 1 B *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail I LASE 23-24 - 1 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (03/01) ROOMS EACH ROOM Cell Applicable # EACH CELL Total DIMENSIONS FIXTURES* Location Type Standards Cell # Beds RC RC (L x W x H) T U W F S s J207 A & Single 1988 1 1 1 1 7.5’ x 8.0’ x 9.0’ 1 1 1 B J208 A-C Single 1988 3 1 1 3 7.3’ x 8.0’ x 9.0’ 1 1 1 J209 A Single 1963 1 1 1 1 8.0’ x 12.0’ x 9.0’ 1 1 1 J209 B Single 1988 1 1 1 2 8.0’ x 12.0’ x 9.0’ 1 1 1 J210 A & Single 1988 2 1 1 2 8.0’ x 11.5’ x 9.0’ 1 1 1 B J212, 214 Dorm 1988 3 10 20 60 22.0’ x 32.0’ x 9.0’ 2 2 2 & 217 J 213, 215 Dorm 1988 3 10 10 30 19.3’ x 24.0’ x 9.0’ 2 1 1 & J216 300 Block-Overflow Dormitories can be rated for 12 each if and when a washbasin is added to each dorm. If not the max number of inmates will be 10 in each dorm using the less restricted Regulation Standard (1988). (MJB 11/14) J302 will stay rated as single. Living area space 58.4 sq. ft. (MJB 11/14) J302 B & C Currently being used for search room and storage. (MJB 11/14) 300 block, which is typically used for overflow or female housing. Top bunks in all double bunk cells were removed. (MJB 10/2024) J302 A Single 1963 1 2 1 1 7.3’ x 8.0’ x 9.0’ 1 1 1 J302 B & Safety 1963 2 - (1) (2) 5.0’ x 8.0’ x 9.0’ 1 C J303, 305, Dorm 1988 4 10 10 40 17.8’ x 24.0’ x 9.0’ 2 1 1 307 & 309 J311 Dorm 1988 1 10 10 10 17.8’ x 24.0’ x 9.0’ 2 1 1 400 Block-Male Housing Note: Short term transition area. J402 Dormitory can be rated to 22 if and when a urinal and washbasin is added. If not the max number of inmates will be 20 using the less restricted Regulation Standard (1988). (MJB 11/14) J403 is currently being used for staff gym and has no bunks. However, if gym turned back into a sleeping dormitory the max number of inmates can be 22. If not the max number of will be 20. (MJB 11/14) Dormitory can be rated to 22 if and when a urinal and washbasin is added. If not the max number of inmates will be 20. Top bunks in all double bunk cells were removed. (MJB 10/2024) J401 Dorm 1988 1 20 20 20 24.5’ x 34.0’ x 9.0’ 2 2 2 *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail I LASE 23-24 - 2 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (03/01) ROOMS EACH ROOM Cell Applicable # EACH CELL Total DIMENSIONS FIXTURES* Location Type Standards Cell # Beds RC RC (L x W x H) T U W F S s J402 Dorm 1988 1 20 20 20 25.5’ x 34.0’ x 9.0’ 2 2 2 J403 Dorm 1963 1 - - - 25.5’ x 34.0’ x 9.0’ 2 2 2 Female Housing 109 A, B modified sleeping cells w/padded floor, toilet and sink, Converted to single occupancy cells (2017). 110 is Dry Holding Cell. 111 Sobering 1963 1 - (3) (3) 6.0’ x 9.0’ x90 1 1 1 109 A & B Single 1963 2 1 1 2 8’10”X 8’X 90 1 1 1 110 Holding 1963 1 (1) 9’3”X 5’X90” 109C Safety 1963 1 - (1) (1) 5.0’ x 7.5’ x 9.0’ 1 1 1 100 Block-Female Housing Dormitory’s J108 & J118 re-rated using the less restricted Regulation Standard (1988). (MJB 11/14) J103B re-rated using the less restricted Regulation Standard (1988). (MJB 11/14) J113 A-C & J114 A-C re-rated to have two bunks using the less restricted Regulation Standard (1988). (MJB 11/14) Top bunks in all double bunk cells were removed. (MJB 10/2024) J108 Dorm 1988 1 5 6 6 15.5’ x 18.0’ x 9.0’ 2 1 1 J103A Single 1988 1 1 1 1 8.0’ x 8.5’ x 9.0’ 1 1 1 J103B Single 1988 1 1 1 1 8.0’ x 8.5’ x 9.0’ 1 1 1 J113 A - C Single 1988 3 1 1 3 7’.0 x 11.0’x 9.0’ 1 1 1 J114 A - C Single 1988 3 1 1 1 7’.0 x 11.0’x 9.0’ 1 1 1 J118 Dorm 1988 1 16 16 16 24.5’ x 24.5’ x 9.0’ 2 2 2 J111 Sobering 1963 1 - (6) (6) 15.5’ x 18.0’ x 9.0’ 2 2 2 *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail I LASE 23-24 - 3 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (03/01) PHYSICAL PLANT EVALUATION BOARD OF STATE & COMMUNITY CORRECTIONS - COMPREHENSIVE INSPECTION ADULT TYPE I, II, III AND IV FACILITIES APPLICABLE REGULATIONS: PRE-73; 4/73 Title 24, California Code of Regulations (CCR) BSCC Code: 2380 FACILITY NAME: LAPD Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) FACILITY TYPE: I APPLICABLE REGULATIONS (Check All That Apply): PRE-73: X Post 4/73: OTHER: FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J. Bush DATE: 10/02/2024 ARTICLE/SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Holding Cells (2.2) X Contain 10 square feet of floor per inmate Capacity not to exceed ten (10) persons X 4-73: Capacity limitation deleted Sufficient fixed benches to accommodate cell capacity X Toilet accessible X Water fountain accessible X Wash basin accessible X 3.12 Weapons Locker (3.12) External to the security area and equipped with X individual compartments, locks and keys Sobering Cells (2.4) X Limited to no more than 15 inmates 4-73: Capacity limited to 16 inmates Contain 15 square feet of floor per inmate X Contain toilet X 4-73: 1:8 ratio Contain washbasin X 4-73: 1:8 ratio Contain drinking fountain X Adequate visual observation X Padding recommended 4-73: Padding required X Shower-Delousing Room (3.4) X Available in booking/reception Secure Vault or Storage Space (2.1) X Available for inmate valuables 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PHY 23-24 - 1 - A380 PHY Type P73&4-73.dot (9/98) ARTICLE/SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Telephone (2.1) X Available for inmate use per Penal Code § 851.5 Single Occupancy Cells (2.6) Double bunked cells were removed in 2021. X Maximum capacity of one inmate. A minimum width of 6 feet, length of 7.5 feet and height of 8 feet X 4-73: Minimum width of 6 feet, length 8 feet and height of 8 feet, OR clear floor area of 43 square feet Contain toilet and washbasin and drinking fountain X Contain a bunk capable of accommodating a standard Variance granted. 12/16/74 for all bunks and 30" X 76" mattress X mattresses in jail division. Multiple Occupancy Cells (8227) X A capacity of more than 2 persons 4-73: Capacity between 4-16 inmates A minimum of 500 cubic feet of air space per inmate 4-73: Minimum of 25 square feet floor space per X inmate Toilet and washbasin X 4-73: 1:8 ratio Drinking fountain X Contain a bunk capable of accommodating a standard Variance granted. 12/16/74 for all bunks and 30" X 76" mattress X mattresses in jail division. Safety Cells (2.5) Variance granted. 12/16/74. X Designed to house one person A minimum width of 6 feet, length of 7.5 feet and height of 8 feet X 4-73: Minimum 6 foot width; length and height of 8 feet Equipped with flush ring toilet (flush with floor) X Equipped with solid security door and view panel X Padded floor, door and walls X 4-73: Illumination provided by variable intensity light X fixture operable from outside the cell. Dormitory (2.8) X Capacity of 4-50 inmates 4-73: Capacity limitation deleted 500 cubic feet of air space per inmate X 4-73: 40 square feet per inmate A least 10 foot ceilings if double bunked Later, less restrictive standards increased this X height to 8’ ceilings. 4-73: Toilet and Washbasin ratio at 1:8 ratio X 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PHY 23-24 - 2 - A380 PHY Type P73&4-73.dot (9/98) ARTICLE/SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 4-73: Drinking fountain X Showers (3.4) X 4-73: Available at 1:16 ratio Lighting (3.6) X 4-73: Sufficient to permit easy reading 4-73: Night lighting is sufficient to allow good supervision X Comfortable Living Environment (102(c)6 4-73: A comfortable living environment is maintained X through an adequate heating and cooling system Dayrooms (2.9) Available for inmates in single cells, multiple cells and dormitories X 4-73: 25 square feet dayroom space per inmate in Type II and III facilities and inmate workers in Type I Exercise Area (2.10) Available in Type II and III facilities X 4-73: Minimum of 30 feet X 50 feet X 15 feet Program Space -Type II and III (2.11) Available in Type II and III facilities X 4-73: Sufficient area and furnishing s to meet needs Dining Facilities (2.17) 15 square feet per person served (in facilities for 100 persons or more) X 4-73: Toilets, washbasins and showers are not in the same room or not in view of inmates dining Visiting (2.18) X Visiting area 4-73: Contact visits are permitted in minimum security X facilities 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PHY 23-24 - 3 - A380 PHY Type P73&4-73.dot (9/98) ARTICLE/SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Attorney Interview Space (2.26) X Provide for confidential attorney consultation Janitor Closet (2.20) Located in security areas, lockable, containing a mop X sink Storage Space (2.21) X Adequate space available Audio or Video Monitoring System (2.22) Audio monitoring is not required in 1963 standards. Located in all inmate housing units and capable of X alerting staff in a central control Fire Alarm System [102(2)6] Recommended in Pre-73 facilities X 4-73: Automatic fire alarm system is required Emergency Power (2.24) Recommended in Pre-73 facilities X 4-73: Required; to provide minimal lighting, communication s and alarm systems 2380 Los Angeles Valley Jail Section (Van Nuys) I PHY 23-24 - 4 - A380 PHY Type P73&4-73.dot (9/98) TYPE I FACILITIES Board of State and Community Corrections PROCEDURES1 BSCC Code: 2460 FACILITY NAME: LAPD Hollywood Division FACILITY TYPE: I PERSON(S) INTERVIEWED: Detention Custody Officer Gwen Jackson FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J. Bush DATE: 10/02/2024 TITLE 15 SECTION P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1020 CORRECTIONS OFFICER CORE COURSE2 The BSCC Standards and Training for Corrections (STC) division found the agency in compliance with applicable (a) In addition to the provisions of California Penal Code Section regulations during the 2023-2024 compliance monitoring 831.5, all custodial personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall cycle. successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Core Course” as described in Section 179 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the Prior to appointment all Managements and Supervisors date of assignment. have completed the Corrections Officer Core Course. (b) Custodial Personnel who have successfully completed the course of instruction required by Penal Code Section 832.3 shall also Officers interviewed cited a variety of classes provided successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Basic Academy during the past two years. Supplemental Core Course” as described in Section 180 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the date of assignment. 1021 JAIL SUPERVISORY TRAINING Prior to assuming supervisory duties, jail supervisors shall complete the core training requirements pursuant to Section 1020, Corrections Officer Core Course. In addition, supervisory personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall also be required to complete either the STC Supervisory Course (as described in Section 181, Title 15, CCR) or the POST supervisory course within one year from date of assignment. 1023 JAIL MANAGEMENT TRAINING Managerial personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall be required to complete either the STC management course (as described in Section 182, Title 15, CCR) or the POST management course within one year from date of assignment. 1025 CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL TRAINING With the exception of any year that a core training module is successfully completed, all facility/system administrators, managers, supervisors, and custody personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall successfully complete the “annual required training” specified in Section 184 of Title 15, CCR. 1 This document is intended for use as a tool during the inspection process; this worksheet may not contain each Title 15 regulation that is required. Additionally, many regulations on this worksheet are SUMMARIES of the regulation; the text on this worksheet may not contain the entire text of the actual regulation. Please refer to the complete California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Minimum Standards for Local Facilities, Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 4 for the complete list and text of regulations. 2 For STC participating agencies, consistency with training sections 1020, 1021, 1023 & 1025 is annually assessed by the STC Division. Unless otherwise indicated, the regulatory intent is for training to occur within one year from the date of assignment. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 1 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1027 NUMBER OF PERSONNEL 025. Emergency Staffing A sufficient number of personnel shall be employed in Compliance with this section is predicated each local detention facility to ensure the implementation upon the ability of staff to conduct and ☒ and operation of the programs and activities required by ☐ ☐ document at least hourly safety checks and these regulations. ensure the completion of all programs and activities required by the regulations. Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be at 025. Emergency Staffing least one employee on duty at all times in a local detention facility or in the building which houses a local BSCC reviewed staffing assignments, the ☒ detention facility who shall be immediately available and ☐ ☐ duty roster, and the Correctional Sergeant’s accessible to incarcerated people in the event of an Log to verify staffing patterns. All emergency. information appeared appropriate. Such an employee shall not have any other duties which 025. Emergency Staffing would conflict with the supervision and care of ☒ incarcerated people in the event of an emergency. ☐ ☐ All shifts have non-posted staff available to respond to an emergency. Whenever one or more females are in custody, there 110. Searches – Unavailability of female shall be at least one female employee who shall be sworn to search female arrestee immediately available and accessible to such females. ☒ ☐ ☐ Note: Reference PC § 4021. There is always a trained female staff available. In order to determine if there is a sufficient number of 001. Change of watch procedures personnel for a specific facility, the facility administrator 030 Releasing an incarcerated person shall prepare and retain a staffing plan indicating the personnel assigned in the facility and their duties. Such a ☒ 410.00 Officer duties and responsibilities staffing plan shall be reviewed by the Board staff at the ☐ ☐ time of their biennial inspection. The results of such a review and recommendations shall be reported to the local jurisdiction having fiscal responsibility for the facility. 1027.5 SAFETY CHECKS All LAPD Detention supervisory staff have attended applicable POST and STC courses. The facility administrator shall develop and implement policy and procedures for conducting safety checks that include, but are not limited to, the following: ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) Safety checks will determine the safety and well-being of individuals and shall be conducted at least hourly through direct visual observation of all people held and housed in the facility. (b) There shall be no more than a 60-minute lapse Verified in policies and discussions with ☒ between safety checks. ☐ ☐ detention officers. (c) Safety checks for people in sobering cells, safety cells, 250. Safety Checks and restraints shall occur more frequently as outlined in 265. Sobering Cell ☒ section 1055, section 1056, and section 1058 of these ☐ ☐ 265.30 Sobering Cell Use regulations. Restraints are not used in the facility. (d) Safety checks shall occur at random or varied Safety checks occur at random or varied ☒ intervals. ☐ ☐ intervals. (e) There shall be a written plan that includes the The actual time at which each safety check documentation of all safety checks. Documentation shall occurred; include: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) the actual time at which each individual safety check occurred; 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 2 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) the location where each individual safety check Each observation log is documented and occurred, such as a cell, module, or dormitory ☒ lists location where each safety check ☐ ☐ number; and, occurred (3) Initials or employee identification number of staff Initials and staff identification numbers are ☒ who completed the safety check(s). ☐ ☐ listed on each observation log. (f) A documented process by which safety checks are Supervisors will review and initial randoms reviewed at regular defined intervals by a supervisor or security logs to ensure logs are completed facility manager, including methods of mitigating patterns ☒ and consistent with regulations. ☐ ☐ of inconsistent documentation, or untimely completion of, safety checks. 1028 FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY STAFF This training is included in the core and supplemental core courses. Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be at ☒ least one person on duty at all times who meets the ☐ ☐ training standards established by the Board for general fire and life safety. [Penal Code section 6030(c)]. The facility manager shall ensure that there is at least one All staff have gone through the fire and life person on duty who trained in fire and life safety ☒ safety training during their correctional core ☐ ☐ procedures that relate specifically to the facility. training. 1029 POLICY AND PROCEDURES MANUAL3 Unless otherwise indicated, all policy sections noted are contained within the Jail Division Facility administrator(s) shall develop and publish a Operations Manual (JOM). manual of policy and procedures for the facility. The policy and procedures manual shall address all Each jail has facility-specific Standing Plans applicable Title 15 and Title 24 regulations and shall be (SP). comprehensively reviewed and updated at least every ☒ Updated 2022. two years. Such a manual shall be made available to all ☐ ☐ employees. Notes: The policies and procedures required in subsections (a)(6) and (a)(7) may be placed in a separate manual to ensure confidentiality. Subsections (c) and (d) do not apply and have been deleted. (a) The manual for Temporary Holding, Type I, II, and III 010. Custody Services Division (CSD) facilities shall provide for, but not be limited to, the Organization following: ☒ 010.40 Regional Jail Sections and ☐ ☐ (1) Table of organization, including channels of Operations communications. (2) Inspections and operations reviews by the facility 200. Inspections ☒ administrator/manager. ☐ ☐ (3) Policy on the use of force that meets current state 3/792 Adjudication of Categorical Use of and federal legal requirements and includes Force Incidents ☒ prohibition of the use of carotid restraint and choke ☐ ☐ holds. (4) Policy on the use of restraint equipment, including 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated the restraint of pregnant persons as referenced in Person Penal Code Section 3407. 745. Restraint Equipment ☒ ☐ ☐ Department Manual 4/217.40 Use of the Hobble Restraint Device (5) Procedure and criteria for screening newly 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and ☒ received persons for release. ☐ ☐ Responsibilities. 3 Procedures related to security and emergency response may be in a separate manual to ensure confidentiality by limiting general access. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 3 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (6) Security and control including physical counts and 001. Change of Watch Procedures searches of the facility and incarcerated persons, contraband control, and key control. 100. Searches/Body Scanner System Each facility administrator shall, at least annually, review, evaluate, and make a record of security 111. Use of the Body Scanner measures. The review and evaluation shall include internal and external security measures of the facility 310. Custody Transport Unit (CTU) including security measures specific to prevention of sexual abuse and sexual harassment. 245.10 Random Cell Inspections (RCI) in Jail Facilities Department Manual ☒ ☐ ☐ 4/620 Searching - Arrestees at Booking Office 245.10 Random Cell Inspections (RC) Jail Facilities 520. Correspondence 3/536 Department Building and Room Keys Department Order (7) Emergency procedures include: Standing Plan. (A) fire suppression preplan as required by ☒ ☐ ☐ section 1032 of these regulations; (B) escape, disturbances, and the taking of Standing Plan. ☒ hostages; ☐ ☐ (C) mass arrests; ☒ ☐ ☐ (D) natural disasters; ☒ Standing Plan. ☐ ☐ (E) periodic testing of emergency equipment; ☒ and, ☐ ☐ (F) storage, issue, and use of weapons, Standing Plan. ammunition, chemical agents, and related ☒ ☐ ☐ security devices. (8) Suicide Prevention. ☒ 690. Suicide Prevention ☐ ☐ (9) Separation of incarcerated persons. ☒ 350. Incarcerated Person Segregation ☐ ☐ (10) Zero tolerance in the prevention of sexual abuse Department Manual ☒ and sexual harassment. ☐ ☐ 1/280 Sexual Harassment (11) Policy and procedure to detect, prevent, and 390. Monitoring of Incarcerated Persons respond to retaliation against any staff or person after ☒ Who Reported Sexual Abuse or Sexual ☐ ☐ reporting any abuse. Harassment (12) Release policy, including release planning for 630. Incarcerated Person Complaint incarcerated persons. 390. Monitoring of Incarcerated Persons ☒ ☐ ☐ Who Reported Sexual Abuse or Sexual Harassment (e) The manual for Temporary Holding, Court Holding, 630. Incarcerated Person Complaint Type I, II, III, and IV facilities shall provide for, but not be limited to, the following: (1) multiple internal ways for incarcerated people to privately report sexual abuse and sexual ☒ harassment, retaliation by other incarcerated ☐ ☐ persons or staff for reporting sexual abuse and sexual harassment, and staff neglect or violation of responsibilities that may have contributed to such incidents, 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 4 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) a method for uninvolved incarcerated persons, 630. Incarcerated Person Complaint family, community members, and other interested third parties to report sexual abuse or sexual ☒ ☐ ☐ harassment. The method for reporting shall be publicly posted at the facility. 1030 SUICIDE PREVENTION PROGRAM 690. Suicide Prevention 360. Mentally Disordered Incarcerated The facility shall have a comprehensive written suicide person prevention program developed by the facility administrator or designee, in conjunction with the health ☒ 360.20 Evaluation of Mentally Disordered ☐ ☐ authority and mental health director, to identify, monitor, Incarcerated Persons and provide treatment to those incarcerated persons who present a suicide risk. These types of prisoners will not be held in The program shall include the following: the facility. (a) Annual suicide prevention training for all custodial 310.50 Incarcerated Person Classification – personnel. Defined Upon an incarcerated person entering the ☒ facility, he/she should be assessed by ☐ ☐ custody staff for the ability to answer medical and mental health screening questions. (b) Intake screening for suicide risk immediately upon 310.50 Incarcerated Person Classification – intake and prior to housing assignment. ☐ ☒ Defined ☐ (c) Suicide prevention screening during special 310.50 Incarcerated Person Classification – situations, including placement in restrictive housing, Defined ☒ following a hearing, and after a transfer or change in ☐ ☐ 50.20 Administrative Segregation classification. (d) Provisions facilitating communication among 690. Suicide Prevention arresting/transporting officers, facility staff, court staff, ☒ medical and mental health personnel in relation to suicide ☐ ☐ risk. (e) Housing recommendations for people at risk of suicide 690. Suicide Prevention that balance safety and environment. The least restrictive ☒ ☐ ☐ environment should be considered. (f) Supervision depending on level of suicide risk. 530.10 Morning Report 690.20 Custody Services Division Attempted Suicide Report ☐ ☒ ☐ 020. Jail Incident and Administrative Records (g) Suicide attempt and suicide intervention policies and 690.20 Custody Services Division Attempted ☒ procedures. ☐ ☐ Suicide Report (h) Provisions for reporting suicides and suicides Fire Suppression Pre-Plans are outlined in ☒ attempts. ☐ ☐ the facility’s Standing Plan. (i) Multi-disciplinary administrative review of suicides and Standing Plan. attempted suicides as defined by the facility administrator, including the development of a corrective ☐ ☒ ☐ action plan to address deficiencies identified in the administrative review. (j) Provisions for follow up care as needed. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 5 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (k) Plan for mental health consultation following return ☒ from court as determined by the mental health director. ☐ ☐ 1032 FIRE SUPPRESSION PREPLANNING Fire Suppression Pre-Plans are outlined in the facility’s Standing Plan. Pursuant to Penal Code Section 6031.1(b), the facility administrator shall consult with the local fire department ☒ ☐ ☐ having jurisdiction over the facility, with the State Fire Marshal, or both, in developing a plan for fire suppression which shall include, but not be limited to: (a) a fire suppression pre-plan developed with the local Standing Plan. fire department to be included as part of the policy and ☒ ☐ procedures manual (Title 15, California Code of ☐ Regulations Section 1029); (b) monthly fire prevention inspections by facility staff with 245. Fire/Life Safety Inspection two-year retention of the inspection record; Monthly testing of the generator and emergency lights is completed by the city’s Facilities division and noted on the Monthly ☒ ☐ ☐ Fire & Life Safety Inspection completed and maintained by the Jail Administrator. BSCC staff reviewed two years of staff- conducted inspections. (c) fire prevention inspections as required by Health and Fire Inspection conducted on 10/01/2024. Safety Code Section 13146.1(a) and (b) which requires ☒ ☐ ☐ inspections at least once every two years; (d) an evacuation plan; and, ☒ ☐ Standing Plan. ☐ (e) a plan for the emergency housing of incarcerated Standing Plan. ☒ ☐ people in the case of fire. ☐ 1040 POPULATION ACCOUNTING 001. Change of Watch Procedures Each facility administrator shall maintain a demographics Area jail personnel count the number of ☒ accounting system which reflects the monthly average ☐ ☐ arrestees at the beginning of each shift. daily population of sentenced and non-sentenced people A midnight count is conducted at each by gender and juvenile status. facility. Facility administrators shall provide the Board with applicable demographic information as described in the ☒ ☐ ☐ Jail Profile Survey. 1041 RECORDS 021. Incarcerated person Records (a) Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility BSCC reviewed a sample of incarcerated shall develop written policies and procedures for the person records and noted that all expected maintenance of individual records for each incarcerated documents were consistently present. person which shall include, but not be limited to, intake ☒ ☐ ☐ information, personal property receipts, commitment papers, court orders, reports of disciplinary actions taken, medical orders issued by the responsible physician and staff response, and non-medical information regarding disabilities and other limitations. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 6 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) Each facility administrator shall collect accurate, 020. Jail Incident and Administrative Records uniform data for every allegation of sexual abuse at facilities under its direct control and from other facilities Any incident reported under these guidelines with which it contracts for the confinement of its shall contain information necessary to fulfill incarcerated people. The data collected shall include, at ☒ ☐ ☐ the reporting requirements of 34 U.S.C. a minimum, the data necessary to satisfy the reporting section 30303(a)(1). requirements of 34 U.S.C. section 30303(a)(1). Note: federal survey on sexual violence. 1044 INCIDENT REPORTS An incident report is required of all incidents which result in physical harm, or serious Each facility administrator shall develop written policies threat of physical harm, to an employee or and procedures for the maintenance of written records incarcerated person of a detention facility or ☒ and reporting of all incidents which result in physical ☐ ☐ other person. harm, or serious threat of physical harm, to an employee or incarcerated person of a detention facility or other person. Such records shall include the names of the persons The on-duty Jail Supervisor shall ensure that involved, a description of the incident, the actions taken, an investigation is initiated by the jailer who and the date and time of the occurrence. will prepare a written report, which shall ☒ include the date and time of the occurrence, ☐ ☐ the names of the persons involved including witnesses, a description of the incident, and action taken. Such a written record shall be prepared by the staff Detention Officers are required to submit assigned to investigate the incident and submitted to the reports by the end of their shift. ☒ facility manager or designee. ☐ ☐ Incident reports from each facility were reviewed. 1045 PUBLIC INFORMATION PLAN 1/118 Public Information Plan Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility A public information binder with appropriate shall develop written policies and procedures for the ☒ content was reviewed at each facility. dissemination of information to the public, to other ☐ ☐ government agencies, and to the news media. The public and incarcerated persons shall have available for review the following material: (a) The Board of State and Community Corrections Verified. Minimum Standards for Local Detention Facilities as ☒ ☐ ☐ found in Title 15 of the California Code of Regulations. (b) Facility rules and procedures affecting incarcerated Rules and regulations are located on the people as specified in sections: reverse of the Prisoner Receipt. An (1) 1045, Public Information Plan interpreter or “language bank” is used in the event the incarcerated person does not ☒ ☐ ☐ speak English. If the incarnated person cannot read, the detention officer is required to read the rules and regulations to the arrestee. (2) 1061, Education Plan ☐ ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ (3) 1062, Visiting ☒ 502 ☐ ☐ (4) 1063, Correspondence ☒ 520 ☐ ☐ (5) 1064, Library Service ☐ ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ (6) 1065, Exercise and Out of Cell Time ☒ 528 ☐ ☐ (7) 1066, Books, Newspapers, Periodicals and 528 ☒ Writings ☐ ☐ 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 7 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (8) 1067, Access to Telephone ☒ 519 ☐ ☐ (9) 1068, Access to Courts and Counsel ☒ 520 ☐ ☐ (10) 1069, Orientation ☒ 1/610 ☐ ☐ (11) 1070, Individual/Family Service Programs ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ ☐ (12) 1071, Voting ☒ 2/521 ☐ ☐ (13) 1072, Religious Observance ☒ 2/522 ☐ ☐ (14) 1073, Grievance Procedure ☒ 630 - No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ ☐ (15) 1080, Rules and Disciplinary Actions ☒ 620 - No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ ☐ (16) 1081, Plan for Discipline of Incarcerated No sentenced incarcerated person. ☒ Persons ☐ ☐ (17) 1082, Forms of Discipline ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ ☐ (18) 1083, Limitations on Discipline ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ ☐ (19) 1200, Responsibility for Health Care Services ☒ ☐ ☐ 1046 DEATH IN CUSTODY 540. Death in Custody Review (a) The facility administrator shall develop written policy The in-custody death review should be and procedures to comply with the in-custody death initiated as soon as practicable but no later reporting requirements of Government Code section ☒ than 30 days after the incident. The team ☐ ☐ 12525. The facility administrator shall submit a copy of should review the appropriateness of clinical the report filed pursuant to section 12525 to the BSCC care, determine whether changes to policies, within 10 days of an in-custody death. procedures, or practices are warranted, and identify issues that require further study (b) The facility administrator, in cooperation with the The Chief is responsible for establishing a health administrator, shall develop written policy and team of qualified staff to conduct an procedures to conduct an initial review and complete a administrative review of every in-custody written report of every in-custody death within 30 days of death. At a minimum, the review team the death. The team that conducts the initial review shall should include the Chief and/or the ☒ include, at a minimum, the facility administrator or ☐ ☐ authorized designee, City Attorney, District designee, the health administrator, the responsible Attorney Investigative staff, Responsible physician and other health care, and supervision staff Physician, qualified health care who are relevant to the incident. professionals, supervisors, or other members who are relevant to the incident. Deaths shall be reviewed to determine the The Chief or the authorized designee shall appropriateness of clinical care; whether changes to review the BSCC recommendations within policies, procedures, or practices are warranted; and to 90 days of receipt, following the BSCC identify issues that require further study. review of an in-custody death. ☒ ☐ ☐ The Department shall make recommendations and responses available to the public with appropriate redactions as permitted by law (c) The facility administrator shall submit a copy of the The facility captain will submit a copy of the initial review report of every in-custody death to the BSCC initial review of the report of all in-custody within 60 days of the death. The facility administrator shall deaths to BSCC within 60 days. ☒ provide a copy of the initial review report that comports ☐ ☐ with the disclosure requirements of section 832.10 of the Penal Code. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 8 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS The initial review report shall contain the following The in-custody death report shall contain all information: information that is required: (1) Demographic information (A) Full name of the decedent (1) Inmate Information (B) Date of birth (A) Full name of the decedent (C) Date of death (B) Date of birth (D) Time of death (C) Date of death (E) Gender (D) Time of death (F) Race and ethnicity (E) Gender (G) Relevant medical history (F) Race and ethnicity (2) Facility Information (G) Relevant medical history (A) Name and location of the detention facility (B) Description of the location where the death ☒ (2) Facility Information ☐ ☐ occurred within the facility (A) Name and location of the detention (C) Date and time of the incident facility (D) Detention facility personnel (including names (B) Description of the location where the and roles) involved in the reporting of the death death occurred within the facility or incident (C) Date and time of the incident (3) Any relevant circumstances leading up to death, (D) Detention facility personnel including behavioral health or medical issues. (including names and roles) involved in the reporting of the death or incident (3) Any relevant circumstances leading up to death, including behavioral health or medical issues. (d) In any case in which a minor dies while detained in a Minors are not held in the facility. jail, lockup, or court holding facility the BSCC may inspect and evaluate the jail, lockup, or court holding facility pursuant to the provisions of this subchapter within 30 calendar days of the death. Any inquiry made by the Board shall be limited to the standards and requirements set forth in these regulations. 1050 CLASSIFICATION PLAN 310. Classification. 310.20 Housing Assignments. (a) Each administrator of a temporary holding, Type I, II, 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and or III facility shall develop and implement a written Responsibilities. classification plan designed to properly assign incarcerated persons to housing units and activities All prisoners housed with others shall be according to the categories of gender identity, age, classified for holding purposes. BSCC staff criminal sophistication, seriousness of crime charged, reviewed eight months of incarcerated physical or mental health needs, assaultive/non- person’s classification and medical screening assaultive behavior, risk of being sexually abused, or forms. All forms were complete and ensured sexually harassed and other criteria which will provide for the incarcerated person's health and safety. the safety of the incarcerated people and staff. Such ☒ housing unit assignment shall be accomplished to the ☐ ☐ extent possible within the limits of the available number of distinct housing units or cells in a facility. The written classification plan shall be based on objective criteria and include receiving screening performed at the time of intake by trained personnel, and a record of each person's classification level, housing restrictions, and housing assignments. Note: Subsection (b) does not apply and has been deleted. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 9 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) In deciding housing and programming assignments, Cell locations are noted on the the agency shall consider on a case-by-case basis Divisional/Consolidated Booking Record whether a placement would ensure the health and safety of the incarcerated person, and whether the placement ☒ ☐ ☐ would present management or security problems. A person’s own views with respect to their own safety shall be given serious consideration. 1051 COMMUNICABLE DISEASES 670. Contagious Diseases 670.30. Contaminated Arrestee/Incarcerated The facility administrator, in cooperation with the person and Cells responsible physician, shall develop written policies and ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures specifying those symptoms that require All prisoners housed with others shall be medical isolation of an incarcerated person until a classified for holding purposes. medical evaluation is completed. At the time of intake into the facility, an inquiry shall be 310. Classification made of the person being booked as to whether the 310.20 Housing Assignments person has or has had any communicable diseases, such 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and as tuberculosis or has observable symptoms of Responsibilities. tuberculosis or any other communicable diseases, or ☒ other special medical problem identified by the health ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed eight months of authority. The response shall be noted on the medical incarcerated person classification and screening from. medical screening forms. All forms were complete and ensured the incarcerated person's health and safety. 1052 BEHAVIORAL CRISIS IDENTIFICATION 350.10 Mandated Incarcerated Person Separation The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 360. Mentally Disordered Incarcerated responsible physician, shall develop written policies and Person procedures to identify and evaluate all incarcerated 360.20 Evaluation of Mentally Disordered people who may be in behavioral crisis. Evaluation of Incarcerated Person behavioral crisis may include telehealth. ☒ ☐ ☐ The initial screening process is designed to identify whether mental health conditions exist that require immediate or ongoing intervention for the incarcerated person. The screening shall also be performed prior to the incarcerated person being placed in general housing. If an evaluation from medical or mental health staff is not The Mental Evaluation Unit is contacted prior readily available, an incarcerated person shall be to booking. considered in behavioral crisis for the purpose of this section if they appear to be a danger to themselves or On determination that a prisoner is ☒ others or appear gravely disabled. ☐ ☐ developmentally disabled, he/she shall be placed in a segregated area and a Jail Supervisor and Watch Commander shall be notified. An evaluation from medical or mental health staff shall be Medical staff will evaluate within 24 hours of secured within 24 hours of identification or at the next ☒ identification. ☐ ☐ daily sick call, whichever is earliest. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 10 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Separation may be used if necessary, to protect the 350.20 Administrative Separation safety of the person in crisis or others. The facility will not house prisoners who demonstrate that they may attempt to escape, assault other prisoners, or demonstrate a propensity towards violence. ☒ ☐ ☐ An appropriate cell shall be used for this type of separation (single cell or holding cell). Any administrative separation of a prisoner must be entered on the Jail log and the Watch Commander shall be advised as soon as possible. 1053 ADMINISTRATIVE SEPARATION Separation prisoners will be allowed the same rights as others. Except for Type IV facilities, facility administrators shall ☒ ☐ ☐ develop and implement policies and procedures for the administrative separation of incarcerated people. Policies and procedures must include: Separated incarcerated persons will not be (a) Administrative separation may consist of separate denied meals, bedding, or sanitation facilities housing but shall not involve any other deprivation of while in separation. If a prisoner is placed in privileges than is necessary to obtain the objective of a holding cell, he/she will be asked every protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility ☒ half hour during the Jail check if he/she ☐ ☐ staff. desires to use the bathroom facilities or needs access to the telephone or drinking water until the arrestee is transferred to the county jail. (b) Administrative separation must not adversely affect ☐ ☒ an incarcerated person’s health. ☐ (c) Administrative separation may be used for incarcerated people who have: (1) A documented history of activity or behavior, or promoting such activity or behavior, that is criminal in nature, disruptive to facility operations, or affects the safety of the facility, other incarcerated people, and facility staff. (2) Influenced or participated in activity that is criminal in nature, disruptive to facility operations or ☐ ☒ affects the safety of the facility, other incarcerated ☐ people, and facility staff. (3) Committed assault, attempted assault, or participated in a conspiracy to assault or harm other incarcerated persons or facility staff. (4) A history of escape or have recently attempted escape. (5) A demonstrated need for protection from other incarcerated people. (d) Documentation indicating the necessity of administrative separation to obtain the objective of ☐ ☒ protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility ☐ staff. (e) A documented individualized ongoing review and evaluation of the need to continue placement in ☐ ☒ ☐ administrative separation. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 11 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1055 USE OF SAFETY CELL No longer used. Permanently closed and used for storage. The safety cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section 1231.2.5, shall be used to hold only those people who ☐ ☒ ☐ display behavior which results in the destruction of property or reveals an intent to cause physical harm to self or others. The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and procedures governing safety cell use and may delegate ☐ ☒ authority to place an incarcerated person in a safety cell ☐ to a physician. Policies and procedures shall include, but not be limited to: (a) In no case shall the safety cell be used for punishment ☐ ☒ or as a substitute for treatment. ☐ (b) A person shall be placed in a safety cell only with the approval of the facility manager or designee, or ☐ ☒ responsible health care staff; continued retention shall be ☐ reviewed a minimum of every four hours. (c) A medical assessment shall be completed as soon as possible, but not more than 12 hours from the time of placement in the safety cell. The person shall be ☐ ☒ medically cleared for continued retention, referral to ☐ advanced treatment, or removal from the safety cell a minimum of every 24 hours thereafter. (d) The facility manager, designee or responsible health care staff shall obtain a mental health opinion/consultation with responsible health care staff on ☐ ☒ ☐ placement and retention, which shall be secured as soon as possible, but not more than 12 hours from placement. (e) Direct visual observation shall be conducted at least twice every 30 minutes, with no more than a 15-minute ☐ ☒ lapse between safety checks. Such observation shall be ☐ documented. (f) Procedures shall be established to assure ☐ ☒ administration of necessary nutrition and fluids. ☐ (g) People placed in the safety cell shall be allowed to retain sufficient clothing or be provided with a suitably designed “safety garment,” to provide for their personal ☐ ☒ ☐ privacy unless specific identifiable risks to the person's safety or to the security of the facility are documented. 1056 USE OF SOBERING CELL No longer in use as a sobering cell. Converted to a single cell. The sobering cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section ☐ ☒ 1231.2.4, shall be used for temporary holding of ☐ incarcerated people who are a threat to their own safety or the safety of others due to their state of intoxication. A person shall be removed from the sobering cell as soon as they are able to continue the admission process or are ☐ ☒ ☐ no longer a risk to themselves or others. In no case shall a person remain in a sobering cell over six hours without an evaluation by medical or custody staff to determine whether the person has an urgent ☐ ☒ ☐ medical problem, pursuant to section 1213 of these regulations. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 12 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS At 12 hours from the time of placement, all persons must ☐ ☒ receive an evaluation by responsible health care staff. ☐ Intermittent direct visual observation of people held in the sobering cell shall be conducted no less than every half ☐ ☒ ☐ hour. Such observation shall be documented. 1057 DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES 310.50 Incarcerated Person Classification - Defined The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 350.20 Administrative Segregation responsible physician, shall develop written policies and 370 Developmentally Disabled Incarcerated procedures for the identification and evaluation, Person appropriate classification and housing, protection, and nondiscrimination of all incarcerated persons with The initial screening process is designed to developmental disabilities. ☒ ☐ ☐ identify whether developmentally disabled conditions exist. If so, the incarcerated person will be transported to the county jail. Developmentally disabled prisoners are transported to county jail or a mental health facility. The health authority or designee shall contact the 370 Developmentally Disabled Incarcerated regional center for any incarcerated person suspected or Person. confirmed to have a developmental disability for the ☒ purposes of diagnosis or treatment within 24 hours of ☐ ☐ Developmentally disabled incarcerated such determination, excluding holidays and weekends. persons are transported to county jail or a mental health facility. 1058 USE OF RESTRAINT DEVICES Use of Restraints Devices does not occur at this facility. The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop and implement written policies and procedures for the use of restraint devices. Restraint devices include any devices which immobilize extremities or prevent the incarcerated person ☐ ☒ ☐ from being ambulatory. The provisions of this section do not apply to the use of handcuffs, shackles, or other restraint devices when used to restrain incarcerated people for security reasons. The facility manager may delegate authority to place an incarcerated person in restraints to responsible health care staff. (a) The policy shall address the following areas: ☐ ☒ (1) acceptable restraint devices; ☐ (2) signs or symptoms which should result in immediate medical/mental health referral; availability ☐ ☒ ☐ of cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment; (3) protective housing of restrained persons; ☐ ☒ ☐ (4) provision for hydration and sanitation needs; and, ☐ ☒ ☐ (5) exercising of extremities. ☐ ☒ ☐ (b) Policy shall also include, but not be limited to, the following requirements: ☐ ☒ (1) In no case shall restraints be used for punishment ☐ or as a substitute for treatment. (2) Restraint devices shall only be used on incarcerated people who display behavior which ☐ ☒ results in the destruction of property or reveal an ☐ intent to cause physical harm to self or others. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 13 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (3) Restraint devices should be used only when less restrictive alternatives, including verbal de-escalation ☒ techniques, have been attempted and are deemed ☐ ☐ ineffective. (4) An incarcerated person shall be placed in restraints only with the approval of the facility manager, the facility watch commander, or ☐ ☒ ☐ responsible health care staff; continued retention shall be reviewed a minimum of every hour. (5) Continuous direct visual observation shall be ☐ ☒ maintained until a medical opinion can be obtained. ☐ (6) A medical opinion on placement and retention shall be secured within one hour from the time of ☐ ☒ ☐ placement. (7) A medical assessment shall be completed within ☐ ☒ four hours of placement. ☐ (8) Continuous direct visual observation shall be conducted at least twice every 30 minutes to ensure that the restraints are properly employed, and to ensure the safety and well-being of the incarcerated person. Such observation shall be documented. ☒ ☒ ☐ While in restraint devices all incarcerated persons shall be housed alone or in a specified housing area which makes provisions to protect the person from abuse. (9) If the facility manager, or designee, in consultation with responsible health care staff determines that an incarcerated person cannot be safely removed from ☐ ☒ ☐ restraints after eight hours, the person shall be taken to a medical facility for further evaluation. (10) Where applicable, the facility manager shall use the restraint device manufacturer’s recommended ☐ ☒ ☐ maximum time limits for placement. (11) All events and information related to the placement in restraints shall be documented and shall be video recorded unless exigent circumstances prevent staff from doing so. The ☐ ☒ documentation shall include: the reason for ☐ placement; person authorizing placement; names of staff involved in the placement; injuries sustained; and the duration of placement. 1058.5 RESTRAINTS AND PREGNANT PERSONS No Use of Restraints Devices on Pregnant Persons. The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and ☐ ☒ ☐ procedures for the use of restraint devices on pregnant people. In accordance with Penal Code Section 3407, the policy shall include reference to the following: (1) An incarcerated person known to be pregnant or in recovery after delivery or termination of the ☐ ☒ pregnancy shall not be restrained by the use of leg or ☐ waist restraints, or handcuffs behind the body. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 14 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) An incarcerated pregnant person in labor, during delivery, or in recovery after delivery or termination of the pregnancy, shall not be restrained by the wrists, ☐ ☒ ankles, or both, unless deemed necessary for the ☐ safety and security of the incarcerated person, the staff, or the public. (3) Restraints shall be removed when a professional who is currently responsible for the medical care of an incarcerated pregnant person during a medical ☐ ☒ emergency, labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery ☐ or termination of the pregnancy determines that the removal of restraints is medically necessary. (4) Upon confirmation of an incarcerated person’s pregnancy, they shall be advised, orally or in writing, ☐ ☒ of the standards and policies governing incarcerated ☐ pregnant people. 1059 DNA COLLECTION, USE OF FORCE 4/630 DNA Samples Collection Protocol at LAPD Jails (a) Pursuant to Penal Code Section 298.1, authorized law enforcement, custodial, or corrections personnel Force will not be used in the collection of including peace officers, may employ reasonable force to ☒ samples except as authorized by court order collect blood specimens, saliva samples, or thumb or ☐ ☐ and only with the approval of a supervisor. palm print impressions from individuals who are required to provide such samples, specimens or impressions pursuant to Penal Code Section 296 and who refuse following written or oral request. (1) For the purpose of this regulation, the “use of reasonable force” shall be defined as the force that an objective, trained and competent correctional ☒ employee, faced with similar facts and ☐ ☐ circumstances, would consider necessary and reasonable to gain compliance with this regulation. (2) The use of reasonable force shall be preceded by efforts to secure voluntary compliance. Efforts to secure voluntary compliance shall be documented ☒ and include an advisement of the legal obligation to ☐ ☐ provide the requisite specimen, sample or impression and the consequences of refusal. (b) The force shall not be used without the prior written authorization of the facility watch commander or designee on duty. The authorization shall include ☒ information that reflects the fact that the offender was ☐ ☐ asked to provide the requisite specimen, sample, or impression and refused. (c) If the use of reasonable force includes a cell extraction, the extraction shall be videotaped, including audio. Video shall be directed at the cell extraction event. The videotape shall be retained by the agency for the ☒ ☐ ☐ length of time required by statute. Notwithstanding the use of the video as evidence in a criminal proceeding, the tape shall be retained administratively. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 15 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1062 VISITING 502 Visitations The facility administrator shall develop and implement written policies and procedures, which include the following requirements: ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) A visiting program which shall provide for: (1) As many in-person visits and visitors as facility schedules, space, and number of personnel will allow. (2) A publicly posted schedule of facility visiting 4/659 hours. If practicable, visiting hours should be made ☒ ☐ ☐ available on weekends, evenings, or holidays. (3) For sentenced incarcerated persons in Type I 502 Visitations facilities there shall be allowed no fewer than two ☒ visits totaling at least one hour per incarcerated ☐ ☐ person each week. (4) In Type I facilities, the facility administrator shall develop and implement written policies and procedures to allow visiting for non-sentenced detainees. The policies and procedures will include a ☒ ☐ ☐ schedule to assure that non-sentenced detainees will be afforded a visit no later than the calendar day following arrest. (b) Visits may not be cancelled unless a legitimate operational or safety and security concern exists. All cancelled visits must be documented. The facility ☒ ☐ ☐ manager or designee shall regularly review cancelled visits and document such review. (c) The visiting policies developed pursuant to this section shall include provision for visitation by minor children of ☒ ☐ ☐ the incarcerated person. (d) Video visitation may be used to supplement existing visitation programs, but shall not be used to fulfill the ☒ requirements of this section if in-person visitation is ☐ ☐ requested by an incarcerated person. (e) Facilities shall not charge for visitation when visitors are onsite and participating in either in-person or video visitation. For purposes of this subsection, “onsite” is ☒ ☐ ☐ defined as the location where the incarcerated person is housed. (f) Subdivision (d) shall not apply to facilities which (1) exclusively used video visitation prior to January 1, 2017 or (2) had been designed without in-person visitation ☒ ☐ ☐ space and conditionally awarded by the Board prior to June 27, 2017. (g) If a local detention facility offered video visitation only as of January 1, 2017, the first hour of remote video ☒ ☐ ☐ visitation per week shall be offered free of charge. Types and availability of visitation, including: Note: Reference PC § 6031.1(a)(4) (June 2017). Mode of visitation; Non-contact. Visitation hours; 10:00 AM – 3:00 PM. Time incarcerated person are allowed for visitation; and, 15 minutes per visit. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 16 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Any restrictions on incarcerated person visitation. Visitation may be denied or terminated by a supervisor if the visitor poses a danger to the security of the facility or there is good cause, including, but not limited to, the following: is available to minor children of incarcerated person when accompanied by a parent or qualified adult guardian. 1063 CORRESPONDENCE 520. Correspondence The facility administrator shall develop written policies ☒ In practice, Incarcerated persons are not and procedures for correspondence which provide that: ☐ ☐ held long enough to receive mail. (a) there is no limitation on the volume of mail that an incarcerated person may send or receive; (b) an incarcerated person’s correspondence may be 520. Correspondence read when there is a valid security reason and the facility ☒ manager or designee approves; ☐ ☐ There will be no limit on the volume of mail an incarcerated person may send or receive. (c) jail staff shall not review an incarcerated person’s 520. Correspondence correspondence to or from state and federal courts, any member of the State Bar or holder of public office, and the State Board of State and Community Corrections; ☒ ☐ ☐ however, jail authorities may open and inspect such mail only to search for contraband, cash, checks, or money orders and in the presence of the incarcerated person; (d) incarcerated persons may correspond, confidentially, 520. Correspondence ☒ with the facility manager or the facility administrator; and, ☐ ☐ (e) those incarcerated persons who are without funds shall be permitted at least four postage paid envelopes and eight sheets of paper each week to permit correspondence with family members and friends but ☒ without limitation on the number of postage paid ☐ ☐ envelopes and sheets of paper to their attorney and to the courts. 1065 EXERCISE AND OUT OF CELL TIME 528. Reading and Recreation (b) The facility administrator of a Type I facility shall make The incarcerated person’s reading and table games, television, or both, available to incarcerated recreational period will be staggered daily ☒ people. ☐ ☐ from 1000 hours to 2130 hours. 1066 BOOKS, NEWSPAPERS, PERIODICALS, AND 528. Reading and Recreation WRITINGS Reading and recreational periods will be (b) The facility administrator of a Type I facility shall staggered daily from 1000 hours to 2130 ☒ develop and implement a written plan to make available ☐ ☐ hours. a current newspaper or other like source, including a non- English language alternative, to ensure reasonable access to interested people. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 17 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1067 ACCESS TO TELEPHONE 519. Telephone Calls and Use by Incarcerated person The facility administrator shall develop written policies and procedures which allow access to a telephone or A prisoner's refusal to cooperate in the communication device beyond those telephone calls booking process shall not affect his or her which are required by Section 851.5 of the Penal Code. right to complete calls. In any event, an adult Individuals who are known to have, or are perceived by arrestee's request to make phone calls shall others as having hearing or speech impairments shall be ☒ be granted within three hours following arrest, ☐ ☐ provided access to the appropriate telecommunication except where physically impossible. device which will facilitate communication. Such devices may include but are not limited to videophones, teletypewriters, or third-party communications assistance. An individual’s access to telephone communications shall not be withdrawn unless doing so is required to uphold the safety and security of the facility. 1068 ACCESS TO COURTS AND COUNSEL An attorney may interview a prisoner at any time during any stage of arrest or booking. The facility administrator shall develop written policies ☒ and procedures to ensure incarcerated persons have ☐ ☐ access to the court and to legal counsel. Such access shall consist of: (a) unlimited mail as provided in Section 1063 of these 520. Correspondence ☒ regulations, and, ☐ ☐ (b) confidential consultation with attorneys. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1069 ORIENTATION 1/610. Incarcerated Person Orientation (b) In Type I facilities, the facility administrator shall ☒ develop written policies and procedures for a program ☐ ☐ reasonably understandable to non-sentenced detainees to orient them at the time of placement in a living area. Such a program shall be published and include, but not be limited to, the following: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) rules and disciplinary procedures; (2) visiting rules; ☒ ☐ ☐ (3) availability of personal care items, opportunities ☒ for personal hygiene; ☐ ☐ (4) availability of reading and recreational materials; ☒ and, ☐ ☐ (5) medical/mental health procedures. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1071 VOTING 2/521. Voting The facility administrator of a Type I (holding sentenced The Watch Commander will ensure that the incarcerated workers) II, III or IV facility shall develop ☒ County Registrar of Voters is notified of the ☐ ☐ written policies and procedures whereby the county incarcerated person's request. registrar of voters allows qualified voters to vote in local, state, and federal elections, pursuant to election codes. 1072 RELIGIOUS OBSERVANCES 2/522. Religious Observances The facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility Incarcerated persons can practice their shall develop written policies and procedures to provide ☒ religion. ☐ ☐ opportunities for incarcerated persons to participate in religious services, practices and counseling on a voluntary basis. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 18 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1073 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 630. Incarcerated Person Complaint Note: Applicable to Type I facilities holding sentenced Sentenced incarcerated persons are not workers. housed at these facilities. (a) Each administrator of a Type II, III, or IV facility and Type I facilities which hold incarcerated workers shall develop written policies and procedures whereby all ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated persons have the opportunity and ability to submit and appeal grievances relating to any conditions of confinement, included but not limited to: medical care; classification actions; disciplinary actions; program participation; telephone, mail, and visiting procedures; and food, clothing, and bedding. Such policies and procedures shall include: (1) a grievance form; ☒ ☐ ☐ (2) instructions for registering and appealing a ☒ grievance, including relevant deadlines; ☐ ☐ (3) a process for submission and handling of ☒ anonymous grievances; ☐ ☐ (4) resolution of the grievance at the lowest ☒ appropriate staff level; ☐ ☐ (5) appeal to the next level of review; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) written reasons for denial of grievance at each ☒ level of review which acts on the grievance; ☐ ☐ (7) provision for a non-automated initial response within a reasonable time limit which shall not exceed ☒ ☐ ☐ a period of 15 calendar days; (8) provision for resolving questions of jurisdiction ☒ within the facility; ☐ ☐ (9) provision for providing a copy of the grievance, appeal, response, and related documents to the ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person; and, (10) The facility manager or designee shall conduct regular review of grievances, responses, and ☒ ☐ ☐ appeals. (b) Grievance System Abuse: The facility may establish written policy and procedure to ☒ control the submission of an excessive number of ☐ ☐ grievances. 1080 RULES AND DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action Wherever discipline is administered, each facility administrator shall establish written rules and disciplinary actions to guide the conduct of incarcerated persons. ☒ ☐ ☐ Notes: If discipline IS NOT administered, written policy should indicate as such. If discipline IS administered, Sections 1080, 1081, 1082, 1083 and 1084 apply. Such rules and disciplinary actions shall be stated simply and affirmatively and posted conspicuously in housing ☒ units and the booking area or issued to each person upon ☐ ☐ booking. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 19 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS For those individuals with limited literacy, who are unable to read English, and for persons with disabilities, provision shall be made for the jail staff to instruct them ☒ verbally or provide them with material in an ☐ ☐ understandable form regarding jail rules and disciplinary procedures and actions. 1081 PLAN FOR DISCIPLINE OF INCARCERATED 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary PERSONS Action Each facility administrator shall develop written policies and procedures for discipline of incarcerated persons. The plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following elements: ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) Temporary Loss of Privileges: For minor acts of non- conformance or minor violations of facility rules, staff may impose a temporary loss of privileges, such as access to television, telephones, commissary, or lockdown for less than 24 hours, provided there is written documentation and supervisory approval. (b) Disciplinary Actions: Major violations of facility rules or repetitive minor acts of non-conformance or repetitive minor violations of facility rules shall be reported in writing ☒ by the staff member observing the act and submitted to ☐ ☐ the disciplinary officer. The consequences of such violations may include, but are not limited to: 1. Loss of good time/work time. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2. Placement in disciplinary separation. ☒ ☐ ☐ 3. Loss of privileges mandated by regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ A staff member with investigative and disciplinary authority shall be designated as a disciplinary officer to ☒ ☐ ☐ impose such consequences. Staff shall not participate in disciplinary review if they are ☒ involved in the charges. ☐ ☐ Such charges pending against an incarcerated person shall be acted on with the following provisions and within specified timeframes: ☒ 1. A copy of the report, or a separate written notice of ☐ ☐ the violation(s), shall be provided to the incarcerated person. 2. Unless declined by the incarcerated person, a hearing shall be provided no sooner than 24 hours after the report has been submitted to the disciplinary officer and the incarcerated person has been ☒ informed of the charges in writing. The hearing may ☐ ☐ be postponed or continued for a reasonable time through a written waiver by the incarcerated person, or for good cause. 3. The incarcerated person shall be permitted to appear on their own behalf at the time of hearing and present witnesses and documentary evidence. The ☒ incarcerated person shall have access to staff or ☐ ☐ assistance when they have limited literacy, or the issues are complex. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 20 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 4. A charge(s) shall be acted on no later than 72 hours after an incarcerated person has been ☒ ☐ ☐ informed of the charge(s) in writing. 5. Subsequent to final disposition of disciplinary charges by the disciplinary officer, the charges and ☒ the action taken shall be reviewed by the facility ☐ ☐ manager or designee. 6. The incarcerated person shall be advised in a written statement by the fact-finders about the evidence relied on and the reasons for the ☒ ☐ ☐ disciplinary action. A copy of the record shall be kept pursuant to Penal Code Section 4019.5. 7. There shall be a policy of review and appeal to a ☒ supervisor on all disciplinary action. ☐ ☐ 1082 FORMS OF DISCIPLINE 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action The degree of actions taken by the disciplinary officer shall be directly related to the severity of the rule infraction and promotion of desired behavior through a progressive disciplinary process. Acceptable forms of discipline shall consist of, but not be limited to, the following: (a) Loss of privileges. ☒ ☐ ☐ (b) Extra work detail. (c) Short term lockdown for less than 24 hours. (d) Removal from work details. (e) Forfeiture of “good time” credits earned under Penal Code Section 4019. (f) Forfeiture of “work time” credits earned under Penal Code Section 4019. (g) Disciplinary separation. 1083 LIMITATIONS ON DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action The Penal Code and the State Constitution expressly prohibit all cruel and unusual punishment. Disciplinary actions shall not include corporal punishment, group punishment when feasible, or physical or psychological degradation. ☒ ☐ ☐ Additionally, there shall be the following limitations: (a) Disciplinary separation shall be considered an option of last resort and as a response to the most serious and threatening behavior, for the shortest time possible, and with the least restrictive conditions possible. (1) If a person is on disciplinary separation status for 30 consecutive days there shall be a review by the facility manager before the disciplinary separation status is continued. This review shall include a ☒ consultation with health care staff. Such reviews shall ☐ ☐ continue at least every fifteen days thereafter until the disciplinary status has ended. This review shall be documented. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 21 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) The disciplinary separation cells or cell shall have the minimum furnishings and space specified in Title 24, Part 2, 1231.2.6 and 2.7. Occupants shall be issued clothing and bedding as specified in Articles 13 and 14 of these regulations and shall not be deprived of them through any portion of the day ☒ except that those incarcerated persons who engage ☐ ☐ in the destruction of bedding or clothing may be deprived of such articles. The decision to deprive a person of such articles of clothing and bedding shall be reviewed by the facility manager or designee during each 24-hour period. (3) If after placement in separation, mental health or medical staff determine that an individual has serious mental illness or an intellectual disability, they shall ☒ ☐ ☐ be removed from disciplinary separation immediately upon this determination. (b) The delegation of authority to any incarcerated person or group of incarcerated people to exercise the right of punishment over any other incarcerated person or group ☒ of incarcerated people. ☐ ☐ Note: PC § 4019.5. (c) In no case shall a safety cell, as specified in Title 24, Part 2, 1231.2.5, or any restraint device be used for ☒ ☐ ☐ disciplinary purposes. (d) No incarcerated person may be deprived of the implements necessary to maintain an acceptable level of ☒ personal hygiene as specified in Section 1265 of these ☐ ☐ regulations. (e) Food shall not be withheld as a disciplinary measure. ☒ ☐ ☐ (f) Correspondence privileges shall not be withheld except in cases where the incarcerated person has violated correspondence regulations, in which case ☒ correspondence may be suspended for no longer than 72 ☐ ☐ hours, without the review and approval of the facility manager. (g) In no case shall access to courts and legal counsel be ☒ suspended as a disciplinary measure. ☐ ☐ 1084 DISCIPLINARY RECORDS 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action Penal Code Section 4019.5 requires that a record is kept ☒ of all disciplinary actions administered therefore. This ☐ ☐ requirement may be satisfied by retaining copies of rule violation reports and report of the disposition of each. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 22 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1206.5 MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNICABLE JOM 1/310 – Classification DISEASES IN A CUSTODY SETTING JOM 1/350.10 – Mandated Incarcerated Person Segregation (a) The responsible physician, in conjunction with the JOM 2/670 – Contagious Diseases facility administrator and the county health officer, shall MSD 7.0 – Infection Control – Arrestees develop a written plan to address the identification, MSD 13.0 – HIV/AIDS treatment, control and follow-up management of MSD 20.0 – Treatment of Scabies tuberculosis and other communicable diseases. The plan ☒ ☐ ☐ MSD 22.0 – Tuberculosis (TB) shall cover the intake screening procedures, identification of relevant symptoms, referral for a medical evaluation, treatment responsibilities during incarceration and coordination with public health officials for follow-up treatment in the community. The plan shall reflect the current local incidence of communicable diseases which threaten the health of incarcerated people and staff. (b) Consistent with the above plan, the health authority JOM 2/670 – Contagious Diseases shall, in cooperation with the facility administrator and the county health officer, set forth in writing, policies and procedures in conformance with applicable state and ☒ ☐ ☐ federal law, which include, but are not limited to: (1) The types of communicable diseases to be reported; (2) The persons who shall receive the medical ☒ ☒ reports; ☐ (3) Sharing of medical information with incarcerated Confidential Morbidity Report (CMR) cards persons and custody staff. are completed by medical personnel and ☒ ☐ then sent to Department of Public Health, ☐ Acute Communicable Disease Control (ACDC). (4) Medical procedures required to identify the presence of disease(s) and lessen the risk of ☒ ☐ ☐ exposure to others; (5) Medical confidentiality requirements; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) Housing considerations based up on behavior MSD 3.3 – Arrestee Privacy during Medical medical needs and safety of the affected ☒ ☐ Evaluation ☐ incarcerated persons; (7) Provisions for consent by an incarcerated person JOM 1/310 – Classification that address the limits of confidentiality; and, JOM 1/310.50 – Incarcerated Person Classification – Defined ☒ ☐ ☐ JOM 1/350.10 – Incarcerated Person Segregation JOM 1/350.20 – Administrative Segregation (8) Reporting and appropriate action upon the LAPD Department Manual Volume 4, 712 – possible exposure of custody staff to a ☒ ☐ Employee Exposure to Health Hazards – ☐ communicable disease. Reporting Procedures 1211 SICK CALL JOM 2/620 – Daily Sick Call JOM 2/620.20 – Daily Sick Call at Area Jails The facility administrator, in cooperation with the health MSD 8.0 – Dispensary Sick Call authority, shall develop written policies and procedures, ☒ ☐ which provide daily sick call for all incarcerated persons ☐ Practice consistent with policy. Electronic or provision made that any incarcerated person sick call log reviewed and confirmed requesting medical/mental health attention be given such practice. attention. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 23 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1260 STANDARD INSTITUTIONAL CLOTHING The standard issue of climatically suitable clothing to incarcerated people held after arraignment in all but Court ☒ ☐ ☐ Holding, Temporary Holding, and Type IV facilities shall include, but not be limited to: (a) Clean socks and footwear; (b) Clean outergarments; and, Arrestees generally retain their garments. ☒ ☐ ☐ Outer garments are available to provide as needed. (c) Clean undergarments; Undergarments are available to provide as ☒ ☐ ☐ needed. (1) For males – shorts and undershirt, and ☒ ☐ ☐ (2) For females – bra and two pairs of panties. ☒ ☐ ☐ The person’s personal undergarments and footwear may be substituted for the institutional undergarments and footwear specified in this regulation. This option ☒ ☐ ☐ notwithstanding, the facility has the primary responsibility to provide the personal undergarments and footwear. All issued and exchanged clothing shall be clean and free of holes or tears, reasonably fitted, durable, easily laundered and repaired. Undergarments shall be clean, free of holes or tears, and substantially free of stains. ☒ ☐ ☐ Individuals shall be able to select the garment type more compatible with their gender identity and gender expression. 1264 CONTROL OF VERMIN IN PERSONAL LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.70 (Treatment of CLOTHING Vermin Infested Incarcerated person), pages 77-78. There shall be written policies and procedures developed by the facility administrator to control contamination Incarcerated person who are infested with and/or spread of vermin in all incarcerated people’s ☒ ☐ vermin (lice) are treated with lice shampoo at personal clothing. Infested clothing shall be cleaned, ☐ this facility. After shower and treatment, they disinfected, or stored in a closed container so as to can be housed at the facility. eradicate or stop the spread of vermin. LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.80 (Disposition of Contaminated Clothing and Linen), page 78. 1265 ISSUE OF PERSONAL CARE ITEMS LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.10 (Showering and Personal Hygiene), pages 76- 77. There shall be written policies and procedures developed ☒ ☐ ☐ by the facility administrator for the issue of personal LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.90 (Sanitary hygiene items. Napkins), page 78. Each menstruating person shall be provided with sanitary napkins, panty liners, and tampons as requested with no ☒ ☐ ☐ maximum allowance. Each person to be held over 24 hours who is unable to supply themself with the following personal care items, because of either indigency or the absence of a canteen, ☒ ☐ ☐ shall be issued: (a) Toothbrush, (b) Dentifrice, ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) Soap, ☒ ☐ ☐ 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 24 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (d) Comb, and ☒ ☐ ☐ (e) Shaving implements. ☒ ☐ ☐ Personal care items shall be issued within the first 12 ☒ hours of housing assignment. ☐ ☐ Incarcerated persons shall not be required to share any ☒ personal care items listed in items “a” through “d.” ☐ ☐ Incarcerated people will not share disposable razors. ☒ ☐ ☐ Double edged safety razors, electric razors, and other shaving instruments capable of breaking the skin, when shared among incarcerated people, must be disinfected between individual uses by the method prescribed by the ☒ ☐ ☐ State Board of Barbering and Cosmetology in Sections 979 and 980, Division 9, Title 16, California Code of Regulations. 1266 SHOWERING LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.30 (Showering and Personal Hygiene), page 77. ☒ There shall be written policies and procedures developed ☐ ☐ by the facility administrator for showering/bathing. Incarcerated persons shall be permitted to shower/bathe upon assignment to a housing unit and at least every ☒ ☐ ☐ other day or more often if possible. Absent exigent circumstances, no person shall be prohibited from showering at least every other day following assignment to a housing unit. If showering is ☒ prohibited, it must be approved by the facility manager or ☐ ☐ designee, and the reason(s) for prohibition shall be documented. 1270 STANDARD BEDDING AND LINEN ISSUE LAPD JOM, Section 2/526.20 (Issuing Bedding and Linen), page 75. The standard issue of clean suitable bedding and linens, for each incarcerated person entering a living area who ☒ is expected to remain overnight, shall include, but not be ☐ ☐ limited to: (a) one serviceable mattress which meets the requirements of Section 1272 of these regulations; (b) one mattress cover or one sheet; One fitted mattress cover/sheet and one ☒ ☐ ☐ blanket are provided. (c) one towel; and, LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.10 (Showering and Personal Hygiene), pages 76- 77. ☒ ☐ ☐ Provided at the time of shower. (d) one blanket or more depending up on climatic ☒ conditions. ☐ ☐ Policy and procedure shall require that items (a), (b), and ☒ (d) above be provided prior to the first night in the facility. ☐ ☐ Two blankets or sleep bag may be issued in place of one mattress cover or one sheet at the request of the ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 25 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1280 FACILITY SANITATION, SAFETY, AND Cleaning service for the detention areas MAINTENANCE provided by GSD custodial services. The facility administrator shall develop written policies LAPD JOM, Section 2/510.20 (Disinfecting and procedures for the maintenance of an acceptable Handcuffs), page 33. level of cleanliness, repair and safety throughout the ☒ ☐ ☐ facility. Such a plan shall provide for a regular schedule Purell (spray) disinfectant is used to disinfect of housekeeping tasks and inspections to identify and the handcuffs. correct unsanitary or unsafe conditions or work practices which may be found. Quaternary ammonia sanitizer is used for general disinfection/sanitation in the facility. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 26 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Are minors held in jail cells? Youths are not held in the facility. Penal Code Sections 6030 and 6031.4 require the biennial inspection of local detention facilities that hold minors in secure detention in the jail. Title 15, Article 9 establishes the minimum standards of how facilities hold ☐ ☒ minors in temporary custody in the jail. ☐ Facilities that do not hold minors in the jail cells are not subject to Title 15, Article 9 biennial inspections; however, if minors are held in the building, they may be subject to the requirements of WIC §207.1. 1047 SERIOUS ILLNESS OR INJURY OF A MINOR IN AN ADULT DETENTION FACILITY The facility administrator shall develop policy and ☐ ☒ procedures for notification of the court of jurisdiction and ☐ the parent, guardian, or person standing in loco parentis, in the event of a suicide attempt, serious illness, injury or death of a minor in custody. 1142 WRITTEN POLICIES AND PROCEDURES The facility administrator shall develop written policies ☒ and procedures concerning minors being held in ☐ ☐ temporary custody which shall address: (a) suicide risk and prevention; (b) use of restraints; ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) emergency medical assistance and services; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) prohibiting use of discipline. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1143 CARE OF MINORS IN TEMPORARY CUSTODY ☒ (a) The following shall be made available to all minors ☐ ☐ held in temporary custody: (1) access to toilets and washing facilities; (2) one snack during term of temporary custody if the minor has not eaten within the past four (4) ☒ hours or is otherwise in need of appropriate ☐ ☐ nourishment; (3) access to drinking water; ☒ ☐ ☐ (4) access to language services; ☒ ☐ ☐ (5) access to disabilities services; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) sanitary napkins, panty liners, and tampons as ☒ requested; ☐ ☐ (7) privacy during consultation with family, guardian, ☒ and/or lawyer; ☐ ☐ (8) blankets and clothing, as necessary, to assure ☒ the comfort of the minor; and, ☐ ☐ (9) personal clothing unless the clothing is inadequate, presents a health or safety problem, or ☒ ☐ ☐ is required to be utilized as evidence of an offense. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 27 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) Upon entry, the minor shall be informed in writing of what is available under this section, and it shall be ☒ posted in at least one conspicuous place to which ☐ ☐ minors have access. 1144 CONTACT BETWEEN MINORS AND INCARCERATED ADULTS ☒ The facility administrator shall establish policies and ☐ ☐ procedures to restrict contact, as defined in Section 1006, between minors and adults confined in the facility. In situations where brief or accidental contact may occur, such as booking or facility movement, facility staff (trained in the supervision of incarcerated people) shall ☒ ☐ ☐ maintain a constant, side- by-side presence with the minor or the adult to prevent sustained contact. 1145 DECISION ON SECURE CUSTODY A minor who is taken into temporary custody by a peace officer on the basis that they are is a person described by Section 602 of the Welfare and Institutions Code may be held in secure custody in a law enforcement facility that contains a lockup for adults if the minor is 14 years of age or older and if, in the reasonable belief of the peace officer, the minor presents a serious security risk of harm to self or others, as long as all other conditions of secure custody set forth in these standards are met. ☒ ☐ ☐ Any minor in temporary custody who is less than 14 years of age, or who does not in the reasonable belief of the peace officer present a serious security risk of harm to self or others, shall not be placed in secure custody, but may be kept in non-secure custody in the facility as long as all other conditions of non-secure custody set forth in these standards are met. Note: Minors in secure detention are 14 years of age or older. In making the determination whether the minor presents a serious security risk of harm to self or others, the ☒ officer may take into account the following factors: ☐ ☐ (a) age, maturity, and delinquent history of the minor; (b) severity of the offense(s) for which the minor was ☒ taken into custody; ☐ ☐ (c) minor's behavior, including the degree to which the ☒ minor appears to be cooperative or non-cooperative; ☐ ☐ (d) the availability of staff to provide adequate ☒ supervision or protection of the minor; and, ☐ ☐ (e) the age, type, and number of other individuals who ☒ are detained in the facility. ☐ ☐ 1146 CONDITIONS OF SECURE CUSTODY While in secure custody, minors may be locked in a room or other secure enclosure, secured to a cuffing rail, ☒ ☐ ☐ or otherwise reasonably restrained as necessary to prevent escape and protect the minor and others from harm. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 28 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1147 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN SECURE CUSTODY INSIDE A LOCKED ENCLOSURE (a) Minors shall receive adequate supervision which, at ☒ ☐ ☐ a minimum, includes: (1) constant auditory access to staff by the minor; and, (2) safety checks, as defined in Section 1006, of the minor by staff of the law enforcement facility, at least ☒ ☐ ☐ once every 30 minutes, which shall be documented. (b) Minors of different genders shall not be placed in the same locked room unless under constant direct visual ☒ ☐ ☐ observation by staff of the law enforcement facility. 1148 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN SECURE CUSTODY OUTSIDE OF A LOCKED ENCLOSURE ☒ Minors held in secure custody outside of a locked ☐ ☐ enclosure shall not be secured to a stationary object for more than 60 minutes unless no other locked enclosure is available. A staff person from the facility shall provide constant direct visual observation to assure the minor's safety ☒ ☐ ☐ while secured to a stationary object. Securing minors to a stationary object for longer than 60 minutes, and every 30 minutes thereafter, shall be ☒ ☐ ☐ approved by a supervisor. The decision for securing a minor to a stationary object for longer than 60 minutes, and every 30 minutes ☒ thereafter shall be based upon the best interests of the ☐ ☐ minor and shall be documented. 1149 CRITERIA FOR NON-SECURE CUSTODY Minors held in temporary custody, who do not meet the criteria for secure custody as specified in Section 207.1(b) of the Welfare and Institutions Code, may be ☒ held in non- secure custody to investigate the case, ☐ ☐ facilitate release of the minor to a parent or guardian, or arrange for transfer of the minor to an appropriate juvenile facility. While minors are held in temporary non- secure custody the provisions of Section 1143 apply. 1150 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN NON- SECURE CUSTODY Minors held in non-secure custody shall receive constant direct visual observation by staff of the law ☒ ☐ ☐ enforcement facility. Entry and release times shall be documented and made available for review. Monitoring a minor using audio, video, or other electronic devices shall never replace constant direct visual observation. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 29 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1151 MINORS UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF ANY INTOXICATING SUBSTANCE IN SECURE OR NON-SECURE CUSTODY Facility administrators shall develop policies and ☒ procedures providing that a medical clearance shall be ☐ ☐ obtained for minors who are under the influence of drugs, alcohol or any other intoxicating substance to the extent that they are unable to care for themselves, prior to secure or non-secure custody of that minor. Supervision of minors in secure custody in a locked room shall include safety checks at least once every 15 minutes until resolution of the intoxicated state or ☒ ☐ ☐ release. These safety checks shall be documented, with actual time of occurrence recorded. Supervision of minors in secure custody outside of a locked room shall be supervised in accordance with ☒ ☐ ☐ Section 1148. Supervision of minors in nonsecure custody shall be ☒ supervised in accordance with Section 1150. ☐ ☐ 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PRO 23-24 Page 30 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 1BOARD OF STATE & COMMUNITY CORRECTIONS - COMPREHENSIVE INSPECTION ADULT DETENTION FACILITY LIVING AREA SPACE EVALUATION BSCC Code: 2460 FACILITY: LAPD Hollywood Division TYPE: I RC: 42 FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J. Bush DATE: 10/01/2024 ROOMS EACH ROOM Cell Applicable # EACH CELL Total DIMENSIONS FIXTURES* Location Type Standards Cells # Beds RC RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Booking 11 Holding 1973 1 - 9 (9) 8.5’ x 11’ x 8’ Note: Telephones in the cell; transition prior to housing. 9 Safety 1973 1 - 1 (1) 5.0' x 6.3' x 8.0' Note: Flush ring toilet. No variable intensity lighting. Used for storage only. 2 Dorm 1973 1 4 4 4 13' x 17' x 8' 1 1 1 Note: Originally a sobering cell. Converted to a single cell during the 2010-2012 cycle & 3 beds were added. (01/28/2016 MJB) Housing Four showerheads for all inmates. 10 Dorm 1973 1 10 10 10 12' x 23.5' x 8' 2 2 2 Note: Four double bunks; typically used for court transition or overflow housing. 7 Dorm 1973 1 10 10 10 15.5’ x 16.5’ x 8’ 2 2 2 Note: Misdemeanor. 6 Multiple 1973 1 6 6 6 23.5’ x 7.5’ x 8’ 1 1 1 5 Multiple 1973 1 6 6 6 23.5’ x 7.5’ x 8’ 1 1 1 3 Multiple 1973 1 4 4 4 15.5’ x 7.8’ x 8’ 1 1 1 1& 4 Single 1973 2 1 1 2 7.5' x 7.5' x 8.0' 1 1 1 The second bed was removed from each cell (1/28/2016; MJB) Pre-Booking Area (Non-Rated-outside secure area.) 122 Holding 6.3' x 7.3' 125 Holding 8.0' x 7.6' *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I LASE 23-24 - 1 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (9/98) PHYSICAL PLANT EVALUATION BOARD OF STATE & COMMUNITY CORRECTIONS - COMPREHENSIVE INSPECTION ADULT TYPE I, II, III AND IV FACILITIES APPLICABLE REGULATIONS: PRE-73; 4/73 Title 24, California Code of Regulations (CCR) BSCC Code: 2460 FACILITY NAME: LAPD Hollywood Division FACILITY TYPE: I APPLICABLE REGULATIONS (Check All That Apply): PRE-73: Post 4/73: X OTHER: FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J. Bush DATE: 12/14/2022 ARTICLE/SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Holding Cells (2.2) X Contain 10 square feet of floor per inmate Capacity not to exceed ten (10) persons X 4-73: Capacity limitation deleted Sufficient fixed benches to accommodate cell capacity X Toilet accessible X Water fountain accessible X Wash basin accessible X 3.12 Weapons Locker (3.12) External to the security area and equipped with X individual compartments, locks and keys Sobering Cells (2.4) No longer in use as a sobering cell. Converted to a single cell. X Limited to no more than 15 inmates 4-73: Capacity limited to 16 inmates Contain 15 square feet of floor per inmate X Contain toilet X 4-73: 1:8 ratio Contain washbasin X 4-73: 1:8 ratio Contain drinking fountain X Adequate visual observation X Padding recommended 4-73: Padding required X Shower-Delousing Room (3.4) Available in booking/reception X 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PHY 23-24 - 1 - A380 PHY Type P73&4-73.dot (9/98) ARTICLE/SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Secure Vault or Storage Space (2.1) X Available for inmate valuables Telephone (2.1) X Available for inmate use per Penal Code § 851.5 Single Occupancy Cells (2.6) X Maximum capacity of one inmate. A minimum width of 6 feet, length of 7.5 feet and height of 8 feet X 4-73: Minimum width of 6 feet, length 8 feet and height of 8 feet, OR clear floor area of 43 square feet Contain toilet and washbasin and drinking fountain X Contain a bunk capable of accommodating a standard 30" X 76" mattress X Multiple Occupancy Cells (8227) X A capacity of more than 2 persons 4-73: Capacity between 4-16 inmates A minimum of 500 cubic feet of air space per inmate 4-73: Minimum of 25 square feet floor space per X inmate Toilet and washbasin X 4-73: 1:8 ratio Drinking fountain X Contain a bunk capable of accommodating a standard 30" X 76" mattress X Safety Cells (2.5) No longer used. Permanently closed and X used for storage. Designed to house one person A minimum width of 6 feet, length of 7.5 feet and height of 8 feet X 4-73: Minimum 6 foot width; length and height of 8 feet Equipped with flush ring toilet (flush with floor) X Equipped with solid security door and view panel X Padded floor, door and walls X 4-73: Illumination provided by variable intensity light X fixture operable from outside the cell. Dormitory (2.8) X Capacity of 4-50 inmates 4-73: Capacity limitation deleted 500 cubic feet of air space per inmate X 4-73: 40 square feet per inmate A least 10 foot ceilings if double bunked X 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PHY 23-24 - 2 - A380 PHY Type P73&4-73.dot (9/98) ARTICLE/SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 4-73: Toilet and Washbasin ratio at 1:8 ratio X 4-73: Drinking fountain X Showers (3.4) X 4-73: Available at 1:16 ratio Lighting (3.6) X 4-73: Sufficient to permit easy reading 4-73: Night lighting is sufficient to allow good supervision X Comfortable Living Environment (102(c)6 4-73: A comfortable living environment is maintained X through an adequate heating and cooling system Dayrooms (2.9) Available for inmates in single cells, multiple cells and dormitories X 4-73: 25 square feet dayroom space per inmate in Type II and III facilities and inmate workers in Type I Exercise Area (2.10) Available in Type II and III facilities X 4-73: Minimum of 30 feet X 50 feet X 15 feet Program Space -Type II and III (2.11) Available in Type II and III facilities X 4-73: Sufficient area and furnishing s to meet needs Dining Facilities (2.17) 15 square feet per person served (in facilities for 100 persons or more) X 4-73: Toilets, washbasins and showers are not in the same room or not in view of inmates dining Visiting (2.18) X Visiting area 4-73: Contact visits are permitted in minimum security X facilities 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PHY 23-24 - 3 - A380 PHY Type P73&4-73.dot (9/98) ARTICLE/SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Attorney Interview Space (2.26) X Provide for confidential attorney consultation Janitor Closet (2.20) Located in security areas, lockable, containing a mop X sink Storage Space (2.21) X Adequate space available Audio or Video Monitoring System (2.22) Located in all inmate housing units and capable of X alerting staff in a central control Fire Alarm System [102(2)6] Recommended in Pre-73 facilities X 4-73: Automatic fire alarm system is required Emergency Power (2.24) Recommended in Pre-73 facilities X 4-73: Required; to provide minimal lighting, communication s and alarm systems 2460 Los Angeles Hollywood Division I PHY 23-24 - 4 - A380 PHY Type P73&4-73.dot (9/98) TYPE I FACILITIES Board of State and Community Corrections PROCEDURES1 BSCC Code: 2501 FACILITY NAME: LAPD 77th St Division FACILITY TYPE: I PERSON(S) INTERVIEWED: Detention Custody Officer Gwen Jackson FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J. Bush DATE: 10/03/2024 TITLE 15 SECTION P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1020 CORRECTIONS OFFICER CORE COURSE2 The BSCC Standards and Training for Corrections (STC) division found the agency in compliance with applicable (a) In addition to the provisions of California Penal Code Section regulations during the 2023-2024 compliance monitoring 831.5, all custodial personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall cycle. successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Core Course” as described in Section 179 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the Prior to appointment all Managements and Supervisors date of assignment. have completed the Corrections Officer Core Course. (b) Custodial Personnel who have successfully completed the course of instruction required by Penal Code Section 832.3 shall also Officers interviewed cited a variety of classes provided successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Basic Academy during the past two years. Supplemental Core Course” as described in Section 180 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the date of assignment. 1021 JAIL SUPERVISORY TRAINING Prior to assuming supervisory duties, jail supervisors shall complete the core training requirements pursuant to Section 1020, Corrections Officer Core Course. In addition, supervisory personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall also be required to complete either the STC Supervisory Course (as described in Section 181, Title 15, CCR) or the POST supervisory course within one year from date of assignment. 1023 JAIL MANAGEMENT TRAINING Managerial personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall be required to complete either the STC management course (as described in Section 182, Title 15, CCR) or the POST management course within one year from date of assignment. 1025 CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL TRAINING With the exception of any year that a core training module is successfully completed, all facility/system administrators, managers, supervisors, and custody personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall successfully complete the “annual required training” specified in Section 184 of Title 15, CCR. 1 This document is intended for use as a tool during the inspection process; this worksheet may not contain each Title 15 regulation that is required. Additionally, many regulations on this worksheet are SUMMARIES of the regulation; the text on this worksheet may not contain the entire text of the actual regulation. Please refer to the complete California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Minimum Standards for Local Facilities, Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 4 for the complete list and text of regulations. 2 For STC participating agencies, consistency with training sections 1020, 1021, 1023 & 1025 is annually assessed by the STC Division. Unless otherwise indicated, the regulatory intent is for training to occur within one year from the date of assignment. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 1 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1027 NUMBER OF PERSONNEL 025. Emergency Staffing A sufficient number of personnel shall be employed in Compliance with this section is predicated each local detention facility to ensure the implementation upon the ability of staff to conduct and and operation of the programs and activities required by ☒ document at least hourly safety checks and ☐ ☐ these regulations. ensure the completion of all programs and activities required by the regulations. Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be at 025. Emergency Staffing least one employee on duty at all times in a local detention facility or in the building which houses a local BSCC reviewed staffing assignments, the ☒ detention facility who shall be immediately available and ☐ ☐ duty roster, and the Correctional Sergeant’s accessible to incarcerated people in the event of an Log to verify staffing patterns. All emergency. information appeared appropriate. Such an employee shall not have any other duties which 025. Emergency Staffing would conflict with the supervision and care of ☒ incarcerated people in the event of an emergency. ☐ ☐ All shifts have non-posted staff available to respond to an emergency. Whenever one or more females are in custody, there 110. Searches – Unavailability of female shall be at least one female employee who shall be sworn to search female arrestee immediately available and accessible to such females. ☒ ☐ ☐ Note: Reference PC § 4021. There is always trained female staff available. In order to determine if there is a sufficient number of 001. Change of watch procedures personnel for a specific facility, the facility administrator 030 Releasing an incarcerated person shall prepare and retain a staffing plan indicating the personnel assigned in the facility and their duties. Such a ☒ 410.00 Officer duties and responsibilities staffing plan shall be reviewed by the Board staff at the ☐ ☐ time of their biennial inspection. The results of such a review and recommendations shall be reported to the local jurisdiction having fiscal responsibility for the facility. 1027.5 SAFETY CHECKS All LAPD Detention supervisory staff have attended applicable POST and STC courses. The facility administrator shall develop and implement policy and procedures for conducting safety checks that include, but are not limited to, the following: ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) Safety checks will determine the safety and well-being of individuals and shall be conducted at least hourly through direct visual observation of all people held and housed in the facility. (b) There shall be no more than a 60-minute lapse Verified in policies and discussions with ☒ between safety checks. ☐ ☐ detention officers. (c) Safety checks for people in sobering cells, safety cells, 250. Safety Checks and restraints shall occur more frequently as outlined in 265. Sobering Cell ☒ section 1055, section 1056, and section 1058 of these ☐ ☐ 265.30 Sobering Cell Use regulations. Use of restraints are not used in the facility. (d) Safety checks shall occur at random or varied Safety checks occur at random or varied ☒ intervals. ☐ ☐ intervals. (e) There shall be a written plan that includes the The actual time at which each individual documentation of all safety checks. Documentation shall safety check occurred; include: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) the actual time at which each individual safety check occurred; 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 2 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) the location where each individual safety check Each observation log is documented and occurred, such as a cell, module, or dormitory ☒ lists the location where each safety check ☐ ☐ number; and, occurred (3) Initials or employee identification number of staff Initials and staff identification numbers are ☒ who completed the safety check(s). ☐ ☐ listed on each observation log. (f) A documented process by which safety checks are Supervisors will review and initial randoms reviewed at regular defined intervals by a supervisor or security logs to ensure logs are completed facility manager, including methods of mitigating patterns ☒ and consistent with regulations. ☐ ☐ of inconsistent documentation, or untimely completion of, safety checks. 1028 FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY STAFF This training is included in the core and supplemental core courses. Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be at ☒ least one person on duty at all times who meets the ☐ ☐ training standards established by the Board for general fire and life safety. [Penal Code section 6030(c)]. The facility manager shall ensure that there is at least one All staff have gone through the fire and life person on duty who trained in fire and life safety ☒ safety training during their correctional core ☐ ☐ procedures that relate specifically to the facility. training. 1029 POLICY AND PROCEDURES MANUAL3 Unless otherwise indicated, all policy sections noted are contained within the Jail Division Facility administrator(s) shall develop and publish a Operations Manual (JOM). manual of policy and procedures for the facility. The policy and procedures manual shall address all Each jail has facility-specific Standing Plans applicable Title 15 and Title 24 regulations and shall be (SP). comprehensively reviewed and updated at least every ☒ Updated 2022. two years. Such a manual shall be made available to all ☐ ☐ employees. Notes: The policies and procedures required in subsections (a)(6) and (a)(7) may be placed in a separate manual to ensure confidentiality. Subsections (c) and (d) do not apply and have been deleted. (a) The manual for Temporary Holding, Type I, II, and III 010. Custody Services Division (CSD) facilities shall provide for, but not be limited to, the Organization following: ☒ 010.40 Regional Jail Sections and ☐ ☐ (1) Table of organization, including channels of Operations communications. (2) Inspections and operations reviews by the facility 200. Inspections ☒ administrator/manager. ☐ ☐ (3) Policy on the use of force that meets current state 3/792 Adjudication of Categorical Use of and federal legal requirements and includes Force Incidents ☒ prohibition of the use of carotid restraint and choke ☐ ☐ holds. (4) Policy on the use of restraint equipment, including 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated the restraint of pregnant persons as referenced in Person Penal Code Section 3407. 745. Restraint Equipment ☒ ☐ ☐ Department Manual 4/217.40 Use of the Hobble Restraint Device (5) Procedure and criteria for screening newly 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and ☒ received persons for release. ☐ ☐ Responsibilities. 3 Procedures related to security and emergency response may be in a separate manual to ensure confidentiality by limiting general access. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 3 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (6) Security and control including physical counts and 001. Change of Watch Procedures searches of the facility and incarcerated persons, contraband control, and key control. 100. Searches/Body Scanner System Each facility administrator shall, at least annually, review, evaluate, and make a record of security 111. Use of the Body Scanner measures. The review and evaluation shall include internal and external security measures of the facility 310. Custody Transport Unit (CTU) including security measures specific to prevention of sexual abuse and sexual harassment. 245.10 Random Cell Inspections (RCI) in Jail Facilities Department Manual ☒ ☐ ☐ 4/620 Searching - Arrestees at Booking Office 245.10 Random Cell Inspections (RC) Jail Facilities 520. Correspondence 3/536 Department Building and Room Keys Department Order (7) Emergency procedures include: Standing Plan. (A) fire suppression preplan as required by ☒ ☐ ☐ section 1032 of these regulations; (B) escape, disturbances, and the taking of Standing Plan. ☒ hostages; ☐ ☐ (C) mass arrests; ☒ ☐ ☐ (D) natural disasters; ☒ Standing Plan. ☐ ☐ (E) periodic testing of emergency equipment; ☒ and, ☐ ☐ (F) storage, issue, and use of weapons, Standing Plan. ammunition, chemical agents, and related ☒ ☐ ☐ security devices. (8) Suicide Prevention. ☒ 690. Suicide Prevention ☐ ☐ (9) Separation of incarcerated persons. ☒ 350. Incarcerated Person Segregation ☐ ☐ (10) Zero tolerance in the prevention of sexual abuse Department Manual ☒ and sexual harassment. ☐ ☐ 1/280 Sexual Harassment (11) Policy and procedure to detect, prevent, and 390. Monitoring of Incarcerated Persons respond to retaliation against any staff or person after ☒ Who Reported Sexual Abuse or Sexual ☐ ☐ reporting any abuse. Harassment (12) Release policy, including release planning for 630. Incarcerated person Complaint incarcerated persons. 390. Monitoring of Incarcerated Persons ☒ ☐ ☐ Who Reported Sexual Abuse or Sexual Harassment (e) The manual for Temporary Holding, Court Holding, 630. Incarcerated Person Complaint Type I, II, III, and IV facilities shall provide for, but not be limited to, the following: (1) multiple internal ways for incarcerated people to privately report sexual abuse and sexual ☒ harassment, retaliation by other incarcerated ☐ ☐ persons or staff for reporting sexual abuse and sexual harassment, and staff neglect or violation of responsibilities that may have contributed to such incidents, 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 4 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) a method for uninvolved incarcerated persons, 630. Incarcerated Person Complaint family, community members, and other interested third parties to report sexual abuse or sexual ☒ ☐ ☐ harassment. The method for reporting shall be publicly posted at the facility. 1030 SUICIDE PREVENTION PROGRAM 690. Suicide Prevention 360. Mentally Disordered Incarcerated The facility shall have a comprehensive written suicide Person prevention program developed by the facility administrator or designee, in conjunction with the health ☒ 360.20 Evaluation of Mentally Disordered ☐ ☐ authority and mental health director, to identify, monitor, Incarcerated Person and provide treatment to those incarcerated persons who present a suicide risk. These types of prisoners will not be held in The program shall include the following: the facility. (a) Annual suicide prevention training for all custodial 310.50 Incarcerated Person Classification – personnel. Defined Upon an incarcerated person entering the ☒ facility, he/she should be assessed by ☐ ☐ custody staff for the ability to answer medical and mental health screening questions. (b) Intake screening for suicide risk immediately upon 310.50 Incarcerated Person Classification – intake and prior to housing assignment. ☐ ☒ Defined ☐ (c) Suicide prevention screening during special 310.50 Incarcerated Person Classification – situations, including placement in restrictive housing, Defined ☒ following a hearing, and after a transfer or change in ☐ ☐ 50.20 Administrative Segregation classification. (d) Provisions facilitating communication among 690. Suicide Prevention arresting/transporting officers, facility staff, court staff, ☒ medical and mental health personnel in relation to suicide ☐ ☐ risk. (e) Housing recommendations for people at risk of suicide 690. Suicide Prevention that balance safety and environment. The least restrictive ☒ ☐ ☐ environment should be considered. (f) Supervision depending on level of suicide risk. 530.10 Morning Report 690.20 Custody Services Division Attempted Suicide Report ☐ ☒ ☐ 020. Jail Incident and Administrative Records (g) Suicide attempt and suicide intervention policies and 690.20 Custody Services Division Attempted ☒ procedures. ☐ ☐ Suicide Report (h) Provisions for reporting suicides and suicides Fire Suppression Pre-Plans are outlined in ☒ attempts. ☐ ☐ the facility’s Standing Plan. (i) Multi-disciplinary administrative review of suicides and Standing Plan. attempted suicides as defined by the facility administrator, including the development of a corrective ☐ ☒ ☐ action plan to address deficiencies identified in the administrative review. (j) Provisions for follow up care as needed. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 5 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (k) Plan for mental health consultation following return ☒ from court as determined by the mental health director. ☐ ☐ 1032 FIRE SUPPRESSION PREPLANNING Fire Suppression Pre-Plans are outlined in the facility’s Standing Plan. Pursuant to Penal Code Section 6031.1(b), the facility administrator shall consult with the local fire department ☐ ☐ ☐ having jurisdiction over the facility, with the State Fire Marshal, or both, in developing a plan for fire suppression which shall include, but not be limited to: (a) a fire suppression pre-plan developed with the local Standing Plan. fire department to be included as part of the policy and ☒ procedures manual (Title 15, California Code of ☐ ☐ Regulations Section 1029); (b) monthly fire prevention inspections by facility staff with 245. Fire/Life Safety Inspection two-year retention of the inspection record; Monthly testing of the generator and emergency lights is completed by the city’s Facilities division and noted on the Monthly ☒ Fire & Life Safety Inspection completed and ☐ ☐ maintained by the Jail Administrator. BSCC staff reviewed two years of staff- conducted inspections. (c) fire prevention inspections as required by Health and Fire Inspection conducted on 10/01/2024. Safety Code Section 13146.1(a) and (b) which requires ☒ ☐ ☐ inspections at least once every two years; (d) an evacuation plan; and, ☒ Standing Plan. ☐ ☐ (e) a plan for the emergency housing of incarcerated Standing Plan. ☒ people in the case of fire. ☐ ☐ 1040 POPULATION ACCOUNTING 001. Change of Watch Procedures Each facility administrator shall maintain a demographics Area jail personnel count the number of ☒ accounting system which reflects the monthly average ☐ ☐ arrestees at the beginning of each shift. daily population of sentenced and non-sentenced people A midnight count is conducted at each by gender and juvenile status. facility. Facility administrators shall provide the Board with applicable demographic information as described in the ☒ ☐ ☐ Jail Profile Survey. 1041 RECORDS 021. Incarcerated Person Records (a) Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility BSCC reviewed a sampling of incarcerated shall develop written policies and procedures for the person records and noted that all expected maintenance of individual records for each incarcerated documents were consistently present. person which shall include, but not be limited to, intake ☒ ☐ ☐ information, personal property receipts, commitment papers, court orders, reports of disciplinary actions taken, medical orders issued by the responsible physician and staff response, and non-medical information regarding disabilities and other limitations. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 6 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) Each facility administrator shall collect accurate, 020. Jail Incident and Administrative Records uniform data for every allegation of sexual abuse at facilities under its direct control and from other facilities Any incident reported under these guidelines with which it contracts for the confinement of its shall contain information necessary to fulfill incarcerated people. The data collected shall include, at ☒ ☐ ☐ the reporting requirements of 34 U.S.C. a minimum, the data necessary to satisfy the reporting section 30303(a)(1). requirements of 34 U.S.C. section 30303(a)(1). Note: federal survey on sexual violence. 1044 INCIDENT REPORTS An incident report is required of all incidents which result in physical harm, or serious Each facility administrator shall develop written policies threat of physical harm, to an employee or and procedures for the maintenance of written records incarcerated person of a detention facility or ☒ and reporting of all incidents which result in physical ☐ ☐ other person. harm, or serious threat of physical harm, to an employee or incarcerated person of a detention facility or other person. Such records shall include the names of the persons The on-duty Jail Supervisor shall ensure that involved, a description of the incident, the actions taken, an investigation is initiated by the jailer who and the date and time of the occurrence. will prepare a written report, which shall ☒ include the date and time of the occurrence, ☐ ☐ the names of the persons involved including witnesses, a description of the incident, and action taken. Such a written record shall be prepared by the staff Detention Officers are required to submit assigned to investigate the incident and submitted to the reports by the end of their shift. facility manager or designee. ☐ ☐ ☐ 1045 PUBLIC INFORMATION PLAN 1/118 Public Information Plan A public information binder with appropriate Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility content was reviewed at each facility. shall develop written policies and procedures for the ☒ dissemination of information to the public, to other ☐ ☐ government agencies, and to the news media. The public and incarcerated persons shall have available for review the following material: (a) The Board of State and Community Corrections Verified. Minimum Standards for Local Detention Facilities as ☒ ☐ ☐ found in Title 15 of the California Code of Regulations. (b) Facility rules and procedures affecting incarcerated Rules and regulations are located on the people as specified in sections: reverse of the Prisoner Receipt. An (1) 1045, Public Information Plan interpreter or “language bank” is used in the event the incarcerated person does not ☒ ☐ ☐ speak English. If the incarnated person cannot read, the detention officer is required to read the rules and regulations to the arrestee. (2) 1061, Education Plan ☐ ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ (3) 1062, Visiting ☒ 502 ☐ ☐ (4) 1063, Correspondence ☒ 520 ☐ ☐ (5) 1064, Library Service ☐ ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ (6) 1065, Exercise and Out of Cell Time ☒ 528 ☐ ☐ (7) 1066, Books, Newspapers, Periodicals and 528 ☒ Writings ☐ ☐ 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 7 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (8) 1067, Access to Telephone ☒ 519 ☐ ☐ (9) 1068, Access to Courts and Counsel ☒ 520 ☐ ☐ (10) 1069, Orientation ☒ 1/610 ☐ ☐ (11) 1070, Individual/Family Service Programs ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ ☐ (12) 1071, Voting ☒ 2/521 ☐ ☐ (13) 1072, Religious Observance ☒ 2/522 ☐ ☐ (14) 1073, Grievance Procedure ☒ 630 - No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ ☐ (15) 1080, Rules and Disciplinary Actions ☒ 620 - No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ ☐ (16) 1081, Plan for Discipline of Incarcerated No sentenced incarcerated person. ☒ Persons ☐ ☐ (17) 1082, Forms of Discipline ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ ☐ (18) 1083, Limitations on Discipline ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ ☐ (19) 1200, Responsibility for Health Care Services ☒ ☐ ☐ 1046 DEATH IN CUSTODY 540. Death in Custody Review (a) The facility administrator shall develop written policy The in-custody death review should be and procedures to comply with the in-custody death initiated as soon as practicable but no later reporting requirements of Government Code section ☒ than 30 days after the incident. The team ☐ ☐ 12525. The facility administrator shall submit a copy of should review the appropriateness of clinical the report filed pursuant to section 12525 to the BSCC care, determine whether changes to policies, within 10 days of an in-custody death. procedures, or practices are warranted, and identify issues that require further study (b) The facility administrator, in cooperation with the The Chief is responsible for establishing a health administrator, shall develop written policy and team of qualified staff to conduct an procedures to conduct an initial review and complete a administrative review of every in-custody written report of every in-custody death within 30 days of death. At a minimum, the review team the death. The team that conducts the initial review shall should include the Chief and/or the ☒ include, at a minimum, the facility administrator or ☐ ☐ authorized designee, City Attorney, District designee, the health administrator, the responsible Attorney Investigative staff, Responsible physician and other health care, and supervision staff Physician, qualified health care who are relevant to the incident. professionals, supervisors, or other members who are relevant to the incident. Deaths shall be reviewed to determine the The Chief or the authorized designee shall appropriateness of clinical care; whether changes to review the BSCC recommendations within policies, procedures, or practices are warranted; and to 90 days of receipt, following the BSCC identify issues that require further study. review of an in-custody death. ☒ ☐ ☐ The Department shall make recommendations and responses available to the public with appropriate redactions as permitted by law (c) The facility administrator shall submit a copy of the The facility captain will submit a copy of the initial review report of every in-custody death to the BSCC initial review of the report of all in-custody within 60 days of the death. The facility administrator shall deaths to BSCC within 60 days. ☒ provide a copy of the initial review report that comports ☐ ☐ with the disclosure requirements of section 832.10 of the Penal Code. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 8 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS The initial review report shall contain the following The in-custody death report shall contain all information: information that is required: (1) Demographic information (A) Full name of the decedent (1) Inmate Information: (B) Date of birth (A) Full name of the decedent (C) Date of death (B) Date of birth (D) Time of death (C) Date of death (E) Gender (D) Time of death (F) Race and ethnicity (E) Gender (G) Relevant medical history (F) Race and ethnicity (2) Facility Information (G) Relevant medical history (A) Name and location of the detention facility (B) Description of the location where the death ☒ (2) Facility Information ☐ ☐ occurred within the facility (A) Name and location of the detention (C) Date and time of the incident facility (D) Detention facility personnel (including names (B) Description of the location where the and roles) involved in the reporting of the death death occurred within the facility or incident (C) Date and time of the incident (3) Any relevant circumstances leading up to death, (D) Detention facility personnel including behavioral health or medical issues. (including names and roles) involved in the reporting of the death or incident (3) Any relevant circumstances leading up to death, including behavioral health or medical issues. (d) In any case in which a minor dies while detained in a Minors are not held in the facility. jail, lockup, or court holding facility the BSCC may inspect and evaluate the jail, lockup, or court holding facility pursuant to the provisions of this subchapter within 30 calendar days of the death. Any inquiry made by the Board shall be limited to the standards and requirements set forth in these regulations. 1050 CLASSIFICATION PLAN 310. Classification. 310.20 Housing Assignments. (a) Each administrator of a temporary holding, Type I, II, 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and or III facility shall develop and implement a written Responsibilities. classification plan designed to properly assign incarcerated persons to housing units and activities All prisoners housed with others shall be according to the categories of gender identity, age, classified for holding purposes. BSCC staff criminal sophistication, seriousness of crime charged, reviewed eight months of incarcerated physical or mental health needs, assaultive/non- person’s classification and medical screening assaultive behavior, risk of being sexually abused, or forms. All forms were complete and ensured sexually harassed and other criteria which will provide for the incarcerated person's health and safety. the safety of the incarcerated people and staff. Such ☒ housing unit assignment shall be accomplished to the ☐ ☐ extent possible within the limits of the available number of distinct housing units or cells in a facility. The written classification plan shall be based on objective criteria and include receiving screening performed at the time of intake by trained personnel, and a record of each person's classification level, housing restrictions, and housing assignments. Note: Subsection (b) does not apply and has been deleted. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 9 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) In deciding housing and programming assignments, Cell locations are noted on the the agency shall consider on a case-by-case basis Divisional/Consolidated Booking Record whether a placement would ensure the health and safety of the incarcerated person, and whether the placement ☒ ☐ ☐ would present management or security problems. A person’s own views with respect to their own safety shall be given serious consideration. 1051 COMMUNICABLE DISEASES 670. Contagious Diseases 670.30. Contaminated Arrestee/Incarcerated The facility administrator, in cooperation with the Person and Cells responsible physician, shall develop written policies and ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures specifying those symptoms that require All prisoners housed with others shall be medical isolation of an incarcerated person until a classified for holding purposes. medical evaluation is completed. At the time of intake into the facility, an inquiry shall be 310. Classification made of the person being booked as to whether the 310.20 Housing Assignments person has or has had any communicable diseases, such 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and as tuberculosis or has observable symptoms of Responsibilities. tuberculosis or any other communicable diseases, or other special medical problem identified by the health ☒ BSCC staff reviewed 8 months of authority. The response shall be noted on the medical ☐ ☐ incarcerated person classification and screening from. medical screening forms. All forms were complete and ensured the incarcerated person's health and safety. 1052 BEHAVIORAL CRISIS IDENTIFICATION 350.10 Mandated Incarcerated Person Separation The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and 360. Mentally Disordered Incarcerated procedures to identify and evaluate all incarcerated Person people who may be in behavioral crisis. Evaluation of behavioral crisis may include telehealth. 360.20 Evaluation of Mentally Disordered Incarcerated Person ☒ ☐ ☐ The initial screening process is designed to identify whether mental health conditions exist that require immediate or ongoing intervention for the incarcerated person. The screening shall also be performed prior to the incarcerated person being placed in general housing. If an evaluation from medical or mental health staff is not The Mental Evaluation Unit is contacted readily available, an incarcerated person shall be before booking. considered in behavioral crisis for the purpose of this section if they appear to be a danger to themselves or ☒ On determination that a prisoner is others or appear gravely disabled. ☐ ☐ developmentally disabled, he/she shall be placed in a segregated area and a Jail Supervisor and Watch Commander shall be notified. An evaluation from medical or mental health staff shall be Medical staff will evaluate within 24 hours of secured within 24 hours of identification or at the next ☒ identification. ☐ ☐ daily sick call, whichever is earliest. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 10 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Separation may be used if necessary, to protect the 350.20 Administrative Separation safety of the person in crisis or others. The facility will not house prisoners who demonstrate that they may attempt to escape, assault other prisoners, or demonstrate a propensity towards violence. ☒ ☐ ☐ An appropriate cell shall be used for this type of separation (single cell or holding cell). Any administrative separation of a prisoner must be entered on the Jail log and the Watch Commander shall be advised as soon as possible. 1053 ADMINISTRATIVE SEPARATION Separated prisoners will be allowed to have the same rights as others. Except for Type IV facilities, facility administrators shall ☒ ☐ ☐ develop and implement policies and procedures for the administrative separation of incarcerated people. Policies and procedures must include: Separated prisoners will not be denied (a) Administrative separation may consist of separate meals, bedding, or sanitation facilities while housing but shall not involve any other deprivation of in separation. If a prisoner is placed in a privileges than is necessary to obtain the objective of holding cell, he/she will be asked every half protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility ☒ hour during the Jail check if he/she desires ☐ ☐ staff. to use the bathroom facilities or needs access to the telephone or drinking water until the arrestee is transferred to the county jail (b) Administrative separation must not adversely affect ☐ ☒ an incarcerated person’s health. ☐ (c) Administrative separation may be used for incarcerated people who have: (1) A documented history of activity or behavior, or promoting such activity or behavior, that is criminal in nature, disruptive to facility operations, or affects the safety of the facility, other incarcerated people, and facility staff. (2) Influenced or participated in activity that is criminal in nature, disruptive to facility operations or ☐ ☒ affects the safety of the facility, other incarcerated ☐ people, and facility staff. (3) Committed assault, attempted assault, or participated in a conspiracy to assault or harm other incarcerated persons or facility staff. (4) A history of escape or have recently attempted escape. (5) A demonstrated need for protection from other incarcerated people. (d) Documentation indicating the necessity of administrative separation to obtain the objective of ☐ ☒ protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility ☐ staff. (e) A documented individualized ongoing review and evaluation of the need to continue placement in ☐ ☒ ☐ administrative separation. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 11 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1055 USE OF SAFETY CELL 250. Safety Checks 270. Safety Cell The safety cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section 270.30 Safety Cell Use 1231.2.5, shall be used to hold only those people who ☒ ☐ ☐ display behavior which results in the destruction of property or reveals an intent to cause physical harm to self or others. The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and procedures governing safety cell use and may delegate ☒ authority to place an incarcerated person in a safety cell ☐ ☐ to a physician. Policies and procedures shall include, but not be limited to: (a) In no case shall the safety cell be used for punishment 270.30 Safety Cell Use ☒ or as a substitute for treatment. ☐ ☐ (b) A person shall be placed in a safety cell only with the 270.30 Safety Cell Use approval of the facility manager or designee, or ☒ responsible health care staff; continued retention shall be ☐ ☐ reviewed a minimum of every four hours. (c) A medical assessment shall be completed as soon as 270.40 Medical Approval for Safety Cell Use possible, but not more than 12 hours from the time of placement in the safety cell. The person shall be ☒ medically cleared for continued retention, referral to ☐ ☐ advanced treatment, or removal from the safety cell a minimum of every 24 hours thereafter. (d) The facility manager, designee or responsible health Confinement in the safety cell shall be care staff shall obtain a mental health limited to a maximum of six hours. If this opinion/consultation with responsible health care staff on limit is reached and the arrestee's mental placement and retention, which shall be secured as soon condition has not improved, an additional as possible, but not more than 12 hours from placement. ☒ effort to transfer the arrestee must be ☐ ☐ attempted. If unsuccessful, the arrestee may be retained in the safety cell. The supervisor must document who was contacted and why the transfer was rejected. (e) Direct visual observation shall be conducted at least BSCC staff reviewed five months of twice every 30 minutes, with no more than a 15-minute incarcerated person’s placements in the ☒ lapse between safety checks. Such observation shall be ☐ ☐ safety cell. All observation logs were inside documented. the required regulation standard time limit. (f) Procedures shall be established to assure 270.30 Safety Cell Use ☒ administration of necessary nutrition and fluids. ☐ ☐ (g) People placed in the safety cell shall be allowed to 270.45 Safety Cell – Removal of Clothing retain sufficient clothing or be provided with a suitably and Articles designed “safety garment,” to provide for their personal ☒ ☐ ☐ privacy unless specific identifiable risks to the person's safety or to the security of the facility are documented. 1056 USE OF SOBERING CELL 250. Safety Checks 265. Sobering Cell The sobering cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section 265.30 Sobering Cell Use 1231.2.4, shall be used for temporary holding of ☒ Sobering Cells shall be used for the housing incarcerated people who are a threat to their own safety ☐ ☐ of prisoners who need the sheltered or the safety of others due to their state of intoxication. environment of a Sobering Cell until they are sufficiently sober to be booked and released or moved into the general population. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 12 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS A person shall be removed from the sobering cell as soon 265.30 Sobering Cell Use as they are able to continue the admission process or are no longer a risk to themselves or others. Jail staff shall remove a prisoner from a ☒ Sobering Cell as soon as reasonable, and in ☐ ☐ no case shall a prisoner remain in a Sobering Cell longer than six (6) hours without being examined by qualified medical personnel, e.g., a physician. In no case shall a person remain in a sobering cell over 265.30 Sobering Cell Use six hours without an evaluation by medical or custody staff to determine whether the person has an urgent ☒ ☐ ☐ medical problem, pursuant to section 1213 of these regulations. At 12 hours from the time of placement, all persons must 265.30 Sobering Cell Use ☒ receive an evaluation by responsible health care staff. ☐ ☐ Intermittent direct visual observation of people held in the 265.30 Sobering Cell Use sobering cell shall be conducted no less than every half Observation logs are consistent with the hour. Such observation shall be documented. regulatory requirements. Jailers shall observe prisoners housed in the Sobering Cells at least once every thirty (30) ☒ minutes, on a random basis. ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed six months of incarcerated persons’ placements in the sobering cell. All observation logs were inside the required regulation standard time limit. 1057 DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES 310.50 Incarcerated Person Classification - Defined The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 350.20 Administrative Segregation responsible physician, shall develop written policies and 370 Developmentally Disabled Incarcerated procedures for the identification and evaluation, Person appropriate classification and housing, protection, and nondiscrimination of all incarcerated persons with The initial screening process is designed to developmental disabilities. ☒ ☐ ☐ identify whether developmentally disabled conditions exist. If so, the incarcerated person will be transported to the county jail. Developmentally disabled prisoners are transported to county jail or a mental health facility. The health authority or designee shall contact the 370 Developmentally Disabled Incarcerated regional center for any incarcerated person suspected or person. confirmed to have a developmental disability for the ☒ ☐ ☐ purposes of diagnosis or treatment within 24 hours of such determination, excluding holidays and weekends. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 13 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1058 USE OF RESTRAINT DEVICES 745. Restraint Equipment 745.10 Safety Chair The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop and implement No use of restraint events was reported written policies and procedures for the use of restraint during this cycle. devices. Restraint devices include any devices which immobilize extremities or prevent the incarcerated person ☒ ☐ ☐ from being ambulatory. The provisions of this section do not apply to the use of handcuffs, shackles, or other restraint devices when used to restrain incarcerated people for security reasons. The facility manager may delegate authority to place an incarcerated person in restraints to responsible health care staff. (a) The policy shall address the following areas: 745.10 Safety Chair ☒ (1) acceptable restraint devices; ☐ ☐ (2) signs or symptoms which should result in 745.10 Safety Chair immediate medical/mental health referral; availability ☒ ☐ ☐ of cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment; (3) protective housing of restrained persons; ☒ 745.10 Safety Chair ☐ ☐ (4) provision for hydration and sanitation needs; and, 745.10 Safety Chair ☒ ☐ ☐ The policy requires constant monitoring. (5) exercising of extremities. 745.10 Safety Chair ☒ ☐ ☐ Placement is limited to two hours. (b) Policy shall also include, but not be limited to, the 745.10 Safety Chair following requirements: ☒ (1) In no case shall restraints be used for punishment ☐ ☐ or as a substitute for treatment. (2) Restraint devices shall only be used on 745.10 Safety Chair incarcerated people who display behavior which ☒ results in the destruction of property or reveal an ☐ ☐ intent to cause physical harm to self or others. (3) Restraint devices should be used only when less 745.10 Safety Chair restrictive alternatives, including verbal de-escalation ☒ techniques, have been attempted and are deemed ☐ ☐ ineffective. (4) An incarcerated person shall be placed in restraints only with the approval of the facility manager, the facility watch commander, or ☒ ☐ ☐ responsible health care staff; continued retention shall be reviewed a minimum of every hour. (5) Continuous direct visual observation shall be Placement is limited to two hours. ☒ maintained until a medical opinion can be obtained. ☐ ☐ (6) A medical opinion on placement and retention shall be secured within one hour from the time of ☒ ☐ ☐ placement. (7) A medical assessment shall be completed within 745.10 Safety Chair. four hours of placement. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 14 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (8) Continuous direct visual observation shall be 745.10 Safety Chair. conducted at least twice every 30 minutes to ensure that the restraints are properly employed, and to ensure the safety and well-being of the incarcerated person. Such observation shall be documented. ☒ ☐ ☐ While in restraint devices all incarcerated persons shall be housed alone or in a specified housing area which makes provisions to protect the person from abuse. (9) If the facility manager, or designee, in consultation with responsible health care staff determines that an incarcerated person cannot be safely removed from ☒ ☐ ☐ restraints after eight hours, the person shall be taken to a medical facility for further evaluation. (10) Where applicable, the facility manager shall use Two hours maximum. the restraint device manufacturer’s recommended ☒ ☐ ☐ maximum time limits for placement. (11) All events and information related to the All incarcerated persons who are placed in placement in restraints shall be documented and the safety chair shall be videoed and shall be video recorded unless exigent recorded. circumstances prevent staff from doing so. The ☒ documentation shall include: the reason for ☐ ☐ placement; person authorizing placement; names of staff involved in the placement; injuries sustained; and the duration of placement. 1058.5 RESTRAINTS AND PREGNANT PERSONS 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated Person The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 745. Restraint Equipment responsible physician, shall develop written policies and ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures for the use of restraint devices on pregnant people. In accordance with Penal Code Section 3407, the policy shall include reference to the following: (1) An incarcerated person known to be pregnant or 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated in recovery after delivery or termination of the Person ☒ pregnancy shall not be restrained by the use of leg or ☐ ☐ waist restraints, or handcuffs behind the body. (2) An incarcerated pregnant person in labor, during 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated delivery, or in recovery after delivery or termination of Person the pregnancy, shall not be restrained by the wrists, ☒ ankles, or both, unless deemed necessary for the ☐ ☐ safety and security of the incarcerated person, the staff, or the public. (3) Restraints shall be removed when a professional 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated who is currently responsible for the medical care of Person an incarcerated pregnant person during a medical ☒ emergency, labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery ☐ ☐ or termination of the pregnancy determines that the removal of restraints is medically necessary. (4) Upon confirmation of an incarcerated person’s 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated pregnancy, they shall be advised, orally or in writing, Person ☒ of the standards and policies governing incarcerated ☐ ☐ pregnant people. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 15 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1059 DNA COLLECTION, USE OF FORCE 4/630 DNA Samples Collection Protocol at LAPD Jails (a) Pursuant to Penal Code Section 298.1, authorized law If a prisoner refuses to give DNA, they will be enforcement, custodial, or corrections personnel transferred to the County Jail. including peace officers, may employ reasonable force to collect blood specimens, saliva samples, or thumb or If a person refuses to cooperate with the palm print impressions from individuals who are required ☒ sample collection process, officers should to provide such samples, specimens or impressions ☐ ☐ attempt to identify the reason for refusal and pursuant to Penal Code Section 296 and who refuse seek voluntary compliance without resorting following written or oral request. to using force. Force will not be used in the collection of samples except as authorized by court order and only with the approval of a supervisor. (1) For the purpose of this regulation, the “use of reasonable force” shall be defined as the force that an objective, trained and competent correctional ☒ employee, faced with similar facts and ☐ ☐ circumstances, would consider necessary and reasonable to gain compliance with this regulation. (2) The use of reasonable force shall be preceded by efforts to secure voluntary compliance. Efforts to secure voluntary compliance shall be documented ☒ and include an advisement of the legal obligation to ☐ ☐ provide the requisite specimen, sample or impression and the consequences of refusal. (b) The force shall not be used without the prior written authorization of the facility watch commander or designee on duty. The authorization shall include ☒ information that reflects the fact that the offender was ☐ ☐ asked to provide the requisite specimen, sample, or impression and refused. (c) If the use of reasonable force includes a cell extraction, the extraction shall be videotaped, including audio. Video shall be directed at the cell extraction event. The videotape shall be retained by the agency for the ☒ ☐ ☐ length of time required by statute. Notwithstanding the use of the video as evidence in a criminal proceeding, the tape shall be retained administratively. 1062 VISITING 502 Visitations The facility administrator shall develop and implement written policies and procedures, which include the following requirements: ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) A visiting program which shall provide for: (1) As many in-person visits and visitors as facility schedules, space, and number of personnel will allow. (2) A publicly posted schedule of facility visiting 4/659 hours. If practicable, visiting hours should be made ☒ ☐ ☐ available on weekends, evenings, or holidays. (3) For sentenced incarcerated persons in Type I 502 Visitations facilities there shall be allowed no fewer than two ☒ visits totaling at least one hour per incarcerated ☐ ☐ person each week. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 16 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) In Type I facilities, the facility administrator shall develop and implement written policies and procedures to allow visiting for non-sentenced detainees. The policies and procedures will include a ☒ ☐ ☐ schedule to assure that non-sentenced detainees will be afforded a visit no later than the calendar day following arrest. (b) Visits may not be cancelled unless a legitimate operational or safety and security concern exists. All cancelled visits must be documented. The facility ☒ ☐ ☐ manager or designee shall regularly review cancelled visits and document such review. (c) The visiting policies developed pursuant to this section shall include provision for visitation by minor children of ☒ ☐ ☐ the incarcerated person. (d) Video visitation may be used to supplement existing visitation programs, but shall not be used to fulfill the ☒ requirements of this section if in-person visitation is ☐ ☐ requested by an incarcerated person. (e) Facilities shall not charge for visitation when visitors are onsite and participating in either in-person or video visitation. For purposes of this subsection, “onsite” is ☒ ☐ ☐ defined as the location where the incarcerated person is housed. (f) Subdivision (d) shall not apply to facilities which (1) exclusively used video visitation prior to January 1, 2017 or (2) had been designed without in-person visitation ☒ ☐ ☐ space and conditionally awarded by the Board prior to June 27, 2017. (g) If a local detention facility offered video visitation only as of January 1, 2017, the first hour of remote video ☒ ☐ ☐ visitation per week shall be offered free of charge. Types and availability of visitation, including: Note: Reference PC § 6031.1(a)(4) (June 2017). Mode of visitation; Non-contact. Visitation hours; 10:00 AM – 3:00 PM. Time incarcerated person are allowed for visitation; and, 15 minutes per visit. Any restrictions on incarcerated person visitation. Visitation may be denied or terminated by a supervisor if the visitor poses a danger to the security of the facility or there is good cause, including, but not limited to, the following: is available to minor children of incarcerated person when accompanied by a parent or qualified adult guardian. 1063 CORRESPONDENCE 520. Correspondence The facility administrator shall develop written policies ☒ In practice, Incarcerated persons are not and procedures for correspondence which provide that: ☐ ☐ held long enough to receive mail. (a) there is no limitation on the volume of mail that an incarcerated person may send or receive; (b) an incarcerated person’s correspondence may be 520. Correspondence read when there is a valid security reason and the facility ☒ manager or designee approves; ☐ ☐ There will be no limit on the volume of mail an incarcerated person may send or receive. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 17 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) jail staff shall not review an incarcerated person’s 520. Correspondence correspondence to or from state and federal courts, any member of the State Bar or holder of public office, and the State Board of State and Community Corrections; ☒ ☐ ☐ however, jail authorities may open and inspect such mail only to search for contraband, cash, checks, or money orders and in the presence of the incarcerated person; (d) incarcerated persons may correspond, confidentially, 520. Correspondence ☒ with the facility manager or the facility administrator; and, ☐ ☐ (e) those incarcerated persons who are without funds shall be permitted at least four postage paid envelopes and eight sheets of paper each week to permit correspondence with family members and friends but ☒ without limitation on the number of postage paid ☐ ☐ envelopes and sheets of paper to their attorney and to the courts. 1065 EXERCISE AND OUT OF CELL TIME 528. Reading and Recreation (b) The facility administrator of a Type I facility shall make Incarcerated person’s reading and table games, television, or both, available to incarcerated recreational period will be staggered daily ☒ people. ☐ ☐ from 1000 hours to 2130 hours. 1066 BOOKS, NEWSPAPERS, PERIODICALS, AND 528. Reading and Recreation WRITINGS Reading and recreational periods will be (b) The facility administrator of a Type I facility shall staggered daily from 1000 hours to 2130 ☒ develop and implement a written plan to make available ☐ ☐ hours. a current newspaper or other like source, including a non- English language alternative, to ensure reasonable access to interested people. 1067 ACCESS TO TELEPHONE 519. Telephone Calls and Use by Incarcerated Person The facility administrator shall develop written policies and procedures which allow access to a telephone or A prisoner's refusal to cooperate in the communication device beyond those telephone calls booking process shall not affect his or her which are required by Section 851.5 of the Penal Code. right to complete calls. In any event, an adult Individuals who are known to have, or are perceived by arrestee's request to make phone calls shall others as having hearing or speech impairments shall be ☒ be granted within three hours following arrest, ☐ ☐ provided access to the appropriate telecommunication except where physically impossible. device which will facilitate communication. Such devices may include but are not limited to videophones, teletypewriters, or third-party communications assistance. An individual’s access to telephone communications shall not be withdrawn unless doing so is required to uphold the safety and security of the facility. 1068 ACCESS TO COURTS AND COUNSEL An attorney may interview a prisoner at any time during any stage of arrest or booking. The facility administrator shall develop written policies ☒ and procedures to ensure incarcerated persons have ☐ ☐ access to the court and to legal counsel. Such access shall consist of: (a) unlimited mail as provided in Section 1063 of these 520. Correspondence ☒ regulations, and, ☐ ☐ (b) confidential consultation with attorneys. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 18 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1069 ORIENTATION 1/610. Incarcerated Person Orientation (b) In Type I facilities, the facility administrator shall ☒ develop written policies and procedures for a program ☐ ☐ reasonably understandable to non-sentenced detainees to orient them at the time of placement in a living area. Such a program shall be published and include, but not be limited to, the following: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) rules and disciplinary procedures; (2) visiting rules; ☒ ☐ ☐ (3) availability of personal care items, opportunities ☒ for personal hygiene; ☐ ☐ (4) availability of reading and recreational materials; ☒ and, ☐ ☐ (5) medical/mental health procedures. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1071 VOTING 2/521. Voting The facility administrator of a Type I (holding sentenced The Watch Commander will ensure that the incarcerated workers) II, III or IV facility shall develop ☒ County Registrar of Voters is notified of the ☐ ☐ written policies and procedures whereby the county incarcerated person's request. registrar of voters allows qualified voters to vote in local, state, and federal elections, pursuant to election codes. 1072 RELIGIOUS OBSERVANCES 2/522. Religious Observances The facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility Incarcerated persons are able to practice shall develop written policies and procedures to provide ☒ their religion. ☐ ☐ opportunities for incarcerated persons to participate in religious services, practices and counseling on a voluntary basis. 1073 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 630. Incarcerated Person Complaint Note: Applicable to Type I facilities holding sentenced Sentenced incarcerated persons are not workers. housed at these facilities. (a) Each administrator of a Type II, III, or IV facility and Type I facilities which hold incarcerated workers shall develop written policies and procedures whereby all ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated persons have the opportunity and ability to submit and appeal grievances relating to any conditions of confinement, included but not limited to: medical care; classification actions; disciplinary actions; program participation; telephone, mail, and visiting procedures; and food, clothing, and bedding. Such policies and procedures shall include: (1) a grievance form; ☒ ☐ ☐ (2) instructions for registering and appealing a ☒ grievance, including relevant deadlines; ☐ ☐ (3) a process for submission and handling of ☒ anonymous grievances; ☐ ☐ (4) resolution of the grievance at the lowest ☒ appropriate staff level; ☐ ☐ (5) appeal to the next level of review; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) written reasons for denial of grievance at each ☒ level of review which acts on the grievance; ☐ ☐ 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 19 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (7) provision for a non-automated initial response within a reasonable time limit which shall not exceed ☒ ☐ ☐ a period of 15 calendar days; (8) provision for resolving questions of jurisdiction ☒ within the facility; ☐ ☐ (9) provision for providing a copy of the grievance, appeal, response, and related documents to the ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person; and, (10) The facility manager or designee shall conduct regular review of grievances, responses, and ☒ ☐ ☐ appeals. (b) Grievance System Abuse: The facility may establish written policy and procedure to ☒ control the submission of an excessive number of ☐ ☐ grievances. 1080 RULES AND DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action Wherever discipline is administered, each facility administrator shall establish written rules and disciplinary actions to guide the conduct of incarcerated persons. ☒ ☐ ☐ Notes: If discipline IS NOT administered, written policy should indicate as such. If discipline IS administered, Sections 1080, 1081, 1082, 1083 and 1084 apply. Such rules and disciplinary actions shall be stated simply and affirmatively and posted conspicuously in housing ☒ units and the booking area or issued to each person upon ☐ ☐ booking. For those individuals with limited literacy, who are unable to read English, and for persons with disabilities, provision shall be made for the jail staff to instruct them ☒ verbally or provide them with material in an ☐ ☐ understandable form regarding jail rules and disciplinary procedures and actions. 1081 PLAN FOR DISCIPLINE OF INCARCERATED 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary PERSONS Action Each facility administrator shall develop written policies and procedures for discipline of incarcerated persons. The plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following elements: ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) Temporary Loss of Privileges: For minor acts of non- conformance or minor violations of facility rules, staff may impose a temporary loss of privileges, such as access to television, telephones, commissary, or lockdown for less than 24 hours, provided there is written documentation and supervisory approval. (b) Disciplinary Actions: Major violations of facility rules or repetitive minor acts of non-conformance or repetitive minor violations of facility rules shall be reported in writing ☒ by the staff member observing the act and submitted to ☐ ☐ the disciplinary officer. The consequences of such violations may include, but are not limited to: 1. Loss of good time/work time. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2. Placement in disciplinary separation. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 20 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 3. Loss of privileges mandated by regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ A staff member with investigative and disciplinary authority shall be designated as a disciplinary officer to ☒ ☐ ☐ impose such consequences. Staff shall not participate in disciplinary review if they are ☒ involved in the charges. ☐ ☐ Such charges pending against an incarcerated person shall be acted on with the following provisions and within specified timeframes: ☒ 1. A copy of the report, or a separate written notice of ☐ ☐ the violation(s), shall be provided to the incarcerated person. 2. Unless declined by the incarcerated person, a hearing shall be provided no sooner than 24 hours after the report has been submitted to the disciplinary officer and the incarcerated person has been ☒ informed of the charges in writing. The hearing may ☐ ☐ be postponed or continued for a reasonable time through a written waiver by the incarcerated person, or for good cause. 3. The incarcerated person shall be permitted to appear on their own behalf at the time of hearing and present witnesses and documentary evidence. The ☒ incarcerated person shall have access to staff or ☐ ☐ assistance when they have limited literacy, or the issues are complex. 4. A charge(s) shall be acted on no later than 72 hours after an incarcerated person has been ☒ ☐ ☐ informed of the charge(s) in writing. 5. Subsequent to final disposition of disciplinary charges by the disciplinary officer, the charges and ☒ the action taken shall be reviewed by the facility ☐ ☐ manager or designee. 6. The incarcerated person shall be advised in a written statement by the fact-finders about the evidence relied on and the reasons for the ☒ ☐ ☐ disciplinary action. A copy of the record shall be kept pursuant to Penal Code Section 4019.5. 7. There shall be a policy of review and appeal to a ☒ supervisor on all disciplinary action. ☐ ☐ 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 21 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1082 FORMS OF DISCIPLINE 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action The degree of actions taken by the disciplinary officer shall be directly related to the severity of the rule infraction and promotion of desired behavior through a progressive disciplinary process. Acceptable forms of discipline shall consist of, but not be limited to, the following: (a) Loss of privileges. ☒ ☐ ☐ (b) Extra work detail. (c) Short term lockdown for less than 24 hours. (d) Removal from work details. (e) Forfeiture of “good time” credits earned under Penal Code Section 4019. (f) Forfeiture of “work time” credits earned under Penal Code Section 4019. (g) Disciplinary separation. 1083 LIMITATIONS ON DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action The Penal Code and the State Constitution expressly prohibit all cruel and unusual punishment. Disciplinary actions shall not include corporal punishment, group punishment when feasible, or physical or psychological degradation. ☒ ☐ ☐ Additionally, there shall be the following limitations: (a) Disciplinary separation shall be considered an option of last resort and as a response to the most serious and threatening behavior, for the shortest time possible, and with the least restrictive conditions possible. (1) If a person is on disciplinary separation status for 30 consecutive days there shall be a review by the facility manager before the disciplinary separation status is continued. This review shall include a ☒ consultation with health care staff. Such reviews shall ☐ ☐ continue at least every fifteen days thereafter until the disciplinary status has ended. This review shall be documented. (2) The disciplinary separation cells or cell shall have the minimum furnishings and space specified in Title 24, Part 2, 1231.2.6 and 2.7. Occupants shall be issued clothing and bedding as specified in Articles 13 and 14 of these regulations and shall not be deprived of them through any portion of the day ☒ except that those incarcerated persons who engage ☐ ☐ in the destruction of bedding or clothing may be deprived of such articles. The decision to deprive a person of such articles of clothing and bedding shall be reviewed by the facility manager or designee during each 24-hour period. (3) If after placement in separation, mental health or medical staff determine that an individual has serious mental illness or an intellectual disability, they shall ☒ ☐ ☐ be removed from disciplinary separation immediately upon this determination. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 22 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) The delegation of authority to any incarcerated person or group of incarcerated people to exercise the right of punishment over any other incarcerated person or group ☒ of incarcerated people. ☐ ☐ Note: PC § 4019.5. (c) In no case shall a safety cell, as specified in Title 24, Part 2, 1231.2.5, or any restraint device be used for ☒ ☐ ☐ disciplinary purposes. (d) No incarcerated person may be deprived of the implements necessary to maintain an acceptable level of ☒ personal hygiene as specified in Section 1265 of these ☐ ☐ regulations. (e) Food shall not be withheld as a disciplinary measure. ☒ ☐ ☐ (f) Correspondence privileges shall not be withheld except in cases where the incarcerated person has violated correspondence regulations, in which case ☒ correspondence may be suspended for no longer than 72 ☐ ☐ hours, without the review and approval of the facility manager. (g) In no case shall access to courts and legal counsel be ☒ suspended as a disciplinary measure. ☐ ☐ 1084 DISCIPLINARY RECORDS 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action Penal Code Section 4019.5 requires that a record is kept ☒ of all disciplinary actions administered therefore. This ☐ ☐ requirement may be satisfied by retaining copies of rule violation reports and report of the disposition of each. 1206.5 MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNICABLE JOM 1/310 – Classification DISEASES IN A CUSTODY SETTING JOM 1/350.10 – Mandated Incarcerated person Segregation (a) The responsible physician, in conjunction with the JOM 2/670 – Contagious Diseases facility administrator and the county health officer, shall MSD 7.0 – Infection Control – Arrestees develop a written plan to address the identification, MSD 13.0 – HIV/AIDS treatment, control and follow-up management of MSD 20.0 – Treatment of Scabies tuberculosis and other communicable diseases. The plan ☒ ☐ ☐ MSD 22.0 – Tuberculosis (TB) shall cover the intake screening procedures, identification of relevant symptoms, referral for a medical evaluation, treatment responsibilities during incarceration and coordination with public health officials for follow-up treatment in the community. The plan shall reflect the current local incidence of communicable diseases which threaten the health of incarcerated people and staff. (b) Consistent with the above plan, the health authority JOM 2/670 – Contagious Diseases shall, in cooperation with the facility administrator and the county health officer, set forth in writing, policies and procedures in conformance with applicable state and ☒ ☐ ☐ federal law, which include, but are not limited to: (1) The types of communicable diseases to be reported; (2) The persons who shall receive the medical ☒ ☒ reports; ☐ (3) Sharing of medical information with incarcerated Confidential Morbidity Report (CMR) cards persons and custody staff. are completed by medical personnel and ☒ ☐ then sent to Department of Public Health, ☐ Acute Communicable Disease Control (ACDC). 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 23 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) Medical procedures required to identify the presence of disease(s) and lessen the risk of ☒ ☐ ☐ exposure to others; (5) Medical confidentiality requirements; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) Housing considerations based up on behavior MSD 3.3 – Arrestee Privacy during Medical medical needs and safety of the affected ☒ ☐ Evaluation ☐ incarcerated persons; (7) Provisions for consent by an incarcerated person JOM 1/310 – Classification that address the limits of confidentiality; and, JOM 1/310.50 – Incarcerated person Classification – Defined ☒ ☐ ☐ JOM 1/350.10 – Incarcerated person Segregation JOM 1/350.20 – Administrative Segregation (8) Reporting and appropriate action upon the LAPD Department Manual Volume 4, 712 – possible exposure of custody staff to a ☒ ☐ Employee Exposure to Health Hazards – ☐ communicable disease. Reporting Procedures 1211 SICK CALL JOM 2/620 – Daily Sick Call JOM 2/620.20 – Daily Sick Call at Area Jails The facility administrator, in cooperation with the health MSD 8.0 – Dispensary Sick Call authority, shall develop written policies and procedures, ☒ ☐ Practice consistent with policy. Electronic which provide daily sick call for all incarcerated persons ☐ sick call log reviewed and confirmed or provision made that any incarcerated person practice. requesting medical/mental health attention be given such attention. 1260 STANDARD INSTITUTIONAL CLOTHING The standard issue of climatically suitable clothing to incarcerated people held after arraignment in all but Court ☒ ☐ ☐ Holding, Temporary Holding, and Type IV facilities shall include, but not be limited to: (a) Clean socks and footwear; (b) Clean outergarments; and, Arrestees generally retain their garments. ☒ ☐ ☐ Outer garments are available to provide as needed. (c) Clean undergarments; Undergarments are available to provide as ☒ ☐ ☐ needed. (1) For males – shorts and undershirt, and ☒ ☐ ☐ (2) For females – bra and two pairs of panties. ☒ ☐ ☐ The person’s personal undergarments and footwear may be substituted for the institutional undergarments and footwear specified in this regulation. This option ☒ ☐ ☐ notwithstanding, the facility has the primary responsibility to provide the personal undergarments and footwear. All issued and exchanged clothing shall be clean and free of holes or tears, reasonably fitted, durable, easily laundered and repaired. Undergarments shall be clean, free of holes or tears, and substantially free of stains. ☒ ☐ ☐ Individuals shall be able to select the garment type more compatible with their gender identity and gender expression. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 24 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1264 CONTROL OF VERMIN IN PERSONAL LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.70 (Treatment of CLOTHING Vermin Infested Incarcerated person), pages 77-78. There shall be written policies and procedures developed by the facility administrator to control contamination Incarcerated person who are infested with and/or spread of vermin in all incarcerated people’s ☒ ☐ vermin (lice) are treated with lice shampoo at personal clothing. Infested clothing shall be cleaned, ☐ this facility. After shower and treatment, they disinfected, or stored in a closed container so as to can be housed at the facility. eradicate or stop the spread of vermin. LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.80 (Disposition of Contaminated Clothing and Linen), page 78. 1265 ISSUE OF PERSONAL CARE ITEMS LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.10 (Showering and Personal Hygiene), pages 76- 77. There shall be written policies and procedures developed ☒ ☐ ☐ by the facility administrator for the issue of personal LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.90 (Sanitary hygiene items. Napkins), page 78. Each menstruating person shall be provided with sanitary napkins, panty liners, and tampons as requested with no ☒ ☐ ☐ maximum allowance. Each person to be held over 24 hours who is unable to supply themself with the following personal care items, because of either indigency or the absence of a canteen, ☒ ☐ ☐ shall be issued: (a) Toothbrush, (b) Dentifrice, ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) Soap, ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) Comb, and ☒ ☐ ☐ (e) Shaving implements. ☒ ☐ ☐ Personal care items shall be issued within the first 12 ☒ hours of housing assignment. ☐ ☐ Incarcerated persons shall not be required to share any ☒ personal care items listed in items “a” through “d.” ☐ ☐ Incarcerated people will not share disposable razors. ☒ ☐ ☐ Double edged safety razors, electric razors, and other shaving instruments capable of breaking the skin, when shared among incarcerated people, must be disinfected between individual uses by the method prescribed by the ☒ ☐ ☐ State Board of Barbering and Cosmetology in Sections 979 and 980, Division 9, Title 16, California Code of Regulations. 1266 SHOWERING LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.30 (Showering and Personal Hygiene), page 77. ☒ There shall be written policies and procedures developed ☐ ☐ by the facility administrator for showering/bathing. Incarcerated persons shall be permitted to shower/bathe upon assignment to a housing unit and at least every ☒ ☐ ☐ other day or more often if possible. Absent exigent circumstances, no person shall be prohibited from showering at least every other day following assignment to a housing unit. If showering is ☒ prohibited, it must be approved by the facility manager or ☐ ☐ designee, and the reason(s) for prohibition shall be documented. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 25 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1270 STANDARD BEDDING AND LINEN ISSUE LAPD JOM, Section 2/526.20 (Issuing Bedding and Linen), page 75. The standard issue of clean suitable bedding and linens, for each incarcerated person entering a living area who ☒ is expected to remain overnight, shall include, but not be ☐ ☐ limited to: (a) one serviceable mattress which meets the requirements of Section 1272 of these regulations; (b) one mattress cover or one sheet; One fitted mattress cover/sheet and one ☒ ☐ ☐ blanket are provided. (c) one towel; and, LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.10 (Showering ☒ and Personal Hygiene), pages 76- 77. ☐ ☐ Provided at the time of shower. (d) one blanket or more depending up on climatic ☒ conditions. ☐ ☐ Policy and procedure shall require that items (a), (b), and ☒ (d) above be provided prior to the first night in the facility. ☐ ☐ Two blankets or sleep bag may be issued in place of one mattress cover or one sheet at the request of the ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person. 1280 FACILITY SANITATION, SAFETY, AND Cleaning service for the detention areas MAINTENANCE provided by GSD custodial services. The facility administrator shall develop written policies LAPD JOM, Section 2/510.20 (Disinfecting and procedures for the maintenance of an acceptable Handcuffs), page 33. level of cleanliness, repair and safety throughout the ☒ facility. Such a plan shall provide for a regular schedule ☐ ☐ Purell (spray) disinfectant is being used for of housekeeping tasks and inspections to identify and the disinfection of the handcuffs. correct unsanitary or unsafe conditions or work practices which may be found. Quaternary Ammonia sanitizer is used for the general disinfection/sanitation of the facility. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 26 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Are minors held in jail cells? Youths are not held in the facility. Penal Code Sections 6030 and 6031.4 require the biennial inspection of local detention facilities that hold minors in secure detention in the jail. Title 15, Article 9 establishes the minimum standards of how facilities hold ☐ ☒ minors in temporary custody in the jail. ☐ Facilities that do not hold minors in the jail cells are not subject to Title 15, Article 9 biennial inspections; however, if minors are held in the building, they may be subject to the requirements of WIC §207.1. 1047 SERIOUS ILLNESS OR INJURY OF A MINOR IN AN ADULT DETENTION FACILITY The facility administrator shall develop policy and ☐ ☒ procedures for notification of the court of jurisdiction and ☐ the parent, guardian, or person standing in loco parentis, in the event of a suicide attempt, serious illness, injury or death of a minor in custody. 1142 WRITTEN POLICIES AND PROCEDURES The facility administrator shall develop written policies ☒ and procedures concerning minors being held in ☐ ☐ temporary custody which shall address: (a) suicide risk and prevention; (b) use of restraints; ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) emergency medical assistance and services; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) prohibiting use of discipline. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1143 CARE OF MINORS IN TEMPORARY CUSTODY ☒ (a) The following shall be made available to all minors ☐ ☐ held in temporary custody: (1) access to toilets and washing facilities; (2) one snack during term of temporary custody if the minor has not eaten within the past four (4) ☒ hours or is otherwise in need of appropriate ☐ ☐ nourishment; (3) access to drinking water; ☒ ☐ ☐ (4) access to language services; ☒ ☐ ☐ (5) access to disabilities services; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) sanitary napkins, panty liners, and tampons as ☒ requested; ☐ ☐ (7) privacy during consultation with family, guardian, ☒ and/or lawyer; ☐ ☐ (8) blankets and clothing, as necessary, to assure ☒ the comfort of the minor; and, ☐ ☐ (9) personal clothing unless the clothing is inadequate, presents a health or safety problem, or ☒ ☐ ☐ is required to be utilized as evidence of an offense. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 27 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) Upon entry, the minor shall be informed in writing of what is available under this section, and it shall be ☒ posted in at least one conspicuous place to which ☐ ☐ minors have access. 1144 CONTACT BETWEEN MINORS AND INCARCERATED ADULTS ☒ The facility administrator shall establish policies and ☐ ☐ procedures to restrict contact, as defined in Section 1006, between minors and adults confined in the facility. In situations where brief or accidental contact may occur, such as booking or facility movement, facility staff (trained in the supervision of incarcerated people) shall ☒ ☐ ☐ maintain a constant, side- by-side presence with the minor or the adult to prevent sustained contact. 1145 DECISION ON SECURE CUSTODY A minor who is taken into temporary custody by a peace officer on the basis that they are is a person described by Section 602 of the Welfare and Institutions Code may be held in secure custody in a law enforcement facility that contains a lockup for adults if the minor is 14 years of age or older and if, in the reasonable belief of the peace officer, the minor presents a serious security risk of harm to self or others, as long as all other conditions of secure custody set forth in these standards are met. ☒ ☐ ☐ Any minor in temporary custody who is less than 14 years of age, or who does not in the reasonable belief of the peace officer present a serious security risk of harm to self or others, shall not be placed in secure custody, but may be kept in non-secure custody in the facility as long as all other conditions of non-secure custody set forth in these standards are met. Note: Minors in secure detention are 14 years of age or older. In making the determination whether the minor presents a serious security risk of harm to self or others, the ☒ officer may take into account the following factors: ☐ ☐ (a) age, maturity, and delinquent history of the minor; (b) severity of the offense(s) for which the minor was ☒ taken into custody; ☐ ☐ (c) minor's behavior, including the degree to which the ☒ minor appears to be cooperative or non-cooperative; ☐ ☐ (d) the availability of staff to provide adequate ☒ supervision or protection of the minor; and, ☐ ☐ (e) the age, type, and number of other individuals who ☒ are detained in the facility. ☐ ☐ 1146 CONDITIONS OF SECURE CUSTODY While in secure custody, minors may be locked in a room or other secure enclosure, secured to a cuffing rail, ☒ ☐ ☐ or otherwise reasonably restrained as necessary to prevent escape and protect the minor and others from harm. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 28 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1147 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN SECURE CUSTODY INSIDE A LOCKED ENCLOSURE (a) Minors shall receive adequate supervision which, at ☒ ☐ ☐ a minimum, includes: (1) constant auditory access to staff by the minor; and, (2) safety checks, as defined in Section 1006, of the minor by staff of the law enforcement facility, at least ☒ ☐ ☐ once every 30 minutes, which shall be documented. (b) Minors of different genders shall not be placed in the same locked room unless under constant direct visual ☒ ☐ ☐ observation by staff of the law enforcement facility. 1148 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN SECURE CUSTODY OUTSIDE OF A LOCKED ENCLOSURE ☒ Minors held in secure custody outside of a locked ☐ ☐ enclosure shall not be secured to a stationary object for more than 60 minutes unless no other locked enclosure is available. A staff person from the facility shall provide constant direct visual observation to assure the minor's safety ☒ ☐ ☐ while secured to a stationary object. Securing minors to a stationary object for longer than 60 minutes, and every 30 minutes thereafter, shall be ☒ ☐ ☐ approved by a supervisor. The decision for securing a minor to a stationary object for longer than 60 minutes, and every 30 minutes ☒ thereafter shall be based upon the best interests of the ☐ ☐ minor and shall be documented. 1149 CRITERIA FOR NON-SECURE CUSTODY Minors held in temporary custody, who do not meet the criteria for secure custody as specified in Section 207.1(b) of the Welfare and Institutions Code, may be ☒ held in non- secure custody to investigate the case, ☐ ☐ facilitate release of the minor to a parent or guardian, or arrange for transfer of the minor to an appropriate juvenile facility. While minors are held in temporary non- secure custody the provisions of Section 1143 apply. 1150 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN NON- SECURE CUSTODY Minors held in non-secure custody shall receive constant direct visual observation by staff of the law ☒ ☐ ☐ enforcement facility. Entry and release times shall be documented and made available for review. Monitoring a minor using audio, video, or other electronic devices shall never replace constant direct visual observation. 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 29 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1151 MINORS UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF ANY INTOXICATING SUBSTANCE IN SECURE OR NON-SECURE CUSTODY Facility administrators shall develop policies and ☒ procedures providing that a medical clearance shall be ☐ ☐ obtained for minors who are under the influence of drugs, alcohol or any other intoxicating substance to the extent that they are unable to care for themselves, prior to secure or non-secure custody of that minor. Supervision of minors in secure custody in a locked room shall include safety checks at least once every 15 minutes until resolution of the intoxicated state or ☒ ☐ ☐ release. These safety checks shall be documented, with actual time of occurrence recorded. Supervision of minors in secure custody outside of a locked room shall be supervised in accordance with ☒ ☐ ☐ Section 1148. Supervision of minors in nonsecure custody shall be ☒ supervised in accordance with Section 1150. ☐ ☐ 2361 Los Angeles 77th St. Division I PRO 23-24 Page 30 of 30 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 BOARD OF STATE & COMMUNITY CORRECTIONS - COMPREHENSIVE INSPECTION ADULT DETENTION FACILITY LIVING AREA SPACE EVALUATION BSCC Code: 2501 FACILITY: LAPD 77th Street Division TYPE: I RC: 179 FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J. Bush DATE: 10/03/2024 ROOMS EACH ROOM Cell Applicable # EACH CELL Total DIMENSIONS FIXTURES* Location Type Standards Cells # Beds RC RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Male Holding One shower is available for male holding. 1 Holding 1991 1 - (14) (14) 12’4”x13’9”x8’ 1 1 1 2 Holding 1991 1 - (11) (11) 9’8”x10’5”x8 1 1 1 3 Holding 1991 1 - (10) (10) 11’x8’x8 1 1 1 4 Holding 1991 1 - (5) (5) 8’8.5’x8 1 1 1 5 Sobering 1991 1 - (8) (8) 16’x10’6”x8 1 1 2 6 Holding 1991 1 - (5) (5) 8’8’5”x8’ 1 1 1 7 Holding 1991 1 - (16) (16) 18’2’X17’6”X8 2 2 2 8 Holding 1991 1 - (5) (5) 7’10”x10’2”x8’ 1 1 1 9 Safety 1991 1 - (1) (1) 5”10”x8’3”x8’6” 1 10 Safety 1991 1 - (1) (1) 6’x8’4”x8’6” 1 Female Holding One shower is available for female holding. 11-12 Holding 1991 2 - (7) (14) 10’9”x7’6”x8’ 1 1 1 13 Sobering 1991 1 - (3) (3) 7’7”x10’3”x8’ 1 1 2 15 Holding 1991 1 - (3) (3) 8’10”x7’8”x8’ 1 1 1 16 Safety 1991 1 - (1) (1) 8’6”x5’11” 1 17 Holding 1991 1 - (5) (5) 8’10”x7’8” 1 1 1 Court Holding 1 Holding 1991 1 - (16) (16) 10’2”x14’8” 2 Holding 1991 1 - (16) (16) 10’2”x14’7” A Block-Female Housing A 1 Dorm 1991 1 8 7 7 14’3”x25’ 1 1 1 A 2 Dorm 1991 1 8 8 8 14’3”x27 1 1 1 *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 2501 Los Angeles 77th Street Division I LASE 23-24 - 1 - Adult LAS.dot; BSCC 360 (01/14/97) ROOMS EACH ROOM Cell Applicable # EACH CELL Total DIMENSIONS FIXTURES* Location Type Standards Cells # Beds RC RC (L x W x H) T U W F S A3 Double 1991 1 2 2 2 10’9”x6’ 1 1 1 A 4 Double 1991 1 2 2 2 10’9”x6’ 1 1 1 A 5 Handicap 1991 1 2 2 2 8’6”x10’9” 1 1 2 Double Note: Two showers for A Block. B Block-Female Housing B1 Dorm 1991 1 6 6 6 18’11”x17’7” 1 1 1 B 2-4 Double 1991 3 2 2 6 10’9”x6’+7 1 1 1 B 5 Dorm 1991 1 8 8 8 16’8”x23’2”+14 1 1 1 B 6 Double 1991 1 2 2 2 11’8”x6’3” 1 1 1 B 7 & 8 Double 1991 2 2 2 4 9x7’6”-6 1 1 1 Note: Two showers for B Block. C Block-Female Housing Overflow C 1 & 2 Dorm 1991 2 8 8 16 15’6”x26’ 1 1 1 C 11-19 Double 1991 9 2 2 18 6’x10’ 1 1 1 Note: Three showers for C Block. Dayroom has tables and seating for 7. D Block-Male Housing D 1 & 2 Dorm 1991 2 8 8 16 15’6”x24’9” 1 1 1 D 11-18 Double 1991 8 2 2 16 6’x10’ 1 1 1 Note: Two showers for D Block. Table and seating for 5. Room #12 is ADA Cell. E Block E 1-2 Dorm 1991 2 8 8 16 26’x15’6” 1 1 1 E 11-17 Double 1991 7 2 2 14 6’x10’ Note: One shower for E Block. Table and seating for 10. F Block F 1 Dorm 1991 1 20 20 20 41’6” x16’8” 3 3 3 F 11-18 D 8 2 2 16 6’x10’ 1 1 1 Note: Three showers for F Block. Dayroom has tables and seating for 8. *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 2501 Los Angeles 77th Street Division I LASE 23-24 - 2 - Adult LAS.dot; BSCC 360 (01/14/97) ADULT TYPE I, II, III AND IV FACILITIES PHYSICAL PLANT EVALUATION Board of State & Community Corrections APPLICABLE TITLE 24 REGULATIONS: 6/94; 2/99; 2001 BSCC Code: 2501 FACILITY NAME: LAPD 77th Street Division FACILITY TYPE: I APPLICABLE REGULATIONS (Check All That 6/94: X 2/99: 2001: OTHER: Apply): FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J. Bush DATE 10/03/2024 TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Reception and Booking (2.1) X Contains a weapons locker, designed as outlined in these regulations. Contains a cell or room for confinement pending X booking Contains a detoxification cell, where applicable 01: Name change to “sobering cell.” X 2-99: Two detoxification cells are provided if both male and female inmates are held. Contains safety cell(s) (WA) X Shower room available 2-99: Access to shower must be within the secure X area Provides secure vault or storage for inmate valuables X Telephone(s) available for inmate use (PC § 851.5) X 2-99: Unobstructed access to hot and cold running water X Temporary Holding Cell or Room (2.2) X Contains 10 square feet of floor area per inmate Holds no more than 16 inmates X Is not smaller than 40 square feet and has a clear X ceiling height of 8 feet or more Contains sufficient seating to accommodate all X inmates Contains water closet (toilet), washbasin, and drinking X fountain Provides for clear visual supervision by staff X Temporary Staging Cell or Room (2.3) X Holds inmates classified and segregated per Title 15 § 1050 and 1053 Holds inmates for four hours or less X Limited to holding no more than 80 inmates X Contains 10 square feet of floor area per inmates and X has a clear ceiling height of 8 feet or more. 2501 Los Angeles 77th Street Division I PHY 23-24 - 1 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01.dot (03/01) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Is at least 160 square feet X Contains sufficient seating to accommodate all inmates X Contains water closets (toilets), wash basins and X drinking fountains as specified by these regulations Provides for clear visual supervision by staff X Detoxification/Sobering Cell (2.4) 01: Name change to “sobering cell.” X Contains 20 square feet of floor area per inmate Is limited to no more than 8 inmates X Is no smaller than 60 square feet and has a clear X ceiling height of 8 feet or more Contains a water closet (toilet) wash basin and X drinking fountain as specified by these regulations Has padded partitions located next to toilet fixtures X Provides for clear visual supervision by staff X Padding on floor X 01: A shower is accessible in the secure portion of the facility X Safety Cell (2.5) Male safety cell #9 is closed and being used for storage. X Contains 48 square feet with one floor dimension of a least 6 feet and a clear ceiling height of 8 feet or more Is limited to one inmate X Contains a flushing ring toilet, mounted flush with the X floor, with controls located outside the cell Padded floor, door and walls X Equipped with a variable intensity, security light, X inaccessible to the occupant Has one or more vertical view panels, not more than 4 inches wide nor less than 24 inches long, which X provide a view of the entire cell Has a food pass with lockable shutter no more than 4 inches high and, with between 26 and 32 inches from X the bottom of the food pass to the floor 01: Wall or ceiling mounted devices are inaccessible to inmate occupant. X Single Occupancy Cells (2.6) X Maximum capacity of one inmate Contain a minimum of 60 square feet of floor area in Type I facilities and 70 square feet in Type II and III X facilities 2501 Los Angeles 77th Street Division I PHY 23-24 - 2 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01.dot (03/01) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Have a minimum clear ceiling height of 8 feet and a X minimum width of 6 feet Contain a water closet (toilet), washbasin and drinking X fountain Contain a bunk, desk and seat (Desk and seat not required in Type I facilities.) X Double Occupancy Cells (2.7) X Maximum capacity of two inmates Contain a minimum of 60 square feet of floor area in Type I facilities and 70 square feet in Type II and III X facilities Have a minimum clear ceiling height of 8 feet and a X minimum width of 6 feet Contain a water closet (toilet), washbasin and drinking X fountain Contain 2 bunks, 1 desk and 1 seat (Desk and seat Bunks in all cells have been lowered. not required in Type I facilities.) X Dormitories (2.8) (Note: 2001 regulations reduced the double bunk requirement from 75 to 70 square feet and added provision for triple bunks. This is the “least restrictive standard.”) Contain at least 50 square feet of floor area per inmate for single bed units; at least 70 square feet of floor space per inmate for double bed units; and, at least 90 X square feet for triple bed units. Eight foot clear ceiling height required. (To calculate double bunked BRC: 70 square feet divided by 2 inmates = 35 square feet + 35 square feet dayroom = 70 square feet per inmate. To calculate triple bunked BRC: 90 square feet divided by 3 inmates=30 square feet + 35 square feet dayroom=65 square feet per inmate.) Designed for nor fewer than 4 and no more than 64 X inmates Provide access to toilets separate from washbasins X and drinking fountains Provide storage space for each inmate's personal items (NA Type I) X Dayrooms (2.9) Required for inmates in Type II and III facilities - X excluding "special use" cells - and inmate workers in Type I facilities) 2501 Los Angeles 77th Street Division I PHY 23-24 - 3 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01.dot (03/01) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Contain 35 square feet of floor area per inmate, exclusive of 3 foot wide corridors in front of X cells/rooms 2-99: Deleted 3 foot corridor in front of cells/rooms Contain tables and seating to accommodate the maximum number of inmates allowed access at a given time. (Note 2001 revisions added reference to X access at a given time and are the least restrictive standard.) Exercise Area (2.10) Provided in Type II and III facilities. Type IV facilities X must have a recreation area or provide community access to one. Clear height of 15 feet X Has required surface area: 80 % of maximum rated inmate capacity, multiplied by 50 square feet, divided X by number of one-hour exercise periods per day, equals the required surface area. 2-99: Provides free access to a toilet, washbasin and X drinking fountain Provides adequate security X Program/Multipurpose Space (2.11) (NA Type I) There is sufficient area and furnishings to meet the X needs of the facility programs. (See regulation for discussion of applicability to Type IV.) Medical Examination Room (2.12) There is one suitably equipped medical exam room in every Type II or III facility designed to house 25 or X more inmates. 2-99: Required in all facilities that provide on-site health care. Located within the security area and provide for X privacy of inmates Not less than 100 square feet of floor space with no X single dimension less than 7 feet Provide hot and cold running water 2-99: Hot and cold running water in any room where X medical procedures are provided 2-99: Lockable storage for medical supplies X 2501 Los Angeles 77th Street Division I PHY 23-24 - 4 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01.dot (03/01) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Pharmaceutical Storage Space (2.13) There is lockable storage space for medical supplies X and pharmaceuticals (Title 15 § 1216). Medical Care Housing (2.14) Applicable to Type II and III facilities where the facility X program indicates special medical care housing is needed. Housing is located within the security area, accessible to both male and female inmates, but not in the living X area of either. Provides lockable storage area for medical X instruments 2-99: Negative pressure isolation rooms are designed to the community standard. X Hare Care Space (2.15) Space and equipment are available. X 2-99: Requirement deleted. Commissary (2.16) (NA Type I) X Inmates can purchase specified items. There is secure storage for commissary stock. 01: Revisions limit requirement for secure storage to circumstances when commissary supplies are X kept within the security perimeter. Dining Facilities (2.17) (NA Type I) X There is 15 square feet and sufficient tables and seating for each inmate being fed. Dining space does not include toilets, washbasins or showers, without an appropriate visual barrier. 2-99: Visual barrier requirement deleted for X washbasins Visiting Space (2.18) X There is sufficient visiting area. Safety Equipment Storage (2.19) Adequate space is provided to store equipment such X as fire extinguishers, SCBA, emergency lights, etc. 2501 Los Angeles 77th Street Division I PHY 23-24 - 5 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01.dot (03/01) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Janitors' Closet (2.20) A securely lockable janitor’s closet provides sufficient X storage for cleaning implements and supplies and is located within the security area (Type II only). A mop sink is available within the security area (Type II). It may be outside the security area in CH, TH and, X Types I, III & IV. Audio or Visual Monitoring (2.22) (NA Type III and IV housing only minimum security inmates) There is an audio monitoring system capable of alerting staff in a central control. When visual X electronic surveillance is use, it is located primarily in corridors, elevators, or at points on the security perimeter such as entrances and exits. 2-99: Video monitoring option deleted. Laundry Facilities (2.23) Type IV facilities make provision for washing and X drying personal laundry. Emergency Power (2.24) There is an emergency power source available and capable of providing minimal lighting in all areas and X maintaining fire and life safety, security, communication and alarm systems. Confidential Interview Rooms (2.25) There is at least one suitably furnished confidential interview room in every Type II facility designed for 25 X or more inmates. 2-99: Applicable to every facility which provides on- site health care Located in the security area, accessible by both male X and female inmates Provides at least 70 square feet floor area with no single dimension less than 6 feet X Attorney Interview Space (2.26) (NA Type IV) X Available and provides for confidentiality 2501 Los Angeles 77th Street Division I PHY 23-24 - 6 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01.dot (03/01) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Water Closets (Toilets)/Urinals (3.1) Provide for inmate privacy/modesty with staff being able to visual supervise; one is provided in every single and double occupancy cell and at the following ratio elsewhere: 1:10 in dormitories (changed from 1:8 in 2001); 1:8 in detoxification/sobering cells; X 1:16 in holding cells; 1:20 in exercise areas; and, Accessible to dayroom occupants no specified ratio. 2-99: Accessible at no specified ratio in exercise areas See regulation for calculations of urinal substitutions. Washbasins (3.2) Provide hot and cold or tempered water; one is provided in every single and double occupancy cell and at the following ratio elsewhere: 1:10 in dormitories (changed from 1:8 in 2001); 1:8 in detoxification/sobering cells; X 1:20 in exercise areas; and, Accessible to dayrooms at no specified ratio. 2-99: Accessible in exercise areas at no specified ratio See regulation for calculations of washbasin trough substitutions. Drinking Fountains (3.3) One is provided in every single and double occupancy cell and in dormitories. Accessible to inmates in dayrooms X 2-99: One is provided in every single and double occupancy cell, holding and staging cells and detoxification cells. It must be accessible to inmates in dayrooms and exercise areas. The water outlet (bubbler) is mechanically actuated and at an angle that prevents wastewater from flowing over the outlet (bubbler). There is a mouth guard on X the water outlet. 2-99: Mouth guard requirement deleted 2501 Los Angeles 77th Street Division I PHY 23-24 - 7 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01.dot (03/01) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Showers (3.4) Available at a ratio of 1:20; provide hot and cold or tempered water; shower stalls/areas are designed and constructed of materials that are impervious to water X and soap so that they may be easily cleaned. 2-99: Ratio changed from 1:16; specified that shower areas must provide modesty for inmates, with staff ability to supervise. Beds/Bunks (3.5) At least 30 inches wide and 76 inches long with 21 inches between pans; constructed of pan bottom type X or concrete; securely fastened to the floor and/or wall in facilities higher than minimum security. 01: Must be elevated off the floor. Lighting (3.6) Lighting in housing units, dayrooms and activity areas is sufficient to permit easy reading by a person with normal vision, and is not less than 20 foot-candles at desk level and in the grooming area. Night lighting is sufficient for purposes of supervision. X Lighting is centrally controlled and/or occupant controlled in housing cells or rooms. Light fixtures are of secure design in areas higher than minimum security. Windows (3.7) In housing areas higher than minimum security, X windows that are accessible to inmates are no greater than 5 inches in on dimension. Cell Padding (3.8) The floors and partition are padded in detoxification cells. In safety cells, floors, doors, walls and X everything on them are padded. All padded cells are equipped with an tamper resistant fire sprinkler approved by the SFM. All padding is: approved for use by the SFM; nonporous; at least ½ inch thick; of a unitary or laminated construction; firmly bonded to all surfaces; X and, without exposed seams. 2501 Los Angeles 77th Street Division I PHY 23-24 - 8 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01.dot (03/01) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Mirrors/Shelves/Clothes Hooks (3.9) X A mirror of a material appropriate to the level of security is provided near each washbasin. Consistent with security needs, shelves and clothes hooks are provided wherever feasible. X 2-99: Requirement for shelves and hooks deleted Clothes hooks are of a collapsible hook type 2-99: Requirement for hooks deleted X Seating (3.10) Seating is designed to the level of security. When bench seating is used, eighteen inches of bench are X provided per inmate. 2-99: In holding and staging cells, seating is securely fastened to the wall and/or floor. Table/Seat (3.11) (NA Type I) A table and seat is provided in single and double X occupancy cells. Weapons Locker (3.12) (NA type IV and Minimum Security Facilities) A secure weapons locker is located outside the X security perimeter of the facility and no weapons are brought into the security area. Lockers have individual compartments, locks and keys. Design Requirements (102(c)6) Design requirements as specified in Title 24, Part 1, 102(c)6 are met. (See regulation for specific X requirements. Note areas of non-compliance that are applicable to the facility type and construction date in the "comments" section.) 2501 Los Angeles 77th Street Division I PHY 23-24 - 9 - A383 PHY Type 94 99 01.dot (03/01) TYPE I FACILITIES Board of State and Community Corrections PROCEDURES1 BSCC Code: 2560 FACILITY NAME: LAPD Pacific Division FACILITY TYPE: I PERSON(S) INTERVIEWED: Detention Custody Officer Gwen Jackson FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J. Bush DATE: 10/02/2024 TITLE 15 SECTION P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1020 CORRECTIONS OFFICER CORE COURSE2 The BSCC Standards and Training for Corrections (STC) division found the agency in compliance with applicable (a) In addition to the provisions of California Penal Code Section regulations during the 2023-2024 compliance monitoring 831.5, all custodial personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall cycle. successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Core Course” as described in Section 179 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the Prior to appointment all Managements and Supervisors date of assignment. have completed the Corrections Officer Core Course. (b) Custodial Personnel who have successfully completed the course of instruction required by Penal Code Section 832.3 shall also Officers interviewed cited a variety of classes provided successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Basic Academy during the past two years. Supplemental Core Course” as described in Section 180 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the date of assignment. 1021 JAIL SUPERVISORY TRAINING Prior to assuming supervisory duties, jail supervisors shall complete the core training requirements pursuant to Section 1020, Corrections Officer Core Course. In addition, supervisory personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall also be required to complete either the STC Supervisory Course (as described in Section 181, Title 15, CCR) or the POST supervisory course within one year from date of assignment. 1023 JAIL MANAGEMENT TRAINING Managerial personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall be required to complete either the STC management course (as described in Section 182, Title 15, CCR) or the POST management course within one year from date of assignment. 1025 CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL TRAINING With the exception of any year that a core training module is successfully completed, all facility/system administrators, managers, supervisors, and custody personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall successfully complete the “annual required training” specified in Section 184 of Title 15, CCR. 1 This document is intended for use as a tool during the inspection process; this worksheet may not contain each Title 15 regulation that is required. Additionally, many regulations on this worksheet are SUMMARIES of the regulation; the text on this worksheet may not contain the entire text of the actual regulation. Please refer to the complete California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Minimum Standards for Local Facilities, Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 4 for the complete list and text of regulations. 2 For STC participating agencies, consistency with training sections 1020, 1021, 1023 & 1025 is annually assessed by the STC Division. Unless otherwise indicated, the regulatory intent is for training to occur within one year from the date of assignment. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 1 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1027 NUMBER OF PERSONNEL 025. Emergency Staffing A sufficient number of personnel shall be employed in Compliance with this section is predicated each local detention facility to ensure the implementation upon the ability of staff to conduct and and operation of the programs and activities required by ☒ document at least hourly safety checks and ☐ ☐ these regulations. ensure the completion of all programs and activities required by the regulations. Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be at 025. Emergency Staffing least one employee on duty at all times in a local detention facility or in the building which houses a local BSCC reviewed staffing assignments, the ☒ detention facility who shall be immediately available and ☐ ☐ duty roster, and the Correctional Sergeant’s accessible to incarcerated people in the event of an Log to verify staffing patterns. All emergency. information appeared appropriate. Such an employee shall not have any other duties which 025. Emergency Staffing would conflict with the supervision and care of ☒ incarcerated people in the event of an emergency. ☐ ☐ All shifts have non-posted staff available to respond to an emergency. Whenever one or more females are in custody, there 110. Searches – Unavailability of female shall be at least one female employee who shall be sworn to search female arrestee immediately available and accessible to such females. ☒ ☐ ☐ Note: Reference PC § 4021. There is always trained female staff available. In order to determine if there is a sufficient number of 001. Change of watch procedures personnel for a specific facility, the facility administrator 030 Releasing an incarcerated person shall prepare and retain a staffing plan indicating the personnel assigned in the facility and their duties. Such a ☒ 410.00 Officer duties and responsibilities staffing plan shall be reviewed by the Board staff at the ☐ ☐ time of their biennial inspection. The results of such a review and recommendations shall be reported to the local jurisdiction having fiscal responsibility for the facility. 1027.5 SAFETY CHECKS All LAPD Detention supervisory staff have attended applicable POST and STC courses. The facility administrator shall develop and implement policy and procedures for conducting safety checks that include, but are not limited to, the following: ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) Safety checks will determine the safety and well-being of individuals and shall be conducted at least hourly through direct visual observation of all people held and housed in the facility. (b) There shall be no more than a 60-minute lapse Verified in policies and discussions with ☒ between safety checks. ☐ ☐ detention officers. (c) Safety checks for people in sobering cells, safety cells, 250. Safety Checks and restraints shall occur more frequently as outlined in 265. Sobering Cell ☒ section 1055, section 1056, and section 1058 of these ☐ ☐ 265.30 Sobering Cell Use regulations. Restraints are not used in the facility. (d) Safety checks shall occur at random or varied Safety checks occur at random or varied ☒ intervals. ☐ ☐ intervals. (e) There shall be a written plan that includes the The actual time at which each safety check documentation of all safety checks. Documentation shall occurred; include: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) the actual time at which each individual safety check occurred; 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 2 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) the location where each individual safety check Each observation log is documented and occurred, such as a cell, module, or dormitory ☒ lists location where each safety check ☐ ☐ number; and, occurred (3) Initials or employee identification number of staff Initials and staff identification numbers are ☒ who completed the safety check(s). ☐ ☐ listed on each observation log. (f) A documented process by which safety checks are Supervisors will review and initial random reviewed at regular defined intervals by a supervisor or security logs to ensure logs are completed facility manager, including methods of mitigating patterns ☒ and consistent with regulations. ☐ ☐ of inconsistent documentation, or untimely completion of, safety checks. 1028 FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY STAFF This training is included in the core and supplemental core courses. Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be at ☒ least one person on duty at all times who meets the ☐ ☐ training standards established by the Board for general fire and life safety. [Penal Code section 6030(c)]. The facility manager shall ensure that there is at least one All staff have gone through the fire and life person on duty who trained in fire and life safety ☒ safety training during their correctional core ☐ ☐ procedures that relate specifically to the facility. training. 1029 POLICY AND PROCEDURES MANUAL3 Unless otherwise indicated, all policy sections noted are contained within the Jail Division Facility administrator(s) shall develop and publish a Operations Manual (JOM). manual of policy and procedures for the facility. The policy and procedures manual shall address all Each jail has facility-specific Standing Plans applicable Title 15 and Title 24 regulations and shall be (SP). comprehensively reviewed and updated at least every ☒ Updated 2022. two years. Such a manual shall be made available to all ☐ ☐ employees. Notes: The policies and procedures required in subsections (a)(6) and (a)(7) may be placed in a separate manual to ensure confidentiality. Subsections (c) and (d) do not apply and have been deleted. (a) The manual for Temporary Holding, Type I, II, and III 010. Custody Services Division (CSD) facilities shall provide for, but not be limited to, the Organization following: ☒ 010.40 Regional Jail Sections and ☐ ☐ (1) Table of organization, including channels of Operations communications. (2) Inspections and operations reviews by the facility 200. Inspections ☒ administrator/manager. ☐ ☐ (3) Policy on the use of force that meets current state 3/792 Adjudication of Categorical Use of and federal legal requirements and includes Force Incidents ☒ prohibition of the use of carotid restraint and choke ☐ ☐ holds. (4) Policy on the use of restraint equipment, including 740. Handcuffing Pregnant Incarcerated the restraint of pregnant persons as referenced in person Penal Code Section 3407. 745. Restraint Equipment ☒ ☐ ☐ Department Manual 4/217.40 Use of the Hobble Restraint Device (5) Procedure and criteria for screening newly 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and ☒ received persons for release. ☐ ☐ Responsibilities. 3 Procedures related to security and emergency response may be in a separate manual to ensure confidentiality by limiting general access. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 3 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (6) Security and control including physical counts and 001. Change of Watch Procedures searches of the facility and incarcerated persons, contraband control, and key control. 100. Searches/Body Scanner System Each facility administrator shall, at least annually, review, evaluate, and make a record of security 111. Use of the Body Scanner measures. The review and evaluation shall include internal and external security measures of the facility 310. Custody Transport Unit (CTU) including security measures specific to prevention of sexual abuse and sexual harassment. 245.10 Random Cell Inspections (RCI) in Jail Facilities Department Manual ☒ ☐ ☐ 4/620 Searching - Arrestees at Booking Office 245.10 Random Cell Inspections (RC) Jail Facilities 520. Correspondence 3/536 Department Building and Room Keys Department Order (7) Emergency procedures include: Standing Plan. (A) fire suppression preplan as required by ☒ ☐ ☐ section 1032 of these regulations; (B) escape, disturbances, and the taking of Standing Plan. ☒ hostages; ☐ ☐ (C) mass arrests; ☒ ☐ ☐ (D) natural disasters; ☒ Standing Plan. ☐ ☐ (E) periodic testing of emergency equipment; ☒ and, ☐ ☐ (F) storage, issue, and use of weapons, Standing Plan. ammunition, chemical agents, and related ☒ ☐ ☐ security devices. (8) Suicide Prevention. ☒ 690. Suicide Prevention ☐ ☐ (9) Separation of incarcerated persons. ☒ 350. Incarcerated person Segregation ☐ ☐ (10) Zero tolerance in the prevention of sexual abuse Department Manual ☒ and sexual harassment. ☐ ☐ 1/280 Sexual Harassment (11) Policy and procedure to detect, prevent, and 390. Monitoring of Incarcerated Persons respond to retaliation against any staff or person after ☒ Who Reported Sexual Abuse or Sexual ☐ ☐ reporting any abuse. Harassment (12) Release policy, including release planning for 630. Incarcerated person Complaint incarcerated persons. 390. Monitoring of Incarcerated Persons ☒ ☐ ☐ Who Reported Sexual Abuse or Sexual Harassment (e) The manual for Temporary Holding, Court Holding, 630. Incarcerated person Complaint Type I, II, III, and IV facilities shall provide for, but not be limited to, the following: (1) multiple internal ways for incarcerated people to privately report sexual abuse and sexual ☒ harassment, retaliation by other incarcerated ☐ ☐ persons or staff for reporting sexual abuse and sexual harassment, and staff neglect or violation of responsibilities that may have contributed to such incidents, 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 4 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) a method for uninvolved incarcerated persons, 630. Incarcerated Person Complaint family, community members, and other interested third parties to report sexual abuse or sexual ☒ ☐ ☐ harassment. The method for reporting shall be publicly posted at the facility. 1030 SUICIDE PREVENTION PROGRAM 690. Suicide Prevention 360. Mentally Disordered Incarcerated The facility shall have a comprehensive written suicide person prevention program developed by the facility administrator or designee, in conjunction with the health ☒ 360.20 Evaluation of Mentally Disordered ☐ ☐ authority and mental health director, to identify, monitor, Incarcerated Person and provide treatment to those incarcerated persons who present a suicide risk. These types of prisoners will not be held in The program shall include the following: the facility. (a) Annual suicide prevention training for all custodial 310.50 Incarcerated Person Classification – personnel. Defined Upon an incarcerated person entering the ☒ facility, he/she should be assessed by ☐ ☐ custody staff for the ability to answer medical and mental health screening questions. (b) Intake screening for suicide risk immediately upon 310.50 Incarcerated Person Classification – intake and prior to housing assignment. ☐ ☒ Defined ☐ (c) Suicide prevention screening during special 310.50 Incarcerated Person Classification – situations, including placement in restrictive housing, Defined ☒ following a hearing, and after a transfer or change in ☐ ☐ 50.20 Administrative Segregation classification. (d) Provisions facilitating communication among 690. Suicide Prevention arresting/transporting officers, facility staff, court staff, ☒ medical and mental health personnel in relation to suicide ☐ ☐ risk. (e) Housing recommendations for people at risk of suicide 690. Suicide Prevention that balance safety and environment. The least restrictive ☒ ☐ ☐ environment should be considered. (f) Supervision depending on level of suicide risk. 530.10 Morning Report 690.20 Custody Services Division Attempted Suicide Report ☐ ☒ ☐ 020. Jail Incident and Administrative Records (g) Suicide attempt and suicide intervention policies and 690.20 Custody Services Division Attempted ☒ procedures. ☐ ☐ Suicide Report (h) Provisions for reporting suicides and suicides Fire Suppression Pre-Plans are outlined in ☒ attempts. ☐ ☐ the facility’s Standing Plan. (i) Multi-disciplinary administrative review of suicides and Standing Plan. attempted suicides as defined by the facility administrator, including the development of a corrective ☐ ☒ ☐ action plan to address deficiencies identified in the administrative review. (j) Provisions for follow up care as needed. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 5 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (k) Plan for mental health consultation following return ☒ from court as determined by the mental health director. ☐ ☐ 1032 FIRE SUPPRESSION PREPLANNING Fire Suppression Pre-Plans are outlined in the facility’s Standing Plan. Pursuant to Penal Code Section 6031.1(b), the facility administrator shall consult with the local fire department ☐ ☐ ☐ having jurisdiction over the facility, with the State Fire Marshal, or both, in developing a plan for fire suppression which shall include, but not be limited to: (a) a fire suppression pre-plan developed with the local Standing Plan. fire department to be included as part of the policy and ☒ procedures manual (Title 15, California Code of ☐ ☐ Regulations Section 1029); (b) monthly fire prevention inspections by facility staff with 245. Fire/Life Safety Inspection two-year retention of the inspection record; Monthly testing of the generator and emergency lights is completed by the city’s Facilities division and noted on the Monthly ☒ ☐ ☐ Fire & Life Safety Inspection completed and maintained by the Jail Administrator. BSCC staff reviewed two years of staff- conducted inspections. (c) fire prevention inspections as required by Health and Fire Inspection conducted on 10/01/2024. Safety Code Section 13146.1(a) and (b) which requires ☒ ☐ ☐ inspections at least once every two years; (d) an evacuation plan; and, ☒ Standing Plan. ☐ ☐ (e) a plan for the emergency housing of incarcerated Standing Plan. ☒ people in the case of fire. ☐ ☐ 1040 POPULATION ACCOUNTING 001. Change of Watch Procedures Each facility administrator shall maintain a demographics Area jail personnel count the number of ☒ accounting system which reflects the monthly average ☐ ☐ arrestees at the beginning of each shift. daily population of sentenced and non-sentenced people A midnight count is conducted at each by gender and juvenile status. facility. Facility administrators shall provide the Board with applicable demographic information as described in the ☒ ☐ ☐ Jail Profile Survey. 1041 RECORDS 021. Incarcerated Person Records (a) Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility BSCC reviewed a sample of incarcerated shall develop written policies and procedures for the person records and noted that all expected maintenance of individual records for each incarcerated documents were consistently present. person which shall include, but not be limited to, intake ☒ ☐ ☐ information, personal property receipts, commitment papers, court orders, reports of disciplinary actions taken, medical orders issued by the responsible physician and staff response, and non-medical information regarding disabilities and other limitations. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 6 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) Each facility administrator shall collect accurate, 020. Jail Incident and Administrative Records uniform data for every allegation of sexual abuse at facilities under its direct control and from other facilities Any incident reported under these guidelines with which it contracts for the confinement of its shall contain information necessary to fulfill incarcerated people. The data collected shall include, at ☒ ☐ ☐ the reporting requirements of 34 U.S.C. a minimum, the data necessary to satisfy the reporting section 30303(a)(1). requirements of 34 U.S.C. section 30303(a)(1). Note: federal survey on sexual violence. 1044 INCIDENT REPORTS An incident report is required of all incidents which result in physical harm, or serious Each facility administrator shall develop written policies threat of physical harm, to an employee or and procedures for the maintenance of written records incarcerated person of a detention facility or ☒ and reporting of all incidents which result in physical ☐ ☐ other person. harm, or serious threat of physical harm, to an employee or incarcerated person of a detention facility or other person. Such records shall include the names of the persons The on-duty Jail Supervisor shall ensure that involved, a description of the incident, the actions taken, an investigation is initiated by the jailer who and the date and time of the occurrence. will prepare a written report, which shall ☒ include the date and time of the occurrence, ☐ ☐ the names of the person involved including witnesses, a description of the incident, and action taken. Such a written record shall be prepared by the staff Detention Officers are required to submit assigned to investigate the incident and submitted to the reports by the end of their shift. facility manager or designee. ☒ ☐ ☐ Several major incident reports were reviewed by BSCC staff. 1045 PUBLIC INFORMATION PLAN 1/118 Public Information Plan Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility A public information binder with appropriate shall develop written policies and procedures for the ☒ content was reviewed at each facility. dissemination of information to the public, to other ☐ ☐ government agencies, and to the news media. The public and incarcerated persons shall have available for review the following material: (a) The Board of State and Community Corrections Verified. Minimum Standards for Local Detention Facilities as ☒ ☐ ☐ found in Title 15 of the California Code of Regulations. (b) Facility rules and procedures affecting incarcerated Rules and regulations are located on the people as specified in sections: reverse of the Prisoner Receipt. An (1) 1045, Public Information Plan interpreter or “language bank” is used in the event the incarcerated person does not ☒ ☐ ☐ speak English. If the incarnated person cannot read, the detention officer is required to read the rules and regulations to the arrestee. (2) 1061, Education Plan ☐ ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ (3) 1062, Visiting ☒ 502 ☐ ☐ (4) 1063, Correspondence ☒ 520 ☐ ☐ (5) 1064, Library Service ☐ ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ (6) 1065, Exercise and Out of Cell Time ☒ 528 ☐ ☐ (7) 1066, Books, Newspapers, Periodicals and 528 ☒ Writings ☐ ☐ 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 7 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (8) 1067, Access to Telephone ☒ 519 ☐ ☐ (9) 1068, Access to Courts and Counsel ☒ 520 ☐ ☐ (10) 1069, Orientation ☒ 1/610 ☐ ☐ (11) 1070, Individual/Family Service Programs ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ ☐ (12) 1071, Voting ☒ 2/521 ☐ ☐ (13) 1072, Religious Observance ☒ 2/522 ☐ ☐ (14) 1073, Grievance Procedure ☒ 630 - No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ ☐ (15) 1080, Rules and Disciplinary Actions ☒ 620 - No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ ☐ (16) 1081, Plan for Discipline of Incarcerated No sentenced incarcerated person. ☒ Persons ☐ ☐ (17) 1082, Forms of Discipline ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ ☐ (18) 1083, Limitations on Discipline ☒ No sentenced incarcerated person. ☐ ☐ (19) 1200, Responsibility for Health Care Services ☒ ☐ ☐ 1046 DEATH IN CUSTODY 540. Death in Custody Review (a) The facility administrator shall develop written policy The in-custody death review should be and procedures to comply with the in-custody death initiated as soon as practicable but no later reporting requirements of Government Code section ☒ than 30 days after the incident. The team ☐ ☐ 12525. The facility administrator shall submit a copy of should review the appropriateness of clinical the report filed pursuant to section 12525 to the BSCC care, determine whether changes to policies, within 10 days of an in-custody death. procedures, or practices are warranted, and identify issues that require further study (b) The facility administrator, in cooperation with the The Chief is responsible for establishing a health administrator, shall develop written policy and team of qualified staff to conduct an procedures to conduct an initial review and complete a administrative review of every in-custody written report of every in-custody death within 30 days of death. At a minimum, the review team the death. The team that conducts the initial review shall should include the Chief and/or the ☒ include, at a minimum, the facility administrator or ☐ ☐ authorized designee, City Attorney, District designee, the health administrator, the responsible Attorney Investigative staff, Responsible physician and other health care, and supervision staff Physician, qualified health care who are relevant to the incident. professionals, supervisors, or other members who are relevant to the incident. Deaths shall be reviewed to determine the The Chief or the authorized designee shall appropriateness of clinical care; whether changes to review the BSCC recommendations within policies, procedures, or practices are warranted; and to 90 days of receipt, following the BSCC identify issues that require further study. review of an in-custody death. ☒ ☐ ☐ The Department shall make recommendations and responses available to the public with appropriate redactions as permitted by law (c) The facility administrator shall submit a copy of the The facility captain will submit a copy of the initial review report of every in-custody death to the BSCC initial review of the report of all in-custody within 60 days of the death. The facility administrator shall deaths to BSCC within 60 days. ☒ provide a copy of the initial review report that comports ☐ ☐ with the disclosure requirements of section 832.10 of the Penal Code. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 8 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS The initial review report shall contain the following The in-custody death report shall contain all information: information that is required: (1) Demographic information (A) Full name of the decedent (1) Inmate Information: (B) Date of birth (A) Full name of the decedent (C) Date of death (B) Date of birth (D) Time of death (C) Date of death (E) Gender (D) Time of death (F) Race and ethnicity (E) Gender (G) Relevant medical history (F) Race and ethnicity (2) Facility Information (G) Relevant medical history (A) Name and location of the detention facility (B) Description of the location where the death ☒ (2) Facility Information ☐ ☐ occurred within the facility (A) Name and location of the detention (C) Date and time of the incident facility (D) Detention facility personnel (including names (B) Description of the location where the and roles) involved in the reporting of the death death occurred within the facility or incident (C) Date and time of the incident (3) Any relevant circumstances leading up to death, (D) Detention facility personnel including behavioral health or medical issues. (including names and roles) involved in the reporting of the death or incident (3) Any relevant circumstances leading up to death, including behavioral health or medical issues. (d) In any case in which a minor dies while detained in a Minors are not held in the facility. jail, lockup, or court holding facility the BSCC may inspect and evaluate the jail, lockup, or court holding facility pursuant to the provisions of this subchapter within 30 calendar days of the death. Any inquiry made by the Board shall be limited to the standards and requirements set forth in these regulations. 1050 CLASSIFICATION PLAN 310. Classification. 310.20 Housing Assignments. (a) Each administrator of a temporary holding, Type I, II, 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and or III facility shall develop and implement a written Responsibilities. classification plan designed to properly assign incarcerated persons to housing units and activities All prisoners housed with others shall be according to the categories of gender identity, age, classified for holding purposes. BSCC staff criminal sophistication, seriousness of crime charged, reviewed 8 months of incarcerated person’s physical or mental health needs, assaultive/non- classification and medical screening forms. assaultive behavior, risk of being sexually abused, or All forms were complete and ensured the sexually harassed and other criteria which will provide for incarcerated person's health and safety. the safety of the incarcerated people and staff. Such ☒ housing unit assignment shall be accomplished to the ☐ ☐ extent possible within the limits of the available number of distinct housing units or cells in a facility. The written classification plan shall be based on objective criteria and include receiving screening performed at the time of intake by trained personnel, and a record of each person's classification level, housing restrictions, and housing assignments. Note: Subsection (b) does not apply and has been deleted. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 9 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) In deciding housing and programming assignments, Cell locations are noted on the the agency shall consider on a case-by-case basis Divisional/Consolidated Booking Record whether a placement would ensure the health and safety of the incarcerated person, and whether the placement ☒ ☐ ☐ would present management or security problems. A person’s own views with respect to their own safety shall be given serious consideration. 1051 COMMUNICABLE DISEASES 670. Contagious Diseases 670.30. Contaminated Arrestee/Incarcerated The facility administrator, in cooperation with the person and Cells responsible physician, shall develop written policies and ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures specifying those symptoms that require All prisoners housed with others shall be medical isolation of an incarcerated person until a classified for holding purposes. medical evaluation is completed. At the time of intake into the facility, an inquiry shall be 310. Classification made of the person being booked as to whether the 310.20 Housing Assignments person has or has had any communicable diseases, such 410.10 DNG Officer Duties and as tuberculosis or has observable symptoms of Responsibilities. tuberculosis or any other communicable diseases, or other special medical problem identified by the health ☒ BSCC staff reviewed six months of authority. The response shall be noted on the medical ☐ ☐ incarcerated person classification and screening from. medical screening forms. All forms were complete and ensured the incarcerated person's health and safety. 1052 BEHAVIORAL CRISIS IDENTIFICATION 350.10 Mandated Incarcerated Person Separation The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and 360. Mentally Disordered Incarcerated procedures to identify and evaluate all incarcerated person people who may be in behavioral crisis. Evaluation of behavioral crisis may include telehealth. 360.20 Evaluation of Mentally Disordered Incarcerated Person ☒ ☐ ☐ The initial screening process is designed to identify whether mental health conditions exist that require immediate or ongoing intervention for the incarcerated person. The screening shall also be performed prior to the incarcerated person being placed in general housing. If an evaluation from medical or mental health staff is not The Mental Evaluation Unit is contacted prior readily available, an incarcerated person shall be to booking. considered in behavioral crisis for the purpose of this section if they appear to be a danger to themselves or ☒ On determination that a prisoner is others or appear gravely disabled. ☐ ☐ developmentally disabled, he/she shall be placed in a segregated area and a Jail Supervisor and Watch Commander shall be notified. An evaluation from medical or mental health staff shall be Medical staff will evaluate within 24 hours of secured within 24 hours of identification or at the next ☒ identification. ☐ ☐ daily sick call, whichever is earliest. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 10 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Separation may be used if necessary, to protect the 350.20 Administrative Separation safety of the person in crisis or others. The facility will not house prisoners who demonstrate that they may attempt to escape, assault other prisoners, or demonstrate a propensity towards violence. ☒ ☐ ☐ An appropriate cell shall be used for this type of separation (single cell or holding cell). Any administrative separation of a prisoner must be entered on the Jail log and the Watch Commander shall be advised as soon as possible. 1053 ADMINISTRATIVE SEPARATION Separation prisoners will be allowed the same rights as others. Except for Type IV facilities, facility administrators shall ☒ ☐ ☐ develop and implement policies and procedures for the administrative separation of incarcerated people. Policies and procedures must include: Separated prisoners will not be denied (a) Administrative separation may consist of separate meals, bedding, or sanitation facilities while housing but shall not involve any other deprivation of in separation. If a prisoner is placed in a privileges than is necessary to obtain the objective of holding cell, he/she will be asked every half protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility ☒ hour during the Jail check if he/she desires ☐ ☐ staff. to use the bathroom facilities or needs access to the telephone or drinking water until the arrestee is transferred to the county jail. (b) Administrative separation must not adversely affect ☐ ☒ an incarcerated person’s health. ☐ (c) Administrative separation may be used for incarcerated people who have: (1) A documented history of activity or behavior, or promoting such activity or behavior, that is criminal in nature, disruptive to facility operations, or affects the safety of the facility, other incarcerated people, and facility staff. (2) Influenced or participated in activity that is criminal in nature, disruptive to facility operations or ☐ ☒ affects the safety of the facility, other incarcerated ☐ people, and facility staff. (3) Committed assault, attempted assault, or participated in a conspiracy to assault or harm other incarcerated persons or facility staff. (4) A history of escape or have recently attempted escape. (5) A demonstrated need for protection from other incarcerated people. (d) Documentation indicating the necessity of administrative separation to obtain the objective of ☐ ☒ protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility ☐ staff. (e) A documented individualized ongoing review and evaluation of the need to continue placement in ☐ ☒ ☐ administrative separation. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 11 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1055 USE OF SAFETY CELL No safety cells. The safety cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section 1231.2.5, shall be used to hold only those people who ☐ ☒ ☐ display behavior which results in the destruction of property or reveals an intent to cause physical harm to self or others. The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and procedures governing safety cell use and may delegate ☐ ☒ authority to place an incarcerated person in a safety cell ☐ to a physician. Policies and procedures shall include, but not be limited to: (a) In no case shall the safety cell be used for punishment ☐ ☒ or as a substitute for treatment. ☐ (b) A person shall be placed in a safety cell only with the approval of the facility manager or designee, or ☐ ☒ responsible health care staff; continued retention shall be ☐ reviewed a minimum of every four hours. (c) A medical assessment shall be completed as soon as possible, but not more than 12 hours from the time of placement in the safety cell. The person shall be ☐ ☒ medically cleared for continued retention, referral to ☐ advanced treatment, or removal from the safety cell a minimum of every 24 hours thereafter. (d) The facility manager, designee or responsible health care staff shall obtain a mental health opinion/consultation with responsible health care staff on ☐ ☒ ☐ placement and retention, which shall be secured as soon as possible, but not more than 12 hours from placement. (e) Direct visual observation shall be conducted at least twice every 30 minutes, with no more than a 15-minute ☐ ☒ lapse between safety checks. Such observation shall be ☐ documented. (f) Procedures shall be established to assure ☐ ☒ administration of necessary nutrition and fluids. ☐ (g) People placed in the safety cell shall be allowed to retain sufficient clothing or be provided with a suitably designed “safety garment,” to provide for their personal ☐ ☒ ☐ privacy unless specific identifiable risks to the person's safety or to the security of the facility are documented. 1056 USE OF SOBERING CELL No sobering cells. The sobering cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section ☐ ☒ 1231.2.4, shall be used for temporary holding of ☐ incarcerated people who are a threat to their own safety or the safety of others due to their state of intoxication. A person shall be removed from the sobering cell as soon as they are able to continue the admission process or are ☐ ☒ ☐ no longer a risk to themselves or others. In no case shall a person remain in a sobering cell over six hours without an evaluation by medical or custody staff to determine whether the person has an urgent ☐ ☒ ☐ medical problem, pursuant to section 1213 of these regulations. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 12 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS At 12 hours from the time of placement, all persons must ☐ ☒ receive an evaluation by responsible health care staff. ☐ Intermittent direct visual observation of people held in the sobering cell shall be conducted no less than every half ☐ ☒ ☐ hour. Such observation shall be documented. 1057 DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES 310.50 Incarcerated person Classification - Defined The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 350.20 Administrative Segregation responsible physician, shall develop written policies and 370 Developmentally Disabled Incarcerated procedures for the identification and evaluation, person appropriate classification and housing, protection, and nondiscrimination of all incarcerated persons with The initial screening process is designed to developmental disabilities. ☒ ☐ ☐ identify whether developmentally disabled conditions exist. If so, the incarcerated person will be transported to the county jail. Developmentally disabled incarcerated persons are transported to county jail or a mental health facility. The health authority or designee shall contact the 370 Developmentally Disabled Incarcerated regional center for any incarcerated person suspected or person. confirmed to have a developmental disability for the ☒ ☐ ☐ purposes of diagnosis or treatment within 24 hours of such determination, excluding holidays and weekends. 1058 USE OF RESTRAINT DEVICES The use of restraint devices does not occur at this facility. The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop and implement written policies and procedures for the use of restraint devices. Restraint devices include any devices which immobilize extremities or prevent the incarcerated person ☐ ☒ ☐ from being ambulatory. The provisions of this section do not apply to the use of handcuffs, shackles, or other restraint devices when used to restrain incarcerated people for security reasons. The facility manager may delegate authority to place an incarcerated person in restraints to responsible health care staff. (a) The policy shall address the following areas: ☐ ☒ (1) acceptable restraint devices; ☐ (2) signs or symptoms which should result in immediate medical/mental health referral; availability ☐ ☒ ☐ of cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment; (3) protective housing of restrained persons; ☐ ☒ ☐ (4) provision for hydration and sanitation needs; and, ☐ ☒ ☐ (5) exercising of extremities. ☐ ☒ ☐ (b) Policy shall also include, but not be limited to, the following requirements: ☐ ☒ (1) In no case shall restraints be used for punishment ☐ or as a substitute for treatment. (2) Restraint devices shall only be used on incarcerated people who display behavior which ☐ ☒ results in the destruction of property or reveal an ☐ intent to cause physical harm to self or others. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 13 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (3) Restraint devices should be used only when less restrictive alternatives, including verbal de-escalation ☒ techniques, have been attempted and are deemed ☐ ☐ ineffective. (4) An incarcerated person shall be placed in restraints only with the approval of the facility manager, the facility watch commander, or ☐ ☒ ☐ responsible health care staff; continued retention shall be reviewed a minimum of every hour. (5) Continuous direct visual observation shall be ☐ ☒ maintained until a medical opinion can be obtained. ☐ (6) A medical opinion on placement and retention shall be secured within one hour from the time of ☐ ☒ ☐ placement. (7) A medical assessment shall be completed within ☐ ☒ four hours of placement. ☐ (8) Continuous direct visual observation shall be conducted at least twice every 30 minutes to ensure that the restraints are properly employed, and to ensure the safety and well-being of the incarcerated person. Such observation shall be documented. ☐ ☒ ☐ While in restraint devices all incarcerated persons shall be housed alone or in a specified housing area which makes provisions to protect the person from abuse. (9) If the facility manager, or designee, in consultation with responsible health care staff determines that an incarcerated person cannot be safely removed from ☐ ☒ ☐ restraints after eight hours, the person shall be taken to a medical facility for further evaluation. (10) Where applicable, the facility manager shall use the restraint device manufacturer’s recommended ☐ ☒ ☐ maximum time limits for placement. (11) All events and information related to the placement in restraints shall be documented and shall be video recorded unless exigent circumstances prevent staff from doing so. The ☐ ☒ documentation shall include: the reason for ☐ placement; person authorizing placement; names of staff involved in the placement; injuries sustained; and the duration of placement. 1058.5 RESTRAINTS AND PREGNANT PERSONS No use of restraints devices on pregnant persons. The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and ☐ ☒ ☐ procedures for the use of restraint devices on pregnant people. In accordance with Penal Code Section 3407, the policy shall include reference to the following: (1) An incarcerated person known to be pregnant or in recovery after delivery or termination of the ☐ ☒ pregnancy shall not be restrained by the use of leg or ☐ waist restraints, or handcuffs behind the body. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 14 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) An incarcerated pregnant person in labor, during delivery, or in recovery after delivery or termination of the pregnancy, shall not be restrained by the wrists, ☐ ☒ ankles, or both, unless deemed necessary for the ☐ safety and security of the incarcerated person, the staff, or the public. (3) Restraints shall be removed when a professional who is currently responsible for the medical care of an incarcerated pregnant person during a medical ☐ ☒ emergency, labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery ☐ or termination of the pregnancy determines that the removal of restraints is medically necessary. (4) Upon confirmation of an incarcerated person’s pregnancy, they shall be advised, orally or in writing, ☐ ☒ of the standards and policies governing incarcerated ☐ pregnant people. 1059 DNA COLLECTION, USE OF FORCE 4/630 DNA Samples Collection Protocol at LAPD Jails (a) Pursuant to Penal Code Section 298.1, authorized law enforcement, custodial, or corrections personnel Force will not be used in the collection of including peace officers, may employ reasonable force to ☒ samples except as authorized by court order collect blood specimens, saliva samples, or thumb or ☐ ☐ and only with the approval of a supervisor. palm print impressions from individuals who are required to provide such samples, specimens or impressions pursuant to Penal Code Section 296 and who refuse following written or oral request. (1) For the purpose of this regulation, the “use of reasonable force” shall be defined as the force that an objective, trained and competent correctional ☒ employee, faced with similar facts and ☐ ☐ circumstances, would consider necessary and reasonable to gain compliance with this regulation. (2) The use of reasonable force shall be preceded by efforts to secure voluntary compliance. Efforts to secure voluntary compliance shall be documented ☒ and include an advisement of the legal obligation to ☐ ☐ provide the requisite specimen, sample or impression and the consequences of refusal. (b) The force shall not be used without the prior written authorization of the facility watch commander or designee on duty. The authorization shall include ☒ information that reflects the fact that the offender was ☐ ☐ asked to provide the requisite specimen, sample, or impression and refused. (c) If the use of reasonable force includes a cell extraction, the extraction shall be videotaped, including audio. Video shall be directed at the cell extraction event. The videotape shall be retained by the agency for the ☒ ☐ ☐ length of time required by statute. Notwithstanding the use of the video as evidence in a criminal proceeding, the tape shall be retained administratively. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 15 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1062 VISITING 502 Visitations The facility administrator shall develop and implement written policies and procedures, which include the following requirements: ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) A visiting program which shall provide for: (1) As many in-person visits and visitors as facility schedules, space, and number of personnel will allow. (2) A publicly posted schedule of facility visiting 4/659 hours. If practicable, visiting hours should be made ☒ ☐ ☐ available on weekends, evenings, or holidays. (3) For sentenced incarcerated persons in Type I 502 Visitations facilities there shall be allowed no fewer than two ☒ visits totaling at least one hour per incarcerated ☐ ☐ person each week. (4) In Type I facilities, the facility administrator shall develop and implement written policies and procedures to allow visiting for non-sentenced detainees. The policies and procedures will include a ☒ ☐ ☐ schedule to assure that non-sentenced detainees will be afforded a visit no later than the calendar day following arrest. (b) Visits may not be cancelled unless a legitimate operational or safety and security concern exists. All cancelled visits must be documented. The facility ☒ ☐ ☐ manager or designee shall regularly review cancelled visits and document such review. (c) The visiting policies developed pursuant to this section shall include provision for visitation by minor children of ☒ ☐ ☐ the incarcerated person. (d) Video visitation may be used to supplement existing visitation programs, but shall not be used to fulfill the ☒ requirements of this section if in-person visitation is ☐ ☐ requested by an incarcerated person. (e) Facilities shall not charge for visitation when visitors are onsite and participating in either in-person or video visitation. For purposes of this subsection, “onsite” is ☒ ☐ ☐ defined as the location where the incarcerated person is housed. (f) Subdivision (d) shall not apply to facilities which (1) exclusively used video visitation prior to January 1, 2017 or (2) had been designed without in-person visitation ☒ ☐ ☐ space and conditionally awarded by the Board prior to June 27, 2017. (g) If a local detention facility offered video visitation only as of January 1, 2017, the first hour of remote video ☒ ☐ ☐ visitation per week shall be offered free of charge. Types and availability of visitation, including: Note: Reference PC § 6031.1(a)(4) (June 2017). Mode of visitation; Non-contact. Visitation hours; 10:00 AM – 3:00 PM. Time incarcerated person are allowed for visitation; and, 15 minutes per visit. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 16 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Any restrictions on incarcerated person visitation. Visitation may be denied or terminated by a supervisor if the visitor poses a danger to the security of the facility or there is good cause, including, but not limited to, the following: is available to minor children of incarcerated person when accompanied by a parent or qualified adult guardian. 1063 CORRESPONDENCE 520. Correspondence The facility administrator shall develop written policies ☒ In practice, Incarcerated persons are not and procedures for correspondence which provide that: ☐ ☐ held long enough to receive mail. (a) there is no limitation on the volume of mail that an incarcerated person may send or receive; (b) an incarcerated person’s correspondence may be 520. Correspondence read when there is a valid security reason and the facility ☒ manager or designee approves; ☐ ☐ There will be no limit on the volume of mail an incarcerated person may send or receive. (c) jail staff shall not review an incarcerated person’s 520. Correspondence correspondence to or from state and federal courts, any member of the State Bar or holder of public office, and the State Board of State and Community Corrections; ☒ ☐ ☐ however, jail authorities may open and inspect such mail only to search for contraband, cash, checks, or money orders and in the presence of the incarcerated person; (d) incarcerated persons may correspond, confidentially, 520. Correspondence ☒ with the facility manager or the facility administrator; and, ☐ ☐ (e) those incarcerated persons who are without funds shall be permitted at least four postage paid envelopes and eight sheets of paper each week to permit correspondence with family members and friends but ☒ without limitation on the number of postage paid ☐ ☐ envelopes and sheets of paper to their attorney and to the courts. 1065 EXERCISE AND OUT OF CELL TIME 528. Reading and Recreation (b) The facility administrator of a Type I facility shall make The incarcerated person’s reading and table games, television, or both, available to incarcerated recreational period will be staggered daily ☒ people. ☐ ☐ from 1000 hours to 2130 hours. 1066 BOOKS, NEWSPAPERS, PERIODICALS, AND 528. Reading and Recreation WRITINGS Reading and recreational periods will be (b) The facility administrator of a Type I facility shall staggered daily from 1000 hours to 2130 ☒ develop and implement a written plan to make available ☐ ☐ hours. a current newspaper or other like source, including a non- English language alternative, to ensure reasonable access to interested people. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 17 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1067 ACCESS TO TELEPHONE 519. Telephone Calls and Use by Incarcerated Person The facility administrator shall develop written policies and procedures which allow access to a telephone or A prisoner's refusal to cooperate in the communication device beyond those telephone calls booking process shall not affect his or her which are required by Section 851.5 of the Penal Code. right to complete calls. In any event, an adult Individuals who are known to have, or are perceived by arrestee's request to make phone calls shall others as having hearing or speech impairments shall be ☒ be granted within three hours following arrest, ☐ ☐ provided access to the appropriate telecommunication except where physically impossible. device which will facilitate communication. Such devices may include but are not limited to videophones, teletypewriters, or third-party communications assistance. An individual’s access to telephone communications shall not be withdrawn unless doing so is required to uphold the safety and security of the facility. 1068 ACCESS TO COURTS AND COUNSEL An attorney may interview a prisoner at any time during any stage of arrest or booking. The facility administrator shall develop written policies ☒ and procedures to ensure incarcerated persons have ☐ ☐ access to the court and to legal counsel. Such access shall consist of: (a) unlimited mail as provided in Section 1063 of these 520. Correspondence ☒ regulations, and, ☐ ☐ (b) confidential consultation with attorneys. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1069 ORIENTATION 1/610. Incarcerated person Orientation (b) In Type I facilities, the facility administrator shall ☒ develop written policies and procedures for a program ☐ ☐ reasonably understandable to non-sentenced detainees to orient them at the time of placement in a living area. Such a program shall be published and include, but not be limited to, the following: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) rules and disciplinary procedures; (2) visiting rules; ☒ ☐ ☐ (3) availability of personal care items, opportunities ☒ for personal hygiene; ☐ ☐ (4) availability of reading and recreational materials; ☒ and, ☐ ☐ (5) medical/mental health procedures. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1071 VOTING 2/521. Voting The facility administrator of a Type I (holding sentenced The Watch Commander will ensure that the incarcerated workers) II, III or IV facility shall develop ☒ County Registrar of Voters is notified of the ☐ ☐ written policies and procedures whereby the county incarcerated person request. registrar of voters allows qualified voters to vote in local, state, and federal elections, pursuant to election codes. 1072 RELIGIOUS OBSERVANCES 2/522. Religious Observances The facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility Incarcerated persons can practice their shall develop written policies and procedures to provide ☒ religion. ☐ ☐ opportunities for incarcerated persons to participate in religious services, practices and counseling on a voluntary basis. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 18 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1073 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 630. Incarcerated Person Complaint Note: Applicable to Type I facilities holding sentenced Sentenced incarcerated persons are not workers. housed at these facilities. (a) Each administrator of a Type II, III, or IV facility and Type I facilities which hold incarcerated workers shall develop written policies and procedures whereby all ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated persons have the opportunity and ability to submit and appeal grievances relating to any conditions of confinement, included but not limited to: medical care; classification actions; disciplinary actions; program participation; telephone, mail, and visiting procedures; and food, clothing, and bedding. Such policies and procedures shall include: (1) a grievance form; ☒ ☐ ☐ (2) instructions for registering and appealing a ☒ grievance, including relevant deadlines; ☐ ☐ (3) a process for submission and handling of ☒ anonymous grievances; ☐ ☐ (4) resolution of the grievance at the lowest ☒ appropriate staff level; ☐ ☐ (5) appeal to the next level of review; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) written reasons for denial of grievance at each ☒ level of review which acts on the grievance; ☐ ☐ (7) provision for a non-automated initial response within a reasonable time limit which shall not exceed ☒ ☐ ☐ a period of 15 calendar days; (8) provision for resolving questions of jurisdiction ☒ within the facility; ☐ ☐ (9) provision for providing a copy of the grievance, appeal, response, and related documents to the ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person; and, (10) The facility manager or designee shall conduct regular review of grievances, responses, and ☒ ☐ ☐ appeals. (b) Grievance System Abuse: The facility may establish written policy and procedure to ☒ control the submission of an excessive number of ☐ ☐ grievances. 1080 RULES AND DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action Wherever discipline is administered, each facility administrator shall establish written rules and disciplinary actions to guide the conduct of incarcerated persons. ☒ ☐ ☐ Notes: If discipline IS NOT administered, written policy should indicate as such. If discipline IS administered, Sections 1080, 1081, 1082, 1083 and 1084 apply. Such rules and disciplinary actions shall be stated simply and affirmatively and posted conspicuously in housing ☒ units and the booking area or issued to each person upon ☐ ☐ booking. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 19 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS For those individuals with limited literacy, who are unable to read English, and for persons with disabilities, provision shall be made for the jail staff to instruct them ☒ verbally or provide them with material in an ☐ ☐ understandable form regarding jail rules and disciplinary procedures and actions. 1081 PLAN FOR DISCIPLINE OF INCARCERATED 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary PERSONS Action Each facility administrator shall develop written policies and procedures for discipline of incarcerated persons. The plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following elements: ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) Temporary Loss of Privileges: For minor acts of non- conformance or minor violations of facility rules, staff may impose a temporary loss of privileges, such as access to television, telephones, commissary, or lockdown for less than 24 hours, provided there is written documentation and supervisory approval. (b) Disciplinary Actions: Major violations of facility rules or repetitive minor acts of non-conformance or repetitive minor violations of facility rules shall be reported in writing ☒ by the staff member observing the act and submitted to ☐ ☐ the disciplinary officer. The consequences of such violations may include, but are not limited to: 1. Loss of good time/work time. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2. Placement in disciplinary separation. ☒ ☐ ☐ 3. Loss of privileges mandated by regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ A staff member with investigative and disciplinary authority shall be designated as a disciplinary officer to ☒ ☐ ☐ impose such consequences. Staff shall not participate in disciplinary review if they are ☒ involved in the charges. ☐ ☐ Such charges pending against an incarcerated person shall be acted on with the following provisions and within specified timeframes: ☒ 1. A copy of the report, or a separate written notice of ☐ ☐ the violation(s), shall be provided to the incarcerated person. 2. Unless declined by the incarcerated person, a hearing shall be provided no sooner than 24 hours after the report has been submitted to the disciplinary officer and the incarcerated person has been ☒ informed of the charges in writing. The hearing may ☐ ☐ be postponed or continued for a reasonable time through a written waiver by the incarcerated person, or for good cause. 3. The incarcerated person shall be permitted to appear on their own behalf at the time of hearing and present witnesses and documentary evidence. The ☒ incarcerated person shall have access to staff or ☐ ☐ assistance when they have limited literacy, or the issues are complex. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 20 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 4. A charge(s) shall be acted on no later than 72 hours after an incarcerated person has been ☒ ☐ ☐ informed of the charge(s) in writing. 5. Subsequent to final disposition of disciplinary charges by the disciplinary officer, the charges and ☒ the action taken shall be reviewed by the facility ☐ ☐ manager or designee. 6. The incarcerated person shall be advised in a written statement by the fact-finders about the evidence relied on and the reasons for the ☒ ☐ ☐ disciplinary action. A copy of the record shall be kept pursuant to Penal Code Section 4019.5. 7. There shall be a policy of review and appeal to a ☒ supervisor on all disciplinary action. ☐ ☐ 1082 FORMS OF DISCIPLINE 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action The degree of actions taken by the disciplinary officer shall be directly related to the severity of the rule infraction and promotion of desired behavior through a progressive disciplinary process. Acceptable forms of discipline shall consist of, but not be limited to, the following: (a) Loss of privileges. ☒ ☐ ☐ (b) Extra work detail. (c) Short term lockdown for less than 24 hours. (d) Removal from work details. (e) Forfeiture of “good time” credits earned under Penal Code Section 4019. (f) Forfeiture of “work time” credits earned under Penal Code Section 4019. (g) Disciplinary separation. 1083 LIMITATIONS ON DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action The Penal Code and the State Constitution expressly prohibit all cruel and unusual punishment. Disciplinary actions shall not include corporal punishment, group punishment when feasible, or physical or psychological degradation. ☒ ☐ ☐ Additionally, there shall be the following limitations: (a) Disciplinary separation shall be considered an option of last resort and as a response to the most serious and threatening behavior, for the shortest time possible, and with the least restrictive conditions possible. (1) If a person is on disciplinary separation status for 30 consecutive days there shall be a review by the facility manager before the disciplinary separation status is continued. This review shall include a ☒ consultation with health care staff. Such reviews shall ☐ ☐ continue at least every fifteen days thereafter until the disciplinary status has ended. This review shall be documented. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 21 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) The disciplinary separation cells or cell shall have the minimum furnishings and space specified in Title 24, Part 2, 1231.2.6 and 2.7. Occupants shall be issued clothing and bedding as specified in Articles 13 and 14 of these regulations and shall not be deprived of them through any portion of the day ☒ except that those incarcerated persons who engage ☐ ☐ in the destruction of bedding or clothing may be deprived of such articles. The decision to deprive a person of such articles of clothing and bedding shall be reviewed by the facility manager or designee during each 24-hour period. (3) If after placement in separation, mental health or medical staff determine that an individual has serious mental illness or an intellectual disability, they shall ☒ ☐ ☐ be removed from disciplinary separation immediately upon this determination. (b) The delegation of authority to any incarcerated person or group of incarcerated people to exercise the right of punishment over any other incarcerated person or group ☒ of incarcerated people. ☐ ☐ Note: PC § 4019.5. (c) In no case shall a safety cell, as specified in Title 24, Part 2, 1231.2.5, or any restraint device be used for ☒ ☐ ☐ disciplinary purposes. (d) No incarcerated person may be deprived of the implements necessary to maintain an acceptable level of ☒ personal hygiene as specified in Section 1265 of these ☐ ☐ regulations. (e) Food shall not be withheld as a disciplinary measure. ☒ ☐ ☐ (f) Correspondence privileges shall not be withheld except in cases where the incarcerated person has violated correspondence regulations, in which case ☒ correspondence may be suspended for no longer than 72 ☐ ☐ hours, without the review and approval of the facility manager. (g) In no case shall access to courts and legal counsel be ☒ suspended as a disciplinary measure. ☐ ☐ 1084 DISCIPLINARY RECORDS 620. Incarcerated Person Non-Disciplinary Action Penal Code Section 4019.5 requires that a record is kept ☒ of all disciplinary actions administered therefore. This ☐ ☐ requirement may be satisfied by retaining copies of rule violation reports and report of the disposition of each. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 22 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1206.5 MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNICABLE JOM 1/310 – Classification DISEASES IN A CUSTODY SETTING JOM 1/350.10 – Mandated Incarcerated person Segregation (a) The responsible physician, in conjunction with the JOM 2/670 – Contagious Diseases facility administrator and the county health officer, shall MSD 7.0 – Infection Control – Arrestees develop a written plan to address the identification, MSD 13.0 – HIV/AIDS treatment, control and follow-up management of MSD 20.0 – Treatment of Scabies tuberculosis and other communicable diseases. The plan ☒ ☐ ☐ MSD 22.0 – Tuberculosis (TB) shall cover the intake screening procedures, identification of relevant symptoms, referral for a medical evaluation, treatment responsibilities during incarceration and coordination with public health officials for follow-up treatment in the community. The plan shall reflect the current local incidence of communicable diseases which threaten the health of incarcerated people and staff. (b) Consistent with the above plan, the health authority JOM 2/670 – Contagious Diseases shall, in cooperation with the facility administrator and the county health officer, set forth in writing, policies and procedures in conformance with applicable state and ☒ ☐ ☐ federal law, which include, but are not limited to: (1) The types of communicable diseases to be reported; (2) The persons who shall receive the medical ☒ ☒ reports; ☐ (3) Sharing of medical information with incarcerated Confidential Morbidity Report (CMR) cards persons and custody staff. are completed by medical personnel and ☒ ☐ then sent to the Department of Public Health, ☐ Acute Communicable Disease Control (ACDC). (4) Medical procedures required to identify the presence of disease(s) and lessen the risk of ☒ ☐ ☐ exposure to others; (5) Medical confidentiality requirements; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) Housing considerations based up on behavior MSD 3.3 – Arrestee Privacy during Medical medical needs and safety of the affected ☒ ☐ Evaluation ☐ incarcerated persons; (7) Provisions for consent by an incarcerated person JOM 1/310 – Classification that address the limits of confidentiality; and, JOM 1/310.50 – Incarcerated person Classification – Defined ☒ ☐ ☐ JOM 1/350.10 – Incarcerated person Segregation JOM 1/350.20 – Administrative Segregation (8) Reporting and appropriate action upon the LAPD Department Manual Volume 4, 712 – possible exposure of custody staff to a ☒ ☐ Employee Exposure to Health Hazards – ☐ communicable disease. Reporting Procedures 1211 SICK CALL JOM 2/620 – Daily Sick Call JOM 2/620.20 – Daily Sick Call at Area Jails The facility administrator, in cooperation with the health MSD 8.0 – Dispensary Sick Call authority, shall develop written policies and procedures, ☒ ☐ Practice consistent with policy. Electronic which provide daily sick call for all incarcerated persons ☐ sick call log reviewed and confirmed or provision made that any incarcerated person practice. requesting medical/mental health attention be given such attention. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 23 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1260 STANDARD INSTITUTIONAL CLOTHING The standard issue of climatically suitable clothing to incarcerated people held after arraignment in all but Court ☒ ☐ ☐ Holding, Temporary Holding, and Type IV facilities shall include, but not be limited to: (a) Clean socks and footwear; (b) Clean outergarments; and, Arrestees generally retain their garments. ☒ ☐ Outer garments are available to provide as ☐ needed. (c) Clean undergarments; Undergarments are available to provide as ☒ ☐ ☐ needed. (1) For males – shorts and undershirt, and ☒ ☐ ☐ (2) For females – bra and two pairs of panties. ☒ ☐ ☐ The person’s personal undergarments and footwear may be substituted for the institutional undergarments and footwear specified in this regulation. This option ☒ ☐ ☐ notwithstanding, the facility has the primary responsibility to provide the personal undergarments and footwear. All issued and exchanged clothing shall be clean and free of holes or tears, reasonably fitted, durable, easily laundered and repaired. Undergarments shall be clean, free of holes or tears, and substantially free of stains. ☒ ☐ ☐ Individuals shall be able to select the garment type more compatible with their gender identity and gender expression. 1264 CONTROL OF VERMIN IN PERSONAL LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.70 (Treatment of CLOTHING Vermin Infested Incarcerated person), pages 77-78. There shall be written policies and procedures developed Incarcerated persons who are infested with by the facility administrator to control contamination vermin (lice) are treated with lice shampoo at ☒ ☐ and/or spread of vermin in all incarcerated people’s ☐ this facility. After showers and treatment, they personal clothing. Infested clothing shall be cleaned, can be housed at the facility. disinfected, or stored in a closed container so as to eradicate or stop the spread of vermin. LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.80 (Disposition of Contaminated Clothing and Linen), page 78. 1265 ISSUE OF PERSONAL CARE ITEMS LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.10 (Showering and Personal Hygiene), pages 76- 77. There shall be written policies and procedures developed ☒ ☐ ☐ by the facility administrator for the issue of personal LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.90 (Sanitary hygiene items. Napkins), page 78. Each menstruating person shall be provided with sanitary napkins, panty liners, and tampons as requested with no ☒ ☐ ☐ maximum allowance. Each person to be held over 24 hours who is unable to supply themself with the following personal care items, because of either indigency or the absence of a canteen, ☒ ☐ ☐ shall be issued: (a) Toothbrush, (b) Dentifrice, ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) Soap, ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) Comb, and ☒ ☐ ☐ (e) Shaving implements. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 24 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Personal care items shall be issued within the first 12 ☒ hours of housing assignment. ☐ ☐ Incarcerated persons shall not be required to share any ☒ personal care items listed in items “a” through “d.” ☐ ☐ Incarcerated people will not share disposable razors. ☒ ☐ ☐ Double edged safety razors, electric razors, and other shaving instruments capable of breaking the skin, when shared among incarcerated people, must be disinfected between individual uses by the method prescribed by the ☒ ☐ ☐ State Board of Barbering and Cosmetology in Sections 979 and 980, Division 9, Title 16, California Code of Regulations. 1266 SHOWERING LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.30 (Showering and Personal Hygiene), page 77. ☒ There shall be written policies and procedures developed ☐ ☐ by the facility administrator for showering/bathing. Incarcerated persons shall be permitted to shower/bathe upon assignment to a housing unit and at least every ☒ ☐ ☐ other day or more often if possible. Absent exigent circumstances, no person shall be prohibited from showering at least every other day following assignment to a housing unit. If showering is ☒ prohibited, it must be approved by the facility manager or ☐ ☐ designee, and the reason(s) for prohibition shall be documented. 1270 STANDARD BEDDING AND LINEN ISSUE LAPD JOM, Section 2/526.20 (Issuing Bedding and Linen), page 75. The standard issue of clean suitable bedding and linens, for each incarcerated person entering a living area who ☒ is expected to remain overnight, shall include, but not be ☐ ☐ limited to: (a) one serviceable mattress which meets the requirements of Section 1272 of these regulations; (b) one mattress cover or one sheet; One fitted mattress cover/sheet and one ☒ ☐ ☐ blanket are provided. (c) one towel; and, LAPD JOM, Section 2/530.10 (Showering ☒ and Personal Hygiene), pages 76- 77. ☐ ☐ Provided at the time of shower. (d) one blanket or more depending up on climatic ☒ conditions. ☐ ☐ Policy and procedure shall require that items (a), (b), and ☒ (d) above be provided prior to the first night in the facility. ☐ ☐ Two blankets or sleep bag may be issued in place of one mattress cover or one sheet at the request of the ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person. 1280 FACILITY SANITATION, SAFETY, AND Cleaning service for the detention areas MAINTENANCE provided by GSD custodial services. The facility administrator shall develop written policies LAPD JOM, Section 2/510.20 (Disinfecting and procedures for the maintenance of an acceptable Handcuffs), page 33. ☒ level of cleanliness, repair and safety throughout the ☐ ☐ Purell (spray) disinfectant is being used for facility. Such a plan shall provide for a regular schedule the disinfection of the handcuffs. of housekeeping tasks and inspections to identify and Quaternary Ammonia sanitizer is used for correct unsanitary or unsafe conditions or work practices the general disinfection/sanitation of the which may be found. facility. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 25 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Are minors held in jail cells? If YES, see remaining document for Title 15, Article 9 inspection. Penal Code Sections 6030 and 6031.4 require the biennial inspection of local detention facilities that hold minors in secure detention in the jail. Title 15, Article 9 establishes the minimum standards of how facilities hold ☐ ☒ minors in temporary custody in the jail. ☐ Facilities that do not hold minors in the jail cells are not subject to Title 15, Article 9 biennial inspections; however, if minors are held in the building, they may be subject to the requirements of WIC §207.1. 1047 SERIOUS ILLNESS OR INJURY OF A MINOR IN AN ADULT DETENTION FACILITY The facility administrator shall develop policy and ☐ ☒ procedures for notification of the court of jurisdiction and ☐ the parent, guardian, or person standing in loco parentis, in the event of a suicide attempt, serious illness, injury or death of a minor in custody. 1142 WRITTEN POLICIES AND PROCEDURES The facility administrator shall develop written policies ☒ and procedures concerning minors being held in ☐ ☐ temporary custody which shall address: (a) suicide risk and prevention; (b) use of restraints; ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) emergency medical assistance and services; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) prohibiting use of discipline. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1143 CARE OF MINORS IN TEMPORARY CUSTODY ☒ (a) The following shall be made available to all minors ☐ ☐ held in temporary custody: (1) access to toilets and washing facilities; (2) one snack during term of temporary custody if the minor has not eaten within the past four (4) ☒ hours or is otherwise in need of appropriate ☐ ☐ nourishment; (3) access to drinking water; ☒ ☐ ☐ (4) access to language services; ☒ ☐ ☐ (5) access to disabilities services; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) sanitary napkins, panty liners, and tampons as ☒ requested; ☐ ☐ (7) privacy during consultation with family, guardian, ☒ and/or lawyer; ☐ ☐ (8) blankets and clothing, as necessary, to assure ☒ the comfort of the minor; and, ☐ ☐ 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 26 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (9) personal clothing unless the clothing is inadequate, presents a health or safety problem, or ☒ ☐ ☐ is required to be utilized as evidence of an offense. (b) Upon entry, the minor shall be informed in writing of what is available under this section, and it shall be ☒ posted in at least one conspicuous place to which ☐ ☐ minors have access. 1144 CONTACT BETWEEN MINORS AND INCARCERATED ADULTS ☒ The facility administrator shall establish policies and ☐ ☐ procedures to restrict contact, as defined in Section 1006, between minors and adults confined in the facility. In situations where brief or accidental contact may occur, such as booking or facility movement, facility staff (trained in the supervision of incarcerated people) shall ☒ ☐ ☐ maintain a constant, side- by-side presence with the minor or the adult to prevent sustained contact. 1145 DECISION ON SECURE CUSTODY A minor who is taken into temporary custody by a peace officer on the basis that they are is a person described by Section 602 of the Welfare and Institutions Code may be held in secure custody in a law enforcement facility that contains a lockup for adults if the minor is 14 years of age or older and if, in the reasonable belief of the peace officer, the minor presents a serious security risk of harm to self or others, as long as all other conditions of secure custody set forth in these standards are met. ☒ ☐ ☐ Any minor in temporary custody who is less than 14 years of age, or who does not in the reasonable belief of the peace officer present a serious security risk of harm to self or others, shall not be placed in secure custody, but may be kept in non-secure custody in the facility as long as all other conditions of non-secure custody set forth in these standards are met. Note: Minors in secure detention are 14 years of age or older. In making the determination whether the minor presents a serious security risk of harm to self or others, the ☒ officer may take into account the following factors: ☐ ☐ (a) age, maturity, and delinquent history of the minor; (b) severity of the offense(s) for which the minor was ☒ taken into custody; ☐ ☐ (c) minor's behavior, including the degree to which the ☒ minor appears to be cooperative or non-cooperative; ☐ ☐ (d) the availability of staff to provide adequate ☒ supervision or protection of the minor; and, ☐ ☐ (e) the age, type, and number of other individuals who ☒ are detained in the facility. ☐ ☐ 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 27 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1146 CONDITIONS OF SECURE CUSTODY While in secure custody, minors may be locked in a room or other secure enclosure, secured to a cuffing rail, ☒ ☐ ☐ or otherwise reasonably restrained as necessary to prevent escape and protect the minor and others from harm. 1147 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN SECURE CUSTODY INSIDE A LOCKED ENCLOSURE (a) Minors shall receive adequate supervision which, at ☒ ☐ ☐ a minimum, includes: (1) constant auditory access to staff by the minor; and, (2) safety checks, as defined in Section 1006, of the minor by staff of the law enforcement facility, at least ☒ ☐ ☐ once every 30 minutes, which shall be documented. (b) Minors of different genders shall not be placed in the same locked room unless under constant direct visual ☒ ☐ ☐ observation by staff of the law enforcement facility. 1148 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN SECURE CUSTODY OUTSIDE OF A LOCKED ENCLOSURE ☒ Minors held in secure custody outside of a locked ☐ ☐ enclosure shall not be secured to a stationary object for more than 60 minutes unless no other locked enclosure is available. A staff person from the facility shall provide constant direct visual observation to assure the minor's safety ☒ ☐ ☐ while secured to a stationary object. Securing minors to a stationary object for longer than 60 minutes, and every 30 minutes thereafter, shall be ☒ ☐ ☐ approved by a supervisor. The decision for securing a minor to a stationary object for longer than 60 minutes, and every 30 minutes ☒ thereafter shall be based upon the best interests of the ☐ ☐ minor and shall be documented. 1149 CRITERIA FOR NON-SECURE CUSTODY Minors held in temporary custody, who do not meet the criteria for secure custody as specified in Section 207.1(b) of the Welfare and Institutions Code, may be ☒ held in non- secure custody to investigate the case, ☐ ☐ facilitate release of the minor to a parent or guardian, or arrange for transfer of the minor to an appropriate juvenile facility. While minors are held in temporary non- secure custody the provisions of Section 1143 apply. 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 28 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1150 SUPERVISION OF MINORS IN NON- SECURE CUSTODY Minors held in non-secure custody shall receive constant direct visual observation by staff of the law ☒ ☐ ☐ enforcement facility. Entry and release times shall be documented and made available for review. Monitoring a minor using audio, video, or other electronic devices shall never replace constant direct visual observation. 1151 MINORS UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF ANY INTOXICATING SUBSTANCE IN SECURE OR NON-SECURE CUSTODY Facility administrators shall develop policies and ☒ procedures providing that a medical clearance shall be ☐ ☐ obtained for minors who are under the influence of drugs, alcohol or any other intoxicating substance to the extent that they are unable to care for themselves, prior to secure or non-secure custody of that minor. Supervision of minors in secure custody in a locked room shall include safety checks at least once every 15 minutes until resolution of the intoxicated state or ☒ ☐ ☐ release. These safety checks shall be documented, with actual time of occurrence recorded. Supervision of minors in secure custody outside of a locked room shall be supervised in accordance with ☒ ☐ ☐ Section 1148. Supervision of minors in nonsecure custody shall be ☒ supervised in accordance with Section 1150. ☐ ☐ 2460 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PRO 23-24 Page 29 of 29 A352 Type I PRO eff. 07.01.24 BOARD OF STATE & COMMUNITY CORRECTIONS - COMPREHENSIVE INSPECTION ADULT DETENTION FACILITY LIVING AREA SPACE EVALUATION BSCC Code: 2560 FACILITY: LAPD Pacific Division TYPE: I RC: 31 FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J. Bush DATE: 10/02/2024 ROOMS EACH ROOM Cell Applicabl # EACH CELL Total DIMENSIONS FIXTURES* e Location Type Cells # Beds RC RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Standard s Booking 17 Holding 1963 1 0 5 (5) 7.5' x 7.5' Note: 8' wraparound bench. 2 telephones; transition cell prior to housing. Re-measure during 2010-2012 inspection. 15 Safety 1963 1 0 5.0' x 6.3' x 8.0' Note: The Safety Cell is no longer used. It is now used for storage only (2017) 14 Sobering 1963 1 - - 0 13.0' X 17.0' X 2 1 1 8.0' Note: Cell is padded; all bunks have been removed and three low benches have been placed in the cell. Used for strip searches only. (2017) Housing One 3-head shower for all inmates. All inmates provided access to shower upon request. 16 Dorm 1963 1 8 10 10 12.0' x 24' x 8.0' 2 1 Note: Misdemeanor General Housing. Later, less restrictive standard (1973) applied during 2006-2008 inspection cycle. 13 Dorm 1963 1 10 10 10 12.0' x 24.0' x 8.0' 2 1 1 Note: Later, less restrictive standard (1973) applied during 2006-2008 inspection cycle. J 1-3 Single 1963 3 1 1 3 7.5' x 7.5' x 8.0' 1 1 1 F 2-9 Single 1963 8 1 1 8 7.5' x 7.5' x 8.0' 1 1 1 Note: Cells 1 is used for permanent storage. Pre-Booking Area Enclosure (Non-Rated-outside secure area) 122 6.3' x 7.3' 125 8.0' x 7.6' *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 2560 Los Angeles Pacific Division I LASE 23-24 - 1 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (9/98) PHYSICAL PLANT EVALUATION BOARD OF STATE & COMMUNITY CORRECTIONS - COMPREHENSIVE INSPECTION ADULT TYPE I, II, III AND IV FACILITIES APPLICABLE REGULATIONS: PRE-73; 4/73 Title 24, California Code of Regulations (CCR) BSCC Code: 2560 FACILITY NAME: LAPD Pacific Division FACILITY TYPE: I APPLICABLE REGULATIONS (Check All That Apply): PRE-73: Post 4/73: X OTHER: FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Michael J. Bush DATE: 10/02/2024 ARTICLE/SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Holding Cells (2.2) X Contain 10 square feet of floor per inmate Capacity not to exceed ten (10) persons X 4-73: Capacity limitation deleted Sufficient fixed benches to accommodate cell capacity X Toilet accessible X Water fountain accessible X Wash basin accessible X 3.12 Weapons Locker (3.12) External to the security area and equipped with X individual compartments, locks and keys Sobering Cells (2.4) No Sobering Cell at this facility (2017). Former Sobering Cell only used for strip X Limited to no more than 15 inmates searches. 4-73: Capacity limited to 16 inmates Contain 15 square feet of floor per inmate X Contain toilet X 4-73: 1:8 ratio Contain washbasin X 4-73: 1:8 ratio Contain drinking fountain X Adequate visual observation X Padding recommended X 4-73: Padding required Shower-Delousing Room (3.4) X Available in booking/reception Secure Vault or Storage Space (2.1) X Available for inmate valuables Telephone (2.1) X Available for inmate use per Penal Code § 851.5 2560 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PHY 23-24 - 1 - A380 PHY Type P73&4-73.dot (9/98) ARTICLE/SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Single Occupancy Cells (2.6) X Maximum capacity of one inmate. A minimum width of 6 feet, length of 7.5 feet and height of 8 feet X 4-73: Minimum width of 6 feet, length 8 feet and height of 8 feet, OR clear floor area of 43 square feet Contain toilet and washbasin and drinking fountain X Contain a bunk capable of accommodating a standard Variance granted 12/16/74. X 30" X 76" mattress Multiple Occupancy Cells (8227) No multiple occupancy cells. X A capacity of more than 2 persons 4-73: Capacity between 4-16 inmates A minimum of 500 cubic feet of air space per inmate 4-73: Minimum of 25 square feet floor space per X inmate Toilet and washbasin X 4-73: 1:8 ratio Drinking fountain X Contain a bunk capable of accommodating a standard X 30" X 76" mattress Safety Cells (2.5) Substandard size (5' x 6'; x 8'). X Safety cell no longer used at this facility Designed to house one person (2017). A minimum width of 6 feet, length of 7.5 feet and Variance granted 1/12/76. height of 8 feet X 4-73: Minimum 6 foot width; length and height of 8 feet Equipped with flush ring toilet (flush with floor) X Equipped with solid security door and view panel X Padded floor, door and walls X 4-73: Illumination provided by variable intensity light X fixture operable from outside the cell. Dormitory (2.8) X Capacity of 4-50 inmates 4-73: Capacity limitation deleted 500 cubic feet of air space per inmate 4-73: 40 square feet per inmate X A least 10 foot ceilings if double bunked X 4-73: Toilet and Washbasin ratio at 1:8 ratio X 4-73: Drinking fountain X Showers (3.4) X 4-73: Available at 1:16 ratio 2560 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PHY 23-24 - 2 - A380 PHY Type P73&4-73.dot (9/98) ARTICLE/SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Lighting (3.6) X 4-73: Sufficient to permit easy reading 4-73: Night lighting is sufficient to allow good X supervision Comfortable Living Environment (102(c)6 X 4-73: A comfortable living environment is maintained through an adequate heating and cooling system Dayrooms (2.9) Available for inmates in single cells, multiple cells and dormitories X 4-73: 25 square feet dayroom space per inmate in Type II and III facilities and inmate workers in Type I Exercise Area (2.10) X Available in Type II and III facilities 4-73: Minimum of 30 feet X 50 feet X 15 feet Program Space -Type II and III (2.11) Available in Type II and III facilities X 4-73: Sufficient area and furnishings to meet needs Dining Facilities (2.17) 15 square feet per person served (in facilities for 100 X persons or more) 4-73: Toilets, washbasins and showers are not in the same room or not in view of inmates dining Visiting (2.18) X Visiting area 4-73: Contact visits are permitted in minimum security No minimum security. X facilities Attorney Interview Space (2.26) X Provide for confidential attorney consultation Janitor Closet (2.20) X Located in security areas, lockable, containing a mop sink Storage Space (2.21) X Adequate space available Audio or Video Monitoring System (2.22) Pre-73 facility: 1963 standards do not require audio monitoring. X Located in all inmate housing units and capable of alerting staff in a central control 2560 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PHY 23-24 - 3 - A380 PHY Type P73&4-73.dot (9/98) ARTICLE/SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Fire Alarm System [102(2)6] X Recommended in Pre-73 facilities 4-73: Automatic fire alarm system is required Emergency Power (2.24) Recommended in Pre-73 facilities X 4-73: Required; to provide minimal lighting, communication s and alarm systems 2560 Los Angeles Pacific Division I PHY 23-24 - 4 - A380 PHY Type P73&4-73.dot (9/98)